• Reporter’s Note 45: Extreme Attack on Private Parts with Kundy-Hit Weapons–Bladder Weapons–Non Lethal? No: Both these Ghastly Weapons & the Fusion Center Contractors Who Wield Them Need to be STOPPED
    Private Logs, Reporter’s Note | Ramola D | November 17, 2024, 6:55 pm

    [Private Logs in Hushmail, the first sent to self, the second in draft. Being published In Extremity since these attacks are DEATH HITS, on a WOMAN’s Private Parts. This could happen to ANYONE. Many women have reported such to me. Someone has to publish this so our children–our girls, our young women–are not VIOLATED like this. The entire CITY OF QUINCY is filled with CRIMINALS. Mass Fusion Centers are CRIMINAL. Boston FBI Which first targeted me unlawfully and sold my body as if it belonged to them are CRIMINAL. Local DARPA-CIA-MIT-HARVARD-Military Contractor Academics running BRAIN PROJECTS on me without my consent–which they need to stop immediately–are CRIMINALS. Each one of them needs to be routed out and thrown out of their (nasty criminal) jobs. Quincy Police which has FACILITATED and PERMITTED and employs people to commit these crimes are CRIMINALS. Each one of these bodies–POLICE/FBI DRONES were here, over my bed; HELICOPTERS over my bed and yard, Light Blue and White planes each time I step into my yard–acts as if I am the Criminal when they are running a SICK, CRIMINAL operation on women’s bodies: I am PRAYING for their EXTINCTION.]–6:55 pm, 11/17/2024

    November 15 2024–mORNING ATTack on private parts by Mazzeos and LiMings

    On 11/15/2024 at 7:05 AM, “Ramola D” <[email protected]> wrote:

    6:26 am:

    It is 6:26 am. For the last two hours that I can recall–since I was awoken by this crime–I have been excruciatingly and painfully penetration hit by extremely high frequency in my vagina, urethra, cervix, vulva, causing an extremely urgent desire to urinate and sending high heat through all the stone and rubber of my shielding in my underwear to pulsate at high frequency at my skin. Using baking sheets, pieces of rounded marble, copper, pie pans, I used my hands to adjust this new shielding and catch a few extra minutes of sleep. I pulled sheet metal shielding over my head, already pushed away from the continuous wave high frequency sent in by the Mazzeo side to torment my left arm and heart. Loud LRADS sounded immediately on the shielding from both sides. I spent a few tortured minutes adjusting shielding at my cervix and vagina and urethra and above at my head and heart. Meanwhile shock squeezes started at my spine–the Mazzeos have been doing this to me for the past 7-10 days I would say, microshocks by focusing on specific areas of my spine where I suspect nano quantum dots have been implanted but in this way able to shock my entire body and cause jerks but also I suspect internal organ shocks–the whole spine squeeze-shocked, at different intensities and frequencies but much much smaller than the heavier macroshocks which cause instant motor release and legs and arms to go awry.

    I tried to breathe. I tried to meditate. I used my hands. For brief moments as I found and used stones against my vulva and vagina, brief relief was felt. Then the waves of continuous high frequency again. Listening I felt there was a carrier of lower frequency as well. Two days ago I witnessed about 4 long boxes being offloaded from a UPS truck by a small slight dark bearded man, not unlike the many small slight bearded men who go in and out of this house next door, each pretending to be the one before (and failing) lugging their differently colored golf clubs in. These men are Mafia, CIA and killer assassins. For the past TWO days and THREE nights they have fixated on my vagina and bladder. All of yesterday I huddled on the couch downstairs, continuously shielding, sitting on layers of bakeware over stone using stone at my vagina, using all sorts of small pans and covers as cars zoomed up and down outside and low ELFs continuously attacked the couch as if to get into my body through my vagina over and over. I was also subject to heart hits and face hits as I recorded yesterday. Not yesterday but the night before on November 13, 2024, the Mazzeos issued a sharp crack and BROKE my fine mist humidifier which I had momentarily moved in order to fill. I had moved the shielding behind it, I filled it and then immediately sound of falling water. I realized it had started to leak. It leaked the whole half gallon I had poured in. I cleaned the floor, hung out wet towels for my moisture that night and slept. The temperature has plunged the last couple days and I have picked up sheets of ice from the bird bath and bird water. The first slab I picked up maybe 2 days ago in the morning was filled with the gorgeous pattern of the ferns the Mazzeos have burned to death by the blue Spiraea tree on the other side. That house is ours. The Mazzeos have not paid their fine nor responded with a lawyer letter or letter from an attorney in fact. The Notice will be published today. They have tortured the owner of this house. They have sought to kill her at least 25 times. Including yesterday and last night. I will not let them get away with it. I am going to say my prayers now and each one of them–a DEVIL–is going to be bound down for eternity and NEVER have agency in their lives. These dirtbags have bought now several ELF wave guides and are using them to send stationary waves into this room and into my vagina. Then continuous wave RF HPM on my left arm shoulder heart bladder. LiMings chime in with BREAST hits and RIGHT ARM AND SHOULDER hits as they did last night as well.

    As I lay in my bed nearly dying from the mega waves on the left my right arm and shoulder were also dully throbbing. These two terrorists are seeking to fully disable me on both sides. Oh yes my right knee was also being hit I don’t know from which side. I crouched over giving Reiki to my right knee. All this as I lay in bed just an hour ago. At 5:34 am I put on the phone nearby–found after long hours of searching yesterday–and listened to a lecture on Parashakti–I could tell that man a thing or two about Parashakthi–he has it wrong. Durga is a lie and a contamination and the same bastards doing this to me did it to her to Amman the rain goddess, they contaminated her and stuck skulls and bleeding tongues on her–blame the victim continuously is what I learned from reading those “criminal justice/sociology” papers last night and ruminating on the phenom of police officers pretending to be mental health by removing their uniforms and little else. I am going to EXPOSE the bastards.

    Little red bearded men sitting next door and attacking my vagina and bladder for 3 days straight–no wonder I CANT DO ANYTHING! I could not move yesterday–and the day before was just as bad. I was forced to sit for long periods, unable to rake and bag as I would have liked. Yesterday was cold and windy though–or wait that was the day earlier the big wind day . Yesterday was cold and partially sunny and I managed to rake some leaves to the curb in the morning. I could not bag as I would have preferred because Home Depot could not deliver immediately but took a week. Did the Mazzeos orchestrate that I wonder? Or Fat ass opposite? They interfere with everything. Sit on my pc and stop me from ordering, from getting my orders. My Zelda books–where are they? Did they grab them? Twice before I ordered Zelda–disappeared. Susan Orlean’s Orchid Thief too–twice ordered twice disappeared.

    So they think they can sit here with wave guides and everyday attack my vagina and urethra so I cannot walk, cannot work, cannot stand, cannot sit? I think that is EXTREME TORTURE and if we had a decent court in this land they WOULD HANG. Men attacking women’s private parts in such CREATIVE WAYS–those weapons have been developed by men but certain terror women have had a part. MAY THEY ALL DIE INSTANTLY AFTER CONTINUOUS SUFFERING AT THEIR PRIVATE PARTS. They certainly have the means to inflict such death on anyone, on any woman, any child, any man. Imagine all the women whose bodies they are so violating in this town and every town, night after night. I am being hit as I speak and sitting on shielding. My left arm aches and I need to give that arm some Tiger Balm and Reiki.

    My breathing has been compromised, there is no more fine mist humidifier here. I pray that someone will REMOVE these assassins and put them in jail. Both sides. LiMIng woman blasted my left breast when it was partially exposed. I had to rush to shield that part as well. Then the LRADS on top and insistent hits at my chest. Luckily I had brought more bakeware to the bed than usual. This is my life is it? My life is to be spent cowering and crouching and clutching my various body parts while they get to blast each part one by one–clearly this is a CANNED HUNT–a LIVING WOMAN HUNTED IN HER BED AT NIGHT BY TERRORIST MEN AND TERRORIST WOMEN AND BEHIND THE TERRORIST POLICE. This is obviously not “Surveillance” nor is it “monitoring” nor is it “healthcare” or “Public Safety” nor is it LEGAL. IT is ILLEGAL INVASIVE INTRUSIVE VIOLATIVE RAPING MOLESTING CRIME. I need to write that list of torts from each of these miserable sinners who apparently worship gargoyles and demons and double-humped dragons. 6:53 am.

    **********************************************************************

    Ramola D

    Investigative Sci-Tech Journalist | Writer | Poet | Educator | Illuminator

    Publisher & Editor, The Everyday Concerned Citizen, Delphi Quarterly

    Reporter, Ramola D Reports on Bitchute, Brighteon, Lbry, Odysee, Rumble

    Author: For the Sake of the Boy, Temporary Lives, Invisible Season

    Facebook: Ramola DharmarajTelegram: Ramola D, RamolaDReportsNew

    Thought makes the word come into power.–Edmond Jabes

    &&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&

    November 15, 16, 17 2024

    9:21 am:

    I managed to make it up here with coffee despite being hit at the heart and at the kundy several times at the sink. I had to run upstairs several times to reshield my vagina area–Soft hits on the stones there nonstop. AT the sink the LiMIngs were hitting those stones over and over, sending flashes of high heat microwave energy into my vagina and urinary tract. That’s not just distinctly uncomfortable at that point, at that spot, but is sending extreme heat into the UT for a UTI. A little earlier when I went to the bathroom and removed the several large and small rounded, pebby stones of different mineral composition from my underwear–some from Squantum Beach some from the FIre Station Beach, some from Newport Rhode Island park beach–they wee all BLAZING HOT. The high frequency constantly sent to my private parts by the Mazzeos and LiMIngs both–and who knows who else, I heard cars zooming earlier and also recently now at the sink making coffee and feeding the birds and washing a few dishes–and they were blazing hot. This happens frequently when they fixate on my underwear. These past 3 days I have been continuously running to the bathroom to wash stones, get tissue soaked with water to use at that spot and cold stones again on top of pads. This is the only thing that helps. Water and stone. Some rubber and tin (jarlids put inside each other) and folded Reflectix between the legs. For they hit through the thigh and from under the thigh. They clearly have me on Millimeter Wave radar to be able to see me at that level and stalk me form room to room at that level whereby they can point their terror pencils of high power microwave at my vagina, through my underwear, through and past my legs and thighs, in order to hit. This is clearly something they have done to many women to finetune to this point of exactness and precision.

    There have been many women who have told me they have been or were being hit in this way. One was a Navy whistleblower who eventually declined to do an interview in print. But she was hit constantly in the bladder to the point she could not go out she said. There was a Pentagon Action Officer who gave me her story and spent ages speaking with me; her story did not get published at the time because i suspect the CIA moved in on her email id and started to send me lies suggesting I do not publish. I think her story needs to be known though. If she reads this she should email me or leave a comment on my website. She told me she was called a pros–as I was too, as many have been–and attacked badly every day and night by the terrorists who had parked themselves next to her. That IS how they do it. They park the criminals with weapons right next to you. Indications–in colors and continuing assault–these two and the Blondie clan have given me is that in addition to their base job–a fusion center contract with state police to use military weapons on people saying they are testing it, or a secret job with local police running a secret operation of community police monitoring calling it Public Safety as I suspect the Blondie clan is doing, given their QDC and QPD connections, or a University (MIT-Tufts-Harvard et al) contract with US Military & CIA to run Brain Experimentation ops, or a Model Equipment testing cntract from a foreign country saying they are doing normal testing operations which include Psy Ops–sociological experimentation, to divine racial bias for instance, or a Controlled Equipment demo or testing op from police and Public Safety and Homeland Security, or Project Minerva sociology and psychology “experiments” on people….

    Chest hits ongoing to give me congestion at chest–Wait, did Giordano and Duncan decide I’m dispensable after all? I thought they wanted my head. Noooo, they’d rather kill you now….

    I will no doubt be addressing both those criminals as well as Charles Morgan and all the other military AI and Neuroscience freaks who think it is ok to have a public profile yet attack women’s private parts in secret.

    Which one of them said: Oh yes, it’s ok to “create pain signals” by attacking women’s private parts?

    What has been the intention of the LiMIngs and Mazzeos in attacking my urethra and vagina the last 3 days? Urinary urgency of an extreme nature, continuous, to the point where you cannot stand, sit, sleep, work, read, nothing. That’s LIFE THREATENING CRIME. That’s INTENTIONAL MANSLAUGHTER. That’s HOMICIDE and MURDER.

    Let me also note here that last year I was hit twice in the PERINEUM by Blondie, from directly opposite when I slept in the front room–I have stopped sleeping there now. The private part and heart hits there last year–2023–and the extreme left leg sciatic nerve hit attacks were unbearable. I almost died then, and I knew that you cannot hit people in the perineum: that’s LETHAL WEAPONRY. That’s MUNITIONS. That’s ARMAMENTS. Who gave the police such weapons? I have been hit in the arm–the upper left arm with RADAR GUNS from the Mazzeos and Blondie side. TERAHERTZ, PULSED ENERGY PROJECTILES, and (currently on left thigh, 9:42 am) NANOSECOND ELECTRIC PULSE GENERATORS from LIMings as well. That’s not nanosecond either, full on minutes, and repeat attacks, as noted yesterday as well. I was recording ELECTRICAL SIZZLE HITS On my left shoulder and upper left arm earlier this year–they slammed out my second cell when I was able to record that.

    All three of these people need to be moved out of here and their weapons taken from them. Ditto the people at 147 Norfolk, the houses on either side of it, and the 149/147 Pine, 145/143 Pine, 146 Pine, 142 Pine, 222 Elmwood, 158 Pine, 167 Pine, !65 Pine, 162 Pine, !60 Pine….I need to check their names and owners and numbers again.

    9:46 am: My right foot feels frozen despite sitting in front of the heater. Are they using Freeze weapons on my feet? Last night when the Mazzeos were shocking my spine I felt extreme cold–perhaos they’re trying to shock my soul out of my body again? For they tried that last year. I must write a deposition-style report about what they did–for I think they have figured out how to remove souls from bodies. They did it to me 3 times last year–one mode twice and the second mode once.

    Back of left brain being hit–9:48 am.

    Shielding.

    This, what they are doing with their squeeze shocks and making me shiver like that may be a new mode of death-hit–did they learn this stuff from the Egyptians?

    They know how to do Catatonia–they did That to me last year, several times, at night, using massive LRAD to wake the whole house up, then Catatonia for me so I ran out of the room and then stood frozen in front of Sophie’s door, over and over each night, asking if she was alright. The then Sophie. Some absolute children about 10 to 12 years old. Crying sometimes because their daddy wouldn’t let them go downstairs but made them sit in that room all evening. And the daddies all run by the CIA-Mazzeo club I think. That’s Luciferian Satanic MADNESS. The Mazzeos have been running the double-clone-SS-BS-crapcrime one after the other I think. All these short redheads, playing Psychology and Strategy and Powertrips–that’s what they ‘ve been doing. Brains the size of peanuts so they come to steal mine…The Catatonia they must have achieved with Haldol, all purpose barely smellable drug, designed to mushroom you.

    This is what the CIA is doing, practicing how to induce Catatonia, and Paranoia, and Bipolar, and Depression, and Schizophrenia with a combination of actual drugs and RF frequencies, delivered through weapons. Then Catch-22 all with “Behavioral Health” and “Diagnoses”: “We have enough here to proclaim a few labels: Catatonic Schizophrenic, Paranid Schizophrenic, Bipolar Schizophrenic”….MKULTRA never looked better. The thing to get into. A real hopping field, especially for short GMC’d clones who know they’be been gypped and want Power but don’t know they will NEVER be given power even as PsychoDocsters as they are training themselves to be….do I need to tell them that? Their GIANT SHAPESHIFTER cousins will ensure that. Who are the scientists, the ones who actually f*d with their embryos and made them? They are criminals. They are running large and loose aren’t they? They’re not in jail. No they’re in the labs, making newer and stranger looking babies. I wonder what kind of babies these men were–normal? Or strangely insane? As they have become now.

    9:58 am.

    10:02 am: Do the Mazzeos think perhaps because they are CIA–and their family names aren’t Mazzeo for sure–and Israeli Mafia and Khazarian Mafia, they can do “Anything Goes” with this weaponry to a woman’s body? That’s what they are doing. They have consented to become MOLESTERS. RAPISTS. MURDERERS. LiMIngs too. “We’ll do anything to stop her.”

    Fast moving cancers of the pancreas and breast is what they have both on both sides “gone for” the last few days.

    Why, because I’m exposing them for the criminals they are?–them and local police with them, who have consented to become criminals over and over until no “policing” is left, only Crime.

    10:06 am: There is only cold air now coming out of the heater. Last night I found the mist humidifier is actually broken. It was broken by the Mazzeos the night prior, November 13 with a clean strike break in the plastic top to bottom of the jar holding the water. I hadn’t moved it. It didn’t fall/. Crack hit to break, through-wall. They must feel invincible.

    Currently left knee being squeeze hit–stopping for now. 10:08 am.

    Plane sounds in the distance. Low and ominous. There was a helicopter which went over my head this mrning….directly overhead, around 4:30 or 5 when I refused to get up.

    10:09 am.

    11/16/2024-11:31 am:

    Just needing to report the description of the new Mazzeo seen this morning–one seen here before, when some of the worst vibration for heart attack hits were directed at me–lithe, skinny, tight fitting denim blue shirt, short but not as short as the pudgy short man here a few days ago–this one was bald with cap pulled down over bald head but red beard and mustache, hollow looking face, keeping his head down as I looked down at him, opening his trunk and rushing into his car, apparently just showered, looking guilty–for he is: All morning, hits at my vagina and urethra, hits just then at my bladder and urethra, all evening and night hits of 5g/RF HPM at my face including around 6 when he was witnessed in the corner tiny space between shed and our wall clearly put in the wrong place–we should have stopped that alley from happening–Paul needs to be told–he got in there and started blasting LRADs at the bed and RF at my nose so I couldn’t breathe–then at night early morning around 3 or 4 massive heart and pancreas hits as I lay sleeping, from outside, I heard him scrabbling about outside, he must have been by that shed or alleyway–I struggled to shield and keep sleeping. When I woke it was past the helicopter driveby around 7 I think–I woke at eight. I went out to feed the birds and give them water while I continued to be extremely bladderly/vaginally hit –running to refix shielding several times as I made coffee–when I went outside massive soundblasting from the Paris house on Elmwood–perhaps 223 or 224 Elmwood. This trumpetblaster mower kept making manic sound while the birds scattered. I tried reassuring the ones I saw outside. I must make more of an oak haven in this yard I think and perhaps get some evergreens all around so the birds feel safer, and of course I need a metal privacy screen. Perhaps it is time to expose the Kochroaches of Quincy who seem to think they can attack us quiet ones living here with blast trumpet sounds. They cannot have our peace and quiet and gardens. I am going to make a report in Quincy Beat and reveal the CIty is trying to steal everyone’s homes–they are New York Kriminals and must be STOPPED. So I think Redbeard there who might indeed have blue eyes–Stewart Swerdlow wants us to believe Jesus had red hair and blue eyes–called the Trumpetblasters and he is connected with the old Zionist freaks from New York and Vanguard who are in cahoots with Koch and think they are the ones who will stay here and I will be the one to leave–No. My house is mine, my yard is mine, my trees are mine, my garden is mine and I am not moving….nor will I be killed by criminals. I WILL expose them for surely that is my prerogative. I must look into Lien Laws but I think it is simple–they needed to pay me a fine and they haven’t. That house is mine and I am going to Have it! They must leave after removing all the tech from all parts of house yard and shed and they must leave quietly back to Khazaria CIA and try to make amends. If I revealed everything I have seen they wouldn’t be so sanguine, coming back in shifts to send Kill Shots my way. I am refraining from Cursing them. But I do not see a Future for them….Any of them.

    Oh yes, Asshole Red was also jerking and shocking me the whole night and seems to be doing so still now–which means there’s another Asshole Red in that house, hiding upstairs and shocking me at my neck and feet. The LiMings meanwhile have moved to Terahertz and have been nerve-splitting my right hand and blasting my shoulder–both aiming RF at my nostrils and my head–the left side of my head feels a little stiff, as my right calf did this morning–literally every part of my body is being worked on by the trillion termagants in the vicinity each taking a body part to RF attack and destroy. Striving to breathe, I move forward.

    11/17/2024, 9:18 am:

    Recovering from an extreme massive attack of lawless high frequency stimulation radiation on my vulva, vagina, bladder, urethra, cervix for about 1 hour I think since about 7:30 to 8 or 9 am–but starting well before that about an hour in bed at least maybe 5 or 6 am to 7 am when I rolled out of bed and found I had to immediately start shielding madly to try to escape the extreme attacks on my skin. These are skin weapons and combos of water, stone, copper, steel, rubber proved ineffective. I went down made coffee fed the birds gave them water. Noticed it is warmer today and the sun is shining the Norwegian maples are finally turning yellow the sky is blue with a nano graphene haze as so often in India now or at least when I visited four years ago–they must all be nano dusted everyday but Indian food nutrition prayerfulness probably helps Indians and India–I must speak of India as if it is a place and Indians as if we are a people with brains and souls and thinking and creative energy for here in the benighted west post Vivekananda and Yogananda and all else, Indira Gandhi–whom too I saw last night in a dream or a pineal opening along with numerous Ganeshas and “Satyalatha” whom I do not know and strange dreams, passageways, aloneness (piped in? could well be, the cia is fixated on gods and mud) –told me mot to forget who we are who I was; have to say we have so much contempt for her we forget how brilliant and brainiac she was with her polyglot self and Swiss education fluent in French et al–anyway she was charmed until she was not charmed the Sikhs killing her must have been the same criminals attacking my Kundy this morning–an excessive extreme attack post all the attacks of yesterday and the last 3 days–I had to climb into bed slide shielding under me and around me and pray. Downstairs when I held up my sound shield I could hear the fast low hits from all around including and especially the LiMIngs but it sounded orchestrated 360 degrees–Blondie and the Chevy were in the driveway, pickup on hill, shark car on hill, red minivan in LiMing drive, and a bunch of cars on the street the other side. DId the thing the National Grid men rototill into the ground 2 weeks ago have something to do with this? Are they putting 5G transmitters into the ground? For last night I was incessantly hit at the right side of my chest with radar–when I went to the window downstairs and looked I saw a gray SUV parked at head of Murphy drive, trunk/rear facing Pine; I saw a white fusion center truck or silver by the liMings, across our drive: CRIMINAL, that drive is Mine absolutely MINE; anyway this morning I also saw a white minvan like the one the freak who came twice to my door saying TI TI parked outside the Ruane house; when I came upstairs here, almost hobbled by the amount of rubber and steel cake minipans in my underwear, I was hit intensely here too, could barely go to the bathroom again and douse the stones–blazing hot again–in water to put against my vulva. These are military weapons given to criminals who seem to have been lobotomized.

    I lay down and could not breathe the pain was so intense. The hits kept coming from the LiMIng and Mitzen yard side–I had closed off the bottom of the bed with sheet metal shielding–so her shed direction would not work. I closed my eyes had forgotten to pray–could not think. The closed eyes of the Buddha came to me and the looking up to the hills–I prayed. Om Namah Shivaya. The Buddha stayed with me. I prayed Shakyamuni Buddha–could not recall any lines or buddhist mantras. Tried Nam myoho rengai ko –it did not feel right. I remembered the Shiva covered with flowers I had seen once when I was constantly seeing the flowers and flower at center of Life, flowing and radiating Life. I stayed with Om Namah Shivaya–tried the Ah Oooh Ma sound of the Om. The letter a in lower case Roman came to me. The Buddha stayed with me. The sense of the Buddha, the Kamikura Buddha I recalled, but also the sleeping Buddha the eyes. The Closed praying Chinese or Japanese eyes. It was Aaah– I remembered the small Brahmin Indian child telling her mother to hum saying Aaah–she knew the sound. That is the sound. I once saw the swirling of the opening of the world–dust and light, merged, concentric, and there were letters and numbers. I have seen the Thamil letters often–saw them briefly now. I have seen other Indian language letters–Kannada and Telugu, Hindi, Sanskrit. Muh is there someplace–musicians know more I think. But it is Ahhh–this vibes with what I saw incessantly the past 2 days I must write about it….There is a God and there are Gods and the world is being remade. Our genes are being preserved. The darkness they have created is being undone. There is a continuous myriad-pronged swirling to the right to the turning of the clock in clockwise movement, multicolored all around–but the colors and dots they have put in–the electric blues in particular I don’t really know what is happening there….I did at different points see the nano being removed, the filaments…..but there is nano ferrous oxide in our brains–that’s the MNP probably from the docs–they must be spraying them still. I saw the vibration of energy the lifting of it from the multiple whirling and spinning–we are living in seas of energy, but some comes up from that positive remaking. So yes this behavior by the criminals is to negativize our positive rising upward creative and being energy. It is Being energy they seek to reverse backwards–are they hands and feet of devils? Why would they want to reverse life–they are formed of life. Their “power” is not maintained by reversing life. The opposite of Being and Life is Death. The freaks want us to die so they can live? They won’t live….but it has changed now. They must be grasping at straws with what they have been doing to me the last few days and today–the whole of Life is being transformed or returned really, restored. We are being restored, returned to our intended selves. These maniacs are fighting it. Money is manmade–but the exchange of energy is coded into the cosmos. –9:48 am.

    4:38 pm: Just managed to shield better after an excruciating day of extreme remote access and assault of bladder urethra, vagina vulva to create a heightened sense of urinary urgency–an extreme bladder attack weapon which has been used at sink, stove, near back door, on couch–grey fbi like suv at mitzen house with a white-haired guy getting out an hour or so ago and go into the Mitzens–in trying to think about these sustained attacks the last few days and why these people would do it–all surrounding and some zoomers sending hard cracks from underneath the bed, it is clear 1) they want to stop me from writing 2) they want to attack me and give me pain and suffering for exposing them all 3) they are sadists with no brains but plenty of evil ideas about hitting women in the sexual/urinary area 4) they just signed their DEATH WARRANT And I am going to make sure they get it. 5) they want me to freak out act out and put Vagina Bladder Sex against my name,,,,yes I think that’s it plus they seem to think weakening and sickening someone is the same as activating and angering someone. However they have just signed their death warrant and I am going to give them some coverage…..4:43 pm.

    4:54 pm: Needing to note, before I forget: yesterday around this time the sound of leaf blasting alerted me to Mazzeo man lurking in the drive blasting leaves supposedly. I was still being hit in the kundy but I went over to the window to look and witnessed another Mazzeo man, not the thin bald red bearded criminal from the morning (this is Sat we’re talking about) this one was short, slim, blonde–dark blond with blond and black in his hair and a beard, trimmer. Younger more schoolboy like. however he must have had the kundy weapon in his back pocket for he was hitting me as I stood by the window.

    A little earlier yesterday afternoon, I heard the LiMing of the day sweeping leaves by her shed and looked through an upstairs window to see what I could see. She was wearing all camel, a jumpsuit or a top and pants, black boots, very smart, oompa loompa topknot looking like she was headed to a board meeting as she went into the henhouse to clean out I presume the hen poop. Later running to her cell phone propped up on the windowbox of the shed where the 5G and RF HPM and other goodies are kept. She must have seen me through the corner of her left eye and was making sure she got some film. I held back behind the curtain and when I popped out agian there it was cell phone tilted upward. I was quite of a mind to say a word or two given the ghosty ghosty shivers and whispers and projected sound the last couple days from both their ends–Mazzeo and LIming–and may have said a word or two to the birds as I stood there watching the little chickadees and juncos play in the native cherry, one whose branches had been as massacred by her as the other trees. She swung her head up startled, as if someone had spoken to her. I wonder what people say when they do speak to her. At some point she called officiously, Who crying? in her broken Chinglish, but imperious, like a queen or a mother who actually knew not to abuse her children and to tell them her name (which she hadn’t.) Why crying? she queried next although I didn’t hear sparrows or dimwit husband respond. Note, this dimwit I have seen hopping away fast on his hind legs, squatting–the day he came to the top of his steps supposedly to shoot nano or new implants into me–a favorite bad-Chinese pastime in these parts–when Quincy DPW man was felling our cosmos and sweetgreens and refusing to listen to me as I stood in our own front yard, voice attacked, helped by no one. LiMIng man then knew I wasn’t looking for help from him but sharpshooting opportunistically just cause I was standing there? What a criminal. I certainly will publish this account for I haven’t relayed all of the horrors these people have wrought on my body yet. One of their specialties is Disfiguring, and they have achieved this quite well.

    The Kundy hitters from next door however who are involved, Chen LiMIng, Mrs, Chen LiMIng, Joseph and Samantha Mazzeo–the names for the shifting changers from the CIA, the FBI Mitzens and their new tenants, the Fusion Center criminal parked outside the LiMIngs last night, and the QPD/QDC criminals across the street–Kimberly Johnson and her fatass friends from hell, all at home today–Sunday, Chevys and pickups parked on the hill, all busy blasting my bladder nonstop, my vulva, my vagina, my urethra, giving me UTI after UTI all morning today, all afternoon, and yesterday and all night–forcing a hundred runs to the bathroom to run cold water over my flaming flesh, horrible cold chills running thrugh my body as my entire body spasmed, each time the UTI far gone rushed through me, the stones, wet I had placed against my skin just a few minutes before blazing hot again, just burning, and those ghastly low sounding fast hits on the sound shield I held against me trying to protect myself as I washed and ran cold water over the stones, desperate as I stood, burning, a cold burning, being blasted over and over on my vulva and urethra so I had to wash the stones, put them back, stick rubber under, more anti-skid rubber stuffed into my pants then cover up and hobble over to the bed and stick shields under me, over, to the side. They called drones constantly–Drones came over my bed, RNM’d my right calf, told them where I and my cervix was so they could re-approach and stick their ghastly pencils of high radio frequency misery into me.

    That Mental Health article was written after they first started to hit me–clearly they were making me extremely ill and I needed to rest. I took a break from my other work to report the CRIME of assault and battery by police in neighborhoods all over the USA and world really, alleging “mental illness” “bipolar” “schizophrenia” and attacking, ambushing, Tasing and killing people. Who is reporting this crime? I don’t see any reportage online of this massive criminality.

    So, reporting Police is dangerous, so dangerous they will come after you with Kundy-hit weapons? but they were using them on me before I started–was it my Substack article then which draws attention to the Police-Mental Health crime of attacking women in their homes and highlights the new “AI Chatbots” people can download and get “mental health support” from as they get drawn into the Psychiatry-world of absolute crime?

    Clearly I have been out of it these past few years–never realized this was going on–hadn’t heard of Walter Wallace or Juju Chang or Jason Harrison or Charleen Hunter or seen the skewed coverage on her and the lying coverage on those two men. Police may have been sued, jailed–I don’t know, need to look further into this to find out what happened. But as a Brownskinned woman reporter from India and Washington DC I have been kept from any connection with the African-Americn community. So many crimes against us all, against me.

    But to attack me like this–a concerted attack over 3-4 days I think, extreme UTI-creating, extreme bladder-hitting–these are people who hate women. Who hate reporting. Why read me then? Give me a wide berth on the Internet. Others read me, agree with what I’m saying. Let them. Why attack me? We’re in Communist Russia or China is it? These pale-faces living next to me and Chinese need to check their American history. You can’t hit women. You can’t hit women from any country. You can’t hit women in the Kundy–that bowl of the pelvis, a Thamil word, from South India, where I come from, a place which Exists, which no one here seems to have heard about–oh we don’t know where she comes from, let’s beat her up in her Kundy! Daily attacks by this incredibly criminal CIA Pale-Brainist Racist coterie, flashing their red beards and black boots and sending intense Radio Frequency hits to my bladder, over and over and over. Not just do they need jailing for life they need re-education in How to Be a Human. They may of course not be human but something else grotesque and incomprehensible.

    5:38 pm: Let me also note that if I hadn’t suddenly been able to shield better with more steel under me I could not be half-sitting up writing this. At some point in the past hour when the LiMIngs were directing hits and someone from behind was directing hits upward, making a racket on the steel, then a car speeding away, the Mazzeo came to their shed and I was heart-hit–permanent pans against my heart the past couple days.

    Can anyone hear me? Are people listening? Are people reading this reportage the world over? The absolute criminals who get these fusion center contracts in whichever way and come and sit around us and beat us to deatth ARE BEATING US TO DEATH. I wondered if I was going to die from the pain, over and over–if someone is hitting you with RF energy pulses continuously right at your cervix and urethra giving you extreme heat and overstimulation of the skin, that is extreme extreme pain and you could die from it. This was going on hour after hour after hour. I strove to take breaks, go down, take Cystone, do a spot of gardening, feed the birds again, make lunch around 2:30. I was hit extremely all through that lunch-making. Noticed the grey SUV on the street by the house next to the LiMIngs.

    Then back up here and striving to breathe past the 5g-blasting. A few days ago maybe 2 weeks ago–I did write this down I Think just recently–National Grid was here planting something in the ground opposite the house. Is that also in play with the 5G blasting or is that for ELFS and electrical induction? How would I find out? I need to ask for some information.

    But every single one of the people around me need to be divested of their weapons. The Kundy hit weapons are extreme and they are Death-threatening. Shall we let the DOD and DARPA and CIA and AIr Force and Army and Marine Corps keep them and keep on finetuning them so women and girls can be assaulted like this every day to keep them from speaking and writing and singing? Maybe bearded men from Israel and Khazaria will spread all over the USA like a plague, controlling women with Kundy hits. Maybe the Chinese CCP will send their spies, including women spies, to run about secretly assaulting women with Kundy-hit weapons in public bathrooms and YMCAs so girls can’t swim or walk or play tennis but must huddle, being Controlled by them.

    These weapons need to be exposed and stopped. I haven’t read about these in the docs I’m perusing but I’ve been hit by various kinds of them. It’s the Methodology of hitting too, nonstop, which has almost killed me now. –5:49 pm.

    https://everydayconcerned.net/ramola-dreports/reporters-notes/reporters-note-45-extreme-attack-on-private-parts-with-kundy-hit-weapons-bladder-weapons-non-lethal-no-both-these-ghastly-weapons-the-fusion-contractors-who-wield-them-need-to-be-stopped/
    Reporter’s Note 45: Extreme Attack on Private Parts with Kundy-Hit Weapons–Bladder Weapons–Non Lethal? No: Both these Ghastly Weapons & the Fusion Center Contractors Who Wield Them Need to be STOPPED Private Logs, Reporter’s Note | Ramola D | November 17, 2024, 6:55 pm [Private Logs in Hushmail, the first sent to self, the second in draft. Being published In Extremity since these attacks are DEATH HITS, on a WOMAN’s Private Parts. This could happen to ANYONE. Many women have reported such to me. Someone has to publish this so our children–our girls, our young women–are not VIOLATED like this. The entire CITY OF QUINCY is filled with CRIMINALS. Mass Fusion Centers are CRIMINAL. Boston FBI Which first targeted me unlawfully and sold my body as if it belonged to them are CRIMINAL. Local DARPA-CIA-MIT-HARVARD-Military Contractor Academics running BRAIN PROJECTS on me without my consent–which they need to stop immediately–are CRIMINALS. Each one of them needs to be routed out and thrown out of their (nasty criminal) jobs. Quincy Police which has FACILITATED and PERMITTED and employs people to commit these crimes are CRIMINALS. Each one of these bodies–POLICE/FBI DRONES were here, over my bed; HELICOPTERS over my bed and yard, Light Blue and White planes each time I step into my yard–acts as if I am the Criminal when they are running a SICK, CRIMINAL operation on women’s bodies: I am PRAYING for their EXTINCTION.]–6:55 pm, 11/17/2024 November 15 2024–mORNING ATTack on private parts by Mazzeos and LiMings On 11/15/2024 at 7:05 AM, “Ramola D” <[email protected]> wrote: 6:26 am: It is 6:26 am. For the last two hours that I can recall–since I was awoken by this crime–I have been excruciatingly and painfully penetration hit by extremely high frequency in my vagina, urethra, cervix, vulva, causing an extremely urgent desire to urinate and sending high heat through all the stone and rubber of my shielding in my underwear to pulsate at high frequency at my skin. Using baking sheets, pieces of rounded marble, copper, pie pans, I used my hands to adjust this new shielding and catch a few extra minutes of sleep. I pulled sheet metal shielding over my head, already pushed away from the continuous wave high frequency sent in by the Mazzeo side to torment my left arm and heart. Loud LRADS sounded immediately on the shielding from both sides. I spent a few tortured minutes adjusting shielding at my cervix and vagina and urethra and above at my head and heart. Meanwhile shock squeezes started at my spine–the Mazzeos have been doing this to me for the past 7-10 days I would say, microshocks by focusing on specific areas of my spine where I suspect nano quantum dots have been implanted but in this way able to shock my entire body and cause jerks but also I suspect internal organ shocks–the whole spine squeeze-shocked, at different intensities and frequencies but much much smaller than the heavier macroshocks which cause instant motor release and legs and arms to go awry. I tried to breathe. I tried to meditate. I used my hands. For brief moments as I found and used stones against my vulva and vagina, brief relief was felt. Then the waves of continuous high frequency again. Listening I felt there was a carrier of lower frequency as well. Two days ago I witnessed about 4 long boxes being offloaded from a UPS truck by a small slight dark bearded man, not unlike the many small slight bearded men who go in and out of this house next door, each pretending to be the one before (and failing) lugging their differently colored golf clubs in. These men are Mafia, CIA and killer assassins. For the past TWO days and THREE nights they have fixated on my vagina and bladder. All of yesterday I huddled on the couch downstairs, continuously shielding, sitting on layers of bakeware over stone using stone at my vagina, using all sorts of small pans and covers as cars zoomed up and down outside and low ELFs continuously attacked the couch as if to get into my body through my vagina over and over. I was also subject to heart hits and face hits as I recorded yesterday. Not yesterday but the night before on November 13, 2024, the Mazzeos issued a sharp crack and BROKE my fine mist humidifier which I had momentarily moved in order to fill. I had moved the shielding behind it, I filled it and then immediately sound of falling water. I realized it had started to leak. It leaked the whole half gallon I had poured in. I cleaned the floor, hung out wet towels for my moisture that night and slept. The temperature has plunged the last couple days and I have picked up sheets of ice from the bird bath and bird water. The first slab I picked up maybe 2 days ago in the morning was filled with the gorgeous pattern of the ferns the Mazzeos have burned to death by the blue Spiraea tree on the other side. That house is ours. The Mazzeos have not paid their fine nor responded with a lawyer letter or letter from an attorney in fact. The Notice will be published today. They have tortured the owner of this house. They have sought to kill her at least 25 times. Including yesterday and last night. I will not let them get away with it. I am going to say my prayers now and each one of them–a DEVIL–is going to be bound down for eternity and NEVER have agency in their lives. These dirtbags have bought now several ELF wave guides and are using them to send stationary waves into this room and into my vagina. Then continuous wave RF HPM on my left arm shoulder heart bladder. LiMings chime in with BREAST hits and RIGHT ARM AND SHOULDER hits as they did last night as well. As I lay in my bed nearly dying from the mega waves on the left my right arm and shoulder were also dully throbbing. These two terrorists are seeking to fully disable me on both sides. Oh yes my right knee was also being hit I don’t know from which side. I crouched over giving Reiki to my right knee. All this as I lay in bed just an hour ago. At 5:34 am I put on the phone nearby–found after long hours of searching yesterday–and listened to a lecture on Parashakti–I could tell that man a thing or two about Parashakthi–he has it wrong. Durga is a lie and a contamination and the same bastards doing this to me did it to her to Amman the rain goddess, they contaminated her and stuck skulls and bleeding tongues on her–blame the victim continuously is what I learned from reading those “criminal justice/sociology” papers last night and ruminating on the phenom of police officers pretending to be mental health by removing their uniforms and little else. I am going to EXPOSE the bastards. Little red bearded men sitting next door and attacking my vagina and bladder for 3 days straight–no wonder I CANT DO ANYTHING! I could not move yesterday–and the day before was just as bad. I was forced to sit for long periods, unable to rake and bag as I would have liked. Yesterday was cold and windy though–or wait that was the day earlier the big wind day . Yesterday was cold and partially sunny and I managed to rake some leaves to the curb in the morning. I could not bag as I would have preferred because Home Depot could not deliver immediately but took a week. Did the Mazzeos orchestrate that I wonder? Or Fat ass opposite? They interfere with everything. Sit on my pc and stop me from ordering, from getting my orders. My Zelda books–where are they? Did they grab them? Twice before I ordered Zelda–disappeared. Susan Orlean’s Orchid Thief too–twice ordered twice disappeared. So they think they can sit here with wave guides and everyday attack my vagina and urethra so I cannot walk, cannot work, cannot stand, cannot sit? I think that is EXTREME TORTURE and if we had a decent court in this land they WOULD HANG. Men attacking women’s private parts in such CREATIVE WAYS–those weapons have been developed by men but certain terror women have had a part. MAY THEY ALL DIE INSTANTLY AFTER CONTINUOUS SUFFERING AT THEIR PRIVATE PARTS. They certainly have the means to inflict such death on anyone, on any woman, any child, any man. Imagine all the women whose bodies they are so violating in this town and every town, night after night. I am being hit as I speak and sitting on shielding. My left arm aches and I need to give that arm some Tiger Balm and Reiki. My breathing has been compromised, there is no more fine mist humidifier here. I pray that someone will REMOVE these assassins and put them in jail. Both sides. LiMIng woman blasted my left breast when it was partially exposed. I had to rush to shield that part as well. Then the LRADS on top and insistent hits at my chest. Luckily I had brought more bakeware to the bed than usual. This is my life is it? My life is to be spent cowering and crouching and clutching my various body parts while they get to blast each part one by one–clearly this is a CANNED HUNT–a LIVING WOMAN HUNTED IN HER BED AT NIGHT BY TERRORIST MEN AND TERRORIST WOMEN AND BEHIND THE TERRORIST POLICE. This is obviously not “Surveillance” nor is it “monitoring” nor is it “healthcare” or “Public Safety” nor is it LEGAL. IT is ILLEGAL INVASIVE INTRUSIVE VIOLATIVE RAPING MOLESTING CRIME. I need to write that list of torts from each of these miserable sinners who apparently worship gargoyles and demons and double-humped dragons. 6:53 am. ********************************************************************** Ramola D Investigative Sci-Tech Journalist | Writer | Poet | Educator | Illuminator Publisher & Editor, The Everyday Concerned Citizen, Delphi Quarterly Reporter, Ramola D Reports on Bitchute, Brighteon, Lbry, Odysee, Rumble Author: For the Sake of the Boy, Temporary Lives, Invisible Season Facebook: Ramola DharmarajTelegram: Ramola D, RamolaDReportsNew Thought makes the word come into power.–Edmond Jabes &&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&& November 15, 16, 17 2024 9:21 am: I managed to make it up here with coffee despite being hit at the heart and at the kundy several times at the sink. I had to run upstairs several times to reshield my vagina area–Soft hits on the stones there nonstop. AT the sink the LiMIngs were hitting those stones over and over, sending flashes of high heat microwave energy into my vagina and urinary tract. That’s not just distinctly uncomfortable at that point, at that spot, but is sending extreme heat into the UT for a UTI. A little earlier when I went to the bathroom and removed the several large and small rounded, pebby stones of different mineral composition from my underwear–some from Squantum Beach some from the FIre Station Beach, some from Newport Rhode Island park beach–they wee all BLAZING HOT. The high frequency constantly sent to my private parts by the Mazzeos and LiMIngs both–and who knows who else, I heard cars zooming earlier and also recently now at the sink making coffee and feeding the birds and washing a few dishes–and they were blazing hot. This happens frequently when they fixate on my underwear. These past 3 days I have been continuously running to the bathroom to wash stones, get tissue soaked with water to use at that spot and cold stones again on top of pads. This is the only thing that helps. Water and stone. Some rubber and tin (jarlids put inside each other) and folded Reflectix between the legs. For they hit through the thigh and from under the thigh. They clearly have me on Millimeter Wave radar to be able to see me at that level and stalk me form room to room at that level whereby they can point their terror pencils of high power microwave at my vagina, through my underwear, through and past my legs and thighs, in order to hit. This is clearly something they have done to many women to finetune to this point of exactness and precision. There have been many women who have told me they have been or were being hit in this way. One was a Navy whistleblower who eventually declined to do an interview in print. But she was hit constantly in the bladder to the point she could not go out she said. There was a Pentagon Action Officer who gave me her story and spent ages speaking with me; her story did not get published at the time because i suspect the CIA moved in on her email id and started to send me lies suggesting I do not publish. I think her story needs to be known though. If she reads this she should email me or leave a comment on my website. She told me she was called a pros–as I was too, as many have been–and attacked badly every day and night by the terrorists who had parked themselves next to her. That IS how they do it. They park the criminals with weapons right next to you. Indications–in colors and continuing assault–these two and the Blondie clan have given me is that in addition to their base job–a fusion center contract with state police to use military weapons on people saying they are testing it, or a secret job with local police running a secret operation of community police monitoring calling it Public Safety as I suspect the Blondie clan is doing, given their QDC and QPD connections, or a University (MIT-Tufts-Harvard et al) contract with US Military & CIA to run Brain Experimentation ops, or a Model Equipment testing cntract from a foreign country saying they are doing normal testing operations which include Psy Ops–sociological experimentation, to divine racial bias for instance, or a Controlled Equipment demo or testing op from police and Public Safety and Homeland Security, or Project Minerva sociology and psychology “experiments” on people…. Chest hits ongoing to give me congestion at chest–Wait, did Giordano and Duncan decide I’m dispensable after all? I thought they wanted my head. Noooo, they’d rather kill you now…. I will no doubt be addressing both those criminals as well as Charles Morgan and all the other military AI and Neuroscience freaks who think it is ok to have a public profile yet attack women’s private parts in secret. Which one of them said: Oh yes, it’s ok to “create pain signals” by attacking women’s private parts? What has been the intention of the LiMIngs and Mazzeos in attacking my urethra and vagina the last 3 days? Urinary urgency of an extreme nature, continuous, to the point where you cannot stand, sit, sleep, work, read, nothing. That’s LIFE THREATENING CRIME. That’s INTENTIONAL MANSLAUGHTER. That’s HOMICIDE and MURDER. Let me also note here that last year I was hit twice in the PERINEUM by Blondie, from directly opposite when I slept in the front room–I have stopped sleeping there now. The private part and heart hits there last year–2023–and the extreme left leg sciatic nerve hit attacks were unbearable. I almost died then, and I knew that you cannot hit people in the perineum: that’s LETHAL WEAPONRY. That’s MUNITIONS. That’s ARMAMENTS. Who gave the police such weapons? I have been hit in the arm–the upper left arm with RADAR GUNS from the Mazzeos and Blondie side. TERAHERTZ, PULSED ENERGY PROJECTILES, and (currently on left thigh, 9:42 am) NANOSECOND ELECTRIC PULSE GENERATORS from LIMings as well. That’s not nanosecond either, full on minutes, and repeat attacks, as noted yesterday as well. I was recording ELECTRICAL SIZZLE HITS On my left shoulder and upper left arm earlier this year–they slammed out my second cell when I was able to record that. All three of these people need to be moved out of here and their weapons taken from them. Ditto the people at 147 Norfolk, the houses on either side of it, and the 149/147 Pine, 145/143 Pine, 146 Pine, 142 Pine, 222 Elmwood, 158 Pine, 167 Pine, !65 Pine, 162 Pine, !60 Pine….I need to check their names and owners and numbers again. 9:46 am: My right foot feels frozen despite sitting in front of the heater. Are they using Freeze weapons on my feet? Last night when the Mazzeos were shocking my spine I felt extreme cold–perhaos they’re trying to shock my soul out of my body again? For they tried that last year. I must write a deposition-style report about what they did–for I think they have figured out how to remove souls from bodies. They did it to me 3 times last year–one mode twice and the second mode once. Back of left brain being hit–9:48 am. Shielding. This, what they are doing with their squeeze shocks and making me shiver like that may be a new mode of death-hit–did they learn this stuff from the Egyptians? They know how to do Catatonia–they did That to me last year, several times, at night, using massive LRAD to wake the whole house up, then Catatonia for me so I ran out of the room and then stood frozen in front of Sophie’s door, over and over each night, asking if she was alright. The then Sophie. Some absolute children about 10 to 12 years old. Crying sometimes because their daddy wouldn’t let them go downstairs but made them sit in that room all evening. And the daddies all run by the CIA-Mazzeo club I think. That’s Luciferian Satanic MADNESS. The Mazzeos have been running the double-clone-SS-BS-crapcrime one after the other I think. All these short redheads, playing Psychology and Strategy and Powertrips–that’s what they ‘ve been doing. Brains the size of peanuts so they come to steal mine…The Catatonia they must have achieved with Haldol, all purpose barely smellable drug, designed to mushroom you. This is what the CIA is doing, practicing how to induce Catatonia, and Paranoia, and Bipolar, and Depression, and Schizophrenia with a combination of actual drugs and RF frequencies, delivered through weapons. Then Catch-22 all with “Behavioral Health” and “Diagnoses”: “We have enough here to proclaim a few labels: Catatonic Schizophrenic, Paranid Schizophrenic, Bipolar Schizophrenic”….MKULTRA never looked better. The thing to get into. A real hopping field, especially for short GMC’d clones who know they’be been gypped and want Power but don’t know they will NEVER be given power even as PsychoDocsters as they are training themselves to be….do I need to tell them that? Their GIANT SHAPESHIFTER cousins will ensure that. Who are the scientists, the ones who actually f*d with their embryos and made them? They are criminals. They are running large and loose aren’t they? They’re not in jail. No they’re in the labs, making newer and stranger looking babies. I wonder what kind of babies these men were–normal? Or strangely insane? As they have become now. 9:58 am. 10:02 am: Do the Mazzeos think perhaps because they are CIA–and their family names aren’t Mazzeo for sure–and Israeli Mafia and Khazarian Mafia, they can do “Anything Goes” with this weaponry to a woman’s body? That’s what they are doing. They have consented to become MOLESTERS. RAPISTS. MURDERERS. LiMIngs too. “We’ll do anything to stop her.” Fast moving cancers of the pancreas and breast is what they have both on both sides “gone for” the last few days. Why, because I’m exposing them for the criminals they are?–them and local police with them, who have consented to become criminals over and over until no “policing” is left, only Crime. 10:06 am: There is only cold air now coming out of the heater. Last night I found the mist humidifier is actually broken. It was broken by the Mazzeos the night prior, November 13 with a clean strike break in the plastic top to bottom of the jar holding the water. I hadn’t moved it. It didn’t fall/. Crack hit to break, through-wall. They must feel invincible. Currently left knee being squeeze hit–stopping for now. 10:08 am. Plane sounds in the distance. Low and ominous. There was a helicopter which went over my head this mrning….directly overhead, around 4:30 or 5 when I refused to get up. 10:09 am. 11/16/2024-11:31 am: Just needing to report the description of the new Mazzeo seen this morning–one seen here before, when some of the worst vibration for heart attack hits were directed at me–lithe, skinny, tight fitting denim blue shirt, short but not as short as the pudgy short man here a few days ago–this one was bald with cap pulled down over bald head but red beard and mustache, hollow looking face, keeping his head down as I looked down at him, opening his trunk and rushing into his car, apparently just showered, looking guilty–for he is: All morning, hits at my vagina and urethra, hits just then at my bladder and urethra, all evening and night hits of 5g/RF HPM at my face including around 6 when he was witnessed in the corner tiny space between shed and our wall clearly put in the wrong place–we should have stopped that alley from happening–Paul needs to be told–he got in there and started blasting LRADs at the bed and RF at my nose so I couldn’t breathe–then at night early morning around 3 or 4 massive heart and pancreas hits as I lay sleeping, from outside, I heard him scrabbling about outside, he must have been by that shed or alleyway–I struggled to shield and keep sleeping. When I woke it was past the helicopter driveby around 7 I think–I woke at eight. I went out to feed the birds and give them water while I continued to be extremely bladderly/vaginally hit –running to refix shielding several times as I made coffee–when I went outside massive soundblasting from the Paris house on Elmwood–perhaps 223 or 224 Elmwood. This trumpetblaster mower kept making manic sound while the birds scattered. I tried reassuring the ones I saw outside. I must make more of an oak haven in this yard I think and perhaps get some evergreens all around so the birds feel safer, and of course I need a metal privacy screen. Perhaps it is time to expose the Kochroaches of Quincy who seem to think they can attack us quiet ones living here with blast trumpet sounds. They cannot have our peace and quiet and gardens. I am going to make a report in Quincy Beat and reveal the CIty is trying to steal everyone’s homes–they are New York Kriminals and must be STOPPED. So I think Redbeard there who might indeed have blue eyes–Stewart Swerdlow wants us to believe Jesus had red hair and blue eyes–called the Trumpetblasters and he is connected with the old Zionist freaks from New York and Vanguard who are in cahoots with Koch and think they are the ones who will stay here and I will be the one to leave–No. My house is mine, my yard is mine, my trees are mine, my garden is mine and I am not moving….nor will I be killed by criminals. I WILL expose them for surely that is my prerogative. I must look into Lien Laws but I think it is simple–they needed to pay me a fine and they haven’t. That house is mine and I am going to Have it! They must leave after removing all the tech from all parts of house yard and shed and they must leave quietly back to Khazaria CIA and try to make amends. If I revealed everything I have seen they wouldn’t be so sanguine, coming back in shifts to send Kill Shots my way. I am refraining from Cursing them. But I do not see a Future for them….Any of them. Oh yes, Asshole Red was also jerking and shocking me the whole night and seems to be doing so still now–which means there’s another Asshole Red in that house, hiding upstairs and shocking me at my neck and feet. The LiMings meanwhile have moved to Terahertz and have been nerve-splitting my right hand and blasting my shoulder–both aiming RF at my nostrils and my head–the left side of my head feels a little stiff, as my right calf did this morning–literally every part of my body is being worked on by the trillion termagants in the vicinity each taking a body part to RF attack and destroy. Striving to breathe, I move forward. 11/17/2024, 9:18 am: Recovering from an extreme massive attack of lawless high frequency stimulation radiation on my vulva, vagina, bladder, urethra, cervix for about 1 hour I think since about 7:30 to 8 or 9 am–but starting well before that about an hour in bed at least maybe 5 or 6 am to 7 am when I rolled out of bed and found I had to immediately start shielding madly to try to escape the extreme attacks on my skin. These are skin weapons and combos of water, stone, copper, steel, rubber proved ineffective. I went down made coffee fed the birds gave them water. Noticed it is warmer today and the sun is shining the Norwegian maples are finally turning yellow the sky is blue with a nano graphene haze as so often in India now or at least when I visited four years ago–they must all be nano dusted everyday but Indian food nutrition prayerfulness probably helps Indians and India–I must speak of India as if it is a place and Indians as if we are a people with brains and souls and thinking and creative energy for here in the benighted west post Vivekananda and Yogananda and all else, Indira Gandhi–whom too I saw last night in a dream or a pineal opening along with numerous Ganeshas and “Satyalatha” whom I do not know and strange dreams, passageways, aloneness (piped in? could well be, the cia is fixated on gods and mud) –told me mot to forget who we are who I was; have to say we have so much contempt for her we forget how brilliant and brainiac she was with her polyglot self and Swiss education fluent in French et al–anyway she was charmed until she was not charmed the Sikhs killing her must have been the same criminals attacking my Kundy this morning–an excessive extreme attack post all the attacks of yesterday and the last 3 days–I had to climb into bed slide shielding under me and around me and pray. Downstairs when I held up my sound shield I could hear the fast low hits from all around including and especially the LiMIngs but it sounded orchestrated 360 degrees–Blondie and the Chevy were in the driveway, pickup on hill, shark car on hill, red minivan in LiMing drive, and a bunch of cars on the street the other side. DId the thing the National Grid men rototill into the ground 2 weeks ago have something to do with this? Are they putting 5G transmitters into the ground? For last night I was incessantly hit at the right side of my chest with radar–when I went to the window downstairs and looked I saw a gray SUV parked at head of Murphy drive, trunk/rear facing Pine; I saw a white fusion center truck or silver by the liMings, across our drive: CRIMINAL, that drive is Mine absolutely MINE; anyway this morning I also saw a white minvan like the one the freak who came twice to my door saying TI TI parked outside the Ruane house; when I came upstairs here, almost hobbled by the amount of rubber and steel cake minipans in my underwear, I was hit intensely here too, could barely go to the bathroom again and douse the stones–blazing hot again–in water to put against my vulva. These are military weapons given to criminals who seem to have been lobotomized. I lay down and could not breathe the pain was so intense. The hits kept coming from the LiMIng and Mitzen yard side–I had closed off the bottom of the bed with sheet metal shielding–so her shed direction would not work. I closed my eyes had forgotten to pray–could not think. The closed eyes of the Buddha came to me and the looking up to the hills–I prayed. Om Namah Shivaya. The Buddha stayed with me. I prayed Shakyamuni Buddha–could not recall any lines or buddhist mantras. Tried Nam myoho rengai ko –it did not feel right. I remembered the Shiva covered with flowers I had seen once when I was constantly seeing the flowers and flower at center of Life, flowing and radiating Life. I stayed with Om Namah Shivaya–tried the Ah Oooh Ma sound of the Om. The letter a in lower case Roman came to me. The Buddha stayed with me. The sense of the Buddha, the Kamikura Buddha I recalled, but also the sleeping Buddha the eyes. The Closed praying Chinese or Japanese eyes. It was Aaah– I remembered the small Brahmin Indian child telling her mother to hum saying Aaah–she knew the sound. That is the sound. I once saw the swirling of the opening of the world–dust and light, merged, concentric, and there were letters and numbers. I have seen the Thamil letters often–saw them briefly now. I have seen other Indian language letters–Kannada and Telugu, Hindi, Sanskrit. Muh is there someplace–musicians know more I think. But it is Ahhh–this vibes with what I saw incessantly the past 2 days I must write about it….There is a God and there are Gods and the world is being remade. Our genes are being preserved. The darkness they have created is being undone. There is a continuous myriad-pronged swirling to the right to the turning of the clock in clockwise movement, multicolored all around–but the colors and dots they have put in–the electric blues in particular I don’t really know what is happening there….I did at different points see the nano being removed, the filaments…..but there is nano ferrous oxide in our brains–that’s the MNP probably from the docs–they must be spraying them still. I saw the vibration of energy the lifting of it from the multiple whirling and spinning–we are living in seas of energy, but some comes up from that positive remaking. So yes this behavior by the criminals is to negativize our positive rising upward creative and being energy. It is Being energy they seek to reverse backwards–are they hands and feet of devils? Why would they want to reverse life–they are formed of life. Their “power” is not maintained by reversing life. The opposite of Being and Life is Death. The freaks want us to die so they can live? They won’t live….but it has changed now. They must be grasping at straws with what they have been doing to me the last few days and today–the whole of Life is being transformed or returned really, restored. We are being restored, returned to our intended selves. These maniacs are fighting it. Money is manmade–but the exchange of energy is coded into the cosmos. –9:48 am. 4:38 pm: Just managed to shield better after an excruciating day of extreme remote access and assault of bladder urethra, vagina vulva to create a heightened sense of urinary urgency–an extreme bladder attack weapon which has been used at sink, stove, near back door, on couch–grey fbi like suv at mitzen house with a white-haired guy getting out an hour or so ago and go into the Mitzens–in trying to think about these sustained attacks the last few days and why these people would do it–all surrounding and some zoomers sending hard cracks from underneath the bed, it is clear 1) they want to stop me from writing 2) they want to attack me and give me pain and suffering for exposing them all 3) they are sadists with no brains but plenty of evil ideas about hitting women in the sexual/urinary area 4) they just signed their DEATH WARRANT And I am going to make sure they get it. 5) they want me to freak out act out and put Vagina Bladder Sex against my name,,,,yes I think that’s it plus they seem to think weakening and sickening someone is the same as activating and angering someone. However they have just signed their death warrant and I am going to give them some coverage…..4:43 pm. 4:54 pm: Needing to note, before I forget: yesterday around this time the sound of leaf blasting alerted me to Mazzeo man lurking in the drive blasting leaves supposedly. I was still being hit in the kundy but I went over to the window to look and witnessed another Mazzeo man, not the thin bald red bearded criminal from the morning (this is Sat we’re talking about) this one was short, slim, blonde–dark blond with blond and black in his hair and a beard, trimmer. Younger more schoolboy like. however he must have had the kundy weapon in his back pocket for he was hitting me as I stood by the window. A little earlier yesterday afternoon, I heard the LiMing of the day sweeping leaves by her shed and looked through an upstairs window to see what I could see. She was wearing all camel, a jumpsuit or a top and pants, black boots, very smart, oompa loompa topknot looking like she was headed to a board meeting as she went into the henhouse to clean out I presume the hen poop. Later running to her cell phone propped up on the windowbox of the shed where the 5G and RF HPM and other goodies are kept. She must have seen me through the corner of her left eye and was making sure she got some film. I held back behind the curtain and when I popped out agian there it was cell phone tilted upward. I was quite of a mind to say a word or two given the ghosty ghosty shivers and whispers and projected sound the last couple days from both their ends–Mazzeo and LIming–and may have said a word or two to the birds as I stood there watching the little chickadees and juncos play in the native cherry, one whose branches had been as massacred by her as the other trees. She swung her head up startled, as if someone had spoken to her. I wonder what people say when they do speak to her. At some point she called officiously, Who crying? in her broken Chinglish, but imperious, like a queen or a mother who actually knew not to abuse her children and to tell them her name (which she hadn’t.) Why crying? she queried next although I didn’t hear sparrows or dimwit husband respond. Note, this dimwit I have seen hopping away fast on his hind legs, squatting–the day he came to the top of his steps supposedly to shoot nano or new implants into me–a favorite bad-Chinese pastime in these parts–when Quincy DPW man was felling our cosmos and sweetgreens and refusing to listen to me as I stood in our own front yard, voice attacked, helped by no one. LiMIng man then knew I wasn’t looking for help from him but sharpshooting opportunistically just cause I was standing there? What a criminal. I certainly will publish this account for I haven’t relayed all of the horrors these people have wrought on my body yet. One of their specialties is Disfiguring, and they have achieved this quite well. The Kundy hitters from next door however who are involved, Chen LiMIng, Mrs, Chen LiMIng, Joseph and Samantha Mazzeo–the names for the shifting changers from the CIA, the FBI Mitzens and their new tenants, the Fusion Center criminal parked outside the LiMIngs last night, and the QPD/QDC criminals across the street–Kimberly Johnson and her fatass friends from hell, all at home today–Sunday, Chevys and pickups parked on the hill, all busy blasting my bladder nonstop, my vulva, my vagina, my urethra, giving me UTI after UTI all morning today, all afternoon, and yesterday and all night–forcing a hundred runs to the bathroom to run cold water over my flaming flesh, horrible cold chills running thrugh my body as my entire body spasmed, each time the UTI far gone rushed through me, the stones, wet I had placed against my skin just a few minutes before blazing hot again, just burning, and those ghastly low sounding fast hits on the sound shield I held against me trying to protect myself as I washed and ran cold water over the stones, desperate as I stood, burning, a cold burning, being blasted over and over on my vulva and urethra so I had to wash the stones, put them back, stick rubber under, more anti-skid rubber stuffed into my pants then cover up and hobble over to the bed and stick shields under me, over, to the side. They called drones constantly–Drones came over my bed, RNM’d my right calf, told them where I and my cervix was so they could re-approach and stick their ghastly pencils of high radio frequency misery into me. That Mental Health article was written after they first started to hit me–clearly they were making me extremely ill and I needed to rest. I took a break from my other work to report the CRIME of assault and battery by police in neighborhoods all over the USA and world really, alleging “mental illness” “bipolar” “schizophrenia” and attacking, ambushing, Tasing and killing people. Who is reporting this crime? I don’t see any reportage online of this massive criminality. So, reporting Police is dangerous, so dangerous they will come after you with Kundy-hit weapons? but they were using them on me before I started–was it my Substack article then which draws attention to the Police-Mental Health crime of attacking women in their homes and highlights the new “AI Chatbots” people can download and get “mental health support” from as they get drawn into the Psychiatry-world of absolute crime? Clearly I have been out of it these past few years–never realized this was going on–hadn’t heard of Walter Wallace or Juju Chang or Jason Harrison or Charleen Hunter or seen the skewed coverage on her and the lying coverage on those two men. Police may have been sued, jailed–I don’t know, need to look further into this to find out what happened. But as a Brownskinned woman reporter from India and Washington DC I have been kept from any connection with the African-Americn community. So many crimes against us all, against me. But to attack me like this–a concerted attack over 3-4 days I think, extreme UTI-creating, extreme bladder-hitting–these are people who hate women. Who hate reporting. Why read me then? Give me a wide berth on the Internet. Others read me, agree with what I’m saying. Let them. Why attack me? We’re in Communist Russia or China is it? These pale-faces living next to me and Chinese need to check their American history. You can’t hit women. You can’t hit women from any country. You can’t hit women in the Kundy–that bowl of the pelvis, a Thamil word, from South India, where I come from, a place which Exists, which no one here seems to have heard about–oh we don’t know where she comes from, let’s beat her up in her Kundy! Daily attacks by this incredibly criminal CIA Pale-Brainist Racist coterie, flashing their red beards and black boots and sending intense Radio Frequency hits to my bladder, over and over and over. Not just do they need jailing for life they need re-education in How to Be a Human. They may of course not be human but something else grotesque and incomprehensible. 5:38 pm: Let me also note that if I hadn’t suddenly been able to shield better with more steel under me I could not be half-sitting up writing this. At some point in the past hour when the LiMIngs were directing hits and someone from behind was directing hits upward, making a racket on the steel, then a car speeding away, the Mazzeo came to their shed and I was heart-hit–permanent pans against my heart the past couple days. Can anyone hear me? Are people listening? Are people reading this reportage the world over? The absolute criminals who get these fusion center contracts in whichever way and come and sit around us and beat us to deatth ARE BEATING US TO DEATH. I wondered if I was going to die from the pain, over and over–if someone is hitting you with RF energy pulses continuously right at your cervix and urethra giving you extreme heat and overstimulation of the skin, that is extreme extreme pain and you could die from it. This was going on hour after hour after hour. I strove to take breaks, go down, take Cystone, do a spot of gardening, feed the birds again, make lunch around 2:30. I was hit extremely all through that lunch-making. Noticed the grey SUV on the street by the house next to the LiMIngs. Then back up here and striving to breathe past the 5g-blasting. A few days ago maybe 2 weeks ago–I did write this down I Think just recently–National Grid was here planting something in the ground opposite the house. Is that also in play with the 5G blasting or is that for ELFS and electrical induction? How would I find out? I need to ask for some information. But every single one of the people around me need to be divested of their weapons. The Kundy hit weapons are extreme and they are Death-threatening. Shall we let the DOD and DARPA and CIA and AIr Force and Army and Marine Corps keep them and keep on finetuning them so women and girls can be assaulted like this every day to keep them from speaking and writing and singing? Maybe bearded men from Israel and Khazaria will spread all over the USA like a plague, controlling women with Kundy hits. Maybe the Chinese CCP will send their spies, including women spies, to run about secretly assaulting women with Kundy-hit weapons in public bathrooms and YMCAs so girls can’t swim or walk or play tennis but must huddle, being Controlled by them. These weapons need to be exposed and stopped. I haven’t read about these in the docs I’m perusing but I’ve been hit by various kinds of them. It’s the Methodology of hitting too, nonstop, which has almost killed me now. –5:49 pm. https://everydayconcerned.net/ramola-dreports/reporters-notes/reporters-note-45-extreme-attack-on-private-parts-with-kundy-hit-weapons-bladder-weapons-non-lethal-no-both-these-ghastly-weapons-the-fusion-contractors-who-wield-them-need-to-be-stopped/
    EVERYDAYCONCERNED.NET
    Reporter’s Note 45: Extreme Attack on Private Parts with Kundy-Hit Weapons–Bladder Weapons–Non Lethal? No: Both these Ghastly Weapons & the Fusion Center Contractors Who Wield Them Need to be STOPPED
    Private Logs, Reporter’s Note | Ramola D | November 17, 2024, 6:55 pm [Private Logs in Hushmail, the first sent to self, the second in draft. Being published In Extremity since these attacks …
    Angry
    1
    0 Commenti 0 condivisioni 14814 Views
  • Look WHO’s in the Classroom
    Hugh McCarthy
    Herein I explore the extent of the WHO’s intrusion into the sphere of education which it appears to be using as a strategy for the delivery of its child sex agenda.

    The process to legislate the amended form of Relationship and Sexuality Education (RSE) into the school curriculum has seen the diversion of much-needed administrative and teaching time and resources away from education fundamentals such as reading and numeracy, the standards of both of which have fallen alarmingly. The decline in reading and numeracy standards caused by the impact of Covid-related policies has seen the UK achieve its worst standards since 2006 and the US the worst in its history.

    Curriculum Councils, which should be spending time reflecting on how reading and numeracy losses can be clawed back and how to successfully incorporate new technologies such as A1 or other valuable aspects of school provision, are instead spending time debating the content and time allocation of an RSE curriculum.

    Reading and numeracy drive a young person’s ability to be involved in society and play a vital role in enhancing their self-esteem. Children with low reading ability inevitably are close to the bottom of their class with inevitable consequences for how they feel about themselves and this leads them to adopt behaviours to enhance their self-esteem leading to a downward spiral in their education and their future prospects. Fundamental literacy and numeracy enables people to achieve independence through making their own decisions and thereby their economic well-being.

    Reading in particular directly impacts a person’s ability to earn a living and indeed to keep themselves safe, whilst numeracy directly impacts on a person’s capacity to earn money and, according to the OECD, affects the GDP of the nation. Prospective investors want a well-educated workforce capable of following technical and technological instructions.

    For many teachers and educationalists seeking guidance on this issue, the first port of call will be the WHO guidance. Many education bodies either use the material directly or link to it. The WHO, which as its name implies is centrally involved with health, now seems to be directing its health policy through schools.

    They have produced two documents, which are available HERE and HERE.

    The documents set out what it considers is age-appropriate sex and gender education for 5–16 year-olds.

    Since research shows that children usually seek the approval of the teacher and can be very influenced by what the teacher says and does, and especially young children, a teacher can play a key role in shaping what a young child believes, it is therefore very important that what is passed on in the classroom is suitable.

    The WHO approach to gender and to sexual education is considered below, starting with the approach to gender which is encapsulated by two statements:

    “(the WHO) responds to contemporary global challenges through education with a special focus on gender equality.”

    “Sexuality education is firmly based on self-determination and the acceptance of diversity.”

    The guidance makes these assertions without due regard to, for example, religious beliefs which would oppose them. The guidance normalizes attitudes and beliefs with which many profoundly disagree and which it is not part of the WHO remit and represents a wholly inappropriate intrusion into an individual’s belief systems.

    The first the guidance given for ages 6–9 recommends a curriculum content that includes:

    Sexual intercourse, gender orientation, and sexual behaviour of young people
    Differences between gender identity and biological sex
    For ages 9–12, the curriculum content includes:

    Gender identity and sexual orientation, including coming out and homosexuality
    whilst the second publication, in the

    Learning objectives for 5–8-year-olds Learners will be able to:

    define gender and biological sex and describe how they are different
    reflect on how they feel about their biological sex and gender
    The documents do indicate that the material must be appropriate for the “social and cultural norms of the society” but this appears in the small print when set alongside the 80+ pages promoting the ideology.

    Actually, education can only be understood in its wider cultural, historical, and philosophical context and this is being ignored by the policy-makers.

    Teaching requires empathy with, and knowledge of, the cultural norms of the society. This is clear in the teaching of history, geography, religion, language, and sport e.g. in N.I where 42% of the schools are maintained by the Catholic Church and 49% by the state and, because of our historical context, have Protestant Church representatives on their Governing body. Schools’ approach to teaching provision must be in line with the ethoi of the two religions and their associated national identities. Clearly this also applies to Islamic and Hindu schools.

    This is why the WHO also states that a “one size fits all approach is not appropriate.”

    N. Ireland legislation refers to the requirement to meet the spiritual needs of the children and the WHO guidance does indeed recognise the role of the churches.

    “Faith-based organizations can provide guidance to programme developers and providers on how to approach discussion about sexual health and sexuality education. Acting as models, mentors, and advocates, religious leaders are ambassadors for faith communities that value young people’s well-being.”

    The role of the churches in managing schools in the N. Ireland system is enshrined in legislation and spirituality is a requirement of our legislative framework.

    But church views appear to be ignored when they are actually expressed.

    In his book, Transgender, Reverend Vaughan Roberts sets out a Christian perspective, in what amounts to a statement of church policy, the former Moderator of the Presbyterian Church in Ireland, the Rt. Rev. Charles McMullen, writes: “The distinction between the sexes is increasingly being undermined especially in schools, where the concept of gender fluidity is often promoted.”

    Roberts speaks of the “profound insecurity” and anxiety of many young people as they are being asked now to consider their gender. He says “We will always be insecure if our identity is based on something within us. An identity in Christ could not be more secure.”

    Whilst the Roman Catholic church expresses its view thus:

    “In every major democratic jurisdiction, issues such as abortion, gender bioethics, human sexuality, are highly contested scientific and ethical issues, subject to democratic debate and shifting electoral and legislative positions.”

    The Islamic stance on this is very much like the traditional Christian stance. There are only two genders. Only heterosexual relations are allowed. So far in Arab countries, they are not approaching this issue in schools because it will most definitely lead to a huge outcry from church and parents. Many Christian Lebanese families have decided to leave Canada and go back to Lebanon (with all the insecurities that this engenders) because they want to protect their children from this destructive agenda.

    However, there is still a belief that sex education is relevant only in the West, whereas it can infringe on traditional Indian values, and so the orthodox Hindu community in India still opposes government and private attempts to provide sexuality education. And in Sri Lanka the leaders of the Catholic, Buddhist, Hindu, and Moslem faiths have joined together to oppose government plans to introduce similar legislation.

    In the next section the WHO’s approach to sexuality education is discussed. It is summed up by the statement:

    “A child is understood to be a sexual being from the beginning.”

    The basis for this is explained in the section entitled ‘Psychosexual development of children’ and argues the need for an early start of sexuality education. Psychology, especially developmental psychology, they claim, purports to show that children are born as sexual beings. This approach is then transferred into education, school, and the classroom via the guidelines offered to teachers.

    The guidance given for ages 6–9 recommends a curriculum content which includes:

    Sexual intercourse, gender orientation, and sexual behaviour of young people
    Enjoyment and pleasure when touching one’s own body (masturbation/self-stimulation, orgasm)
    For ages 9–12, the curriculum content includes:

    How to enjoy sexuality in an appropriate way
    First sexual experience
    Pleasure, masturbation, orgasm
    Whilst in the International Technical Guidance the learning objectives for 5–8-year-olds state that learners will be able to:

    identify the critical parts of the internal and external, genitals and describe their basic function
    and for 9–12-year-olds learners will be able to describe:

    what sexually explicit media (pornography) and sexting are;
    male and female responses to sexual stimulation (knowledge); explain that many boys and girls begin to masturbate during puberty or sometimes earlier (knowledge);
    The guidance also refers to teaching the material in an interactive way. I am at a loss to know how this can be done without graphic images and a led discussion taking place.

    It clearly establishes a culture and sets out a norm for what is acceptable to teach young children.

    And the guidance goes further; it also provides detailed guidance for the teaching of RSE.

    The material is set out in skills, knowledge, and attitudinal sections and is presented in an educational format.

    the content of the RSE curriculum
    the learning objectives, under this heading is set out for each age what children should learn
    the age at which that content should be taught
    the methodology ie. how it should be taught teach – e.g. by discussion, self-learning, reflection, visual aids and, worryingly, interactivity and
    expounds on pedagogical teaching theory
    This is an alarming intrusion into the education sphere and is openly seeking to affect the child’s belief system.

    This is not suitable material for a prepubescent child, nor is it appropriate for a classroom. Children who are reluctant to reveal that they do not understand maths or science are somehow expected to reveal that they do not know whether they are a boy or a girl and to discuss their own body and the bodies of their classmates. As mentioned earlier children usually seek the approval of the teacher and can be very influenced by what the teacher says and does. This is especially true for young children. Teachers, and what happens in the classroom can play a key role in shaping what a young child believes.

    It is therefore very important that what is passed on in the classroom and the school is suitable.

    As COHERE, Finland’s National Medical Body, says, young children, whose brains are still maturing, lack the ability to properly assess the consequences of making decisions they will have to live with for the rest of their lives and recommends that gender transition should be postponed until adulthood.

    In addition, the guidance says that this is to be done in an interactive way, presumably using visual aids. So very young children may well be shown the genitalia of the opposite sex and pornography as well as being taught very controversial and disputed ideas around gender.

    Some of the books being used are wholly unsuitable for young children, containing graphic images that at another time would be designated as pornography and/or child abuse. Worryingly, school and public libraries are stocking such books, therefore providing easy access for children.

    And even if it should be taught, the WHO advises that well-trained, supported, and motivated teachers play a key role in the delivery of high-quality CSE/RSE. At the very heart of sexuality education is the competence of the educators.

    But it goes on to say that lack of training should not prevent the programme.

    As outlined above the teacher can play a key role in what a child believes. Teacher training therefore plays a crucial role in what the teacher transmits in the classroom. Teachers are now being offered training materials promoting the concepts of transgenderism and LGBTU. Indeed the influential Irish Teachers Union has training and developing materials as part of its summer programme containing a very alarming video.

    And, worryingly, the influential Irish National Teachers’ Organisation (INTO) has prepared a teacher training resource entitled Creating an LGBT+ inclusive school. This was part of INTO’s Professional Development Summer Course Programme 2023, in which schoolteachers were advised to “change their language and lessons to make them trans/gender non-confirming inclusive.”

    The course also tells primary school teachers that they should “be prepared to ‘challenge attitudes,’ introduce transgenderism to Junior Infants, and get children to challenge their own beliefs on issues around gender.” It also offers advice on “social transitioning,” and children are encouraged to debate whether boys and girls should only wear clothes from the boys and girls section of shops. It further develops the theme that transgender children find happiness when living as “their true selves.”

    The area of sexuality, gender, and gender transitioning is highly disputed. In England, the National Health Service guidelines have been redrafted to remind doctors that children may simply be going through a “transient phase” when they say they want to change sex. The guidelines recommend a clinical management approach to explore all developmentally appropriate options for children and young people who are experiencing gender incongruence.

    Furthermore, an NHS-commissioned report by Dr Hilary Cass warned that allowing children to “socially transition” could “have significant effects on the child or young person in terms of their psychological functioning” and “better information was needed about outcomes.” The report also highlights the uncertainty around the evidence relating to the use of puberty blockers. It is not able to provide definitive advice on the use of puberty blockers and feminising/masculinising hormones at this stage, due to gaps in the evidence base.”

    In the US Professor McHugh, Professor of Psychiatry at Johns Hopkins concurs:

    “There are significant gaps in the research and evidence base.”

    He asserts affirming children in a false gender can cause real damage, and if one does not affirm trans identity: 98% of gender-confused boys and 88% of gender-confused girls eventually accept their biological sex after naturally passing through puberty.

    The studies show that at least 80% of children lose their gender distress over time.

    A report by American public health expert Dr Lisa Littman reveals that gender distress appears at or after the onset of puberty, often following online immersion and transgender identity declarations among school friends (commonly referred to as Rapid-Onset Gender Dysphoria). The study’s purpose was to investigate a population of individuals who experienced gender dysphoria, transitioned, and then detransitioned, many of the subjects coming to the view that their gender dysphoria was caused by something specific such as trauma, abuse, or a mental health condition. The majority felt that they had not received an adequate evaluation from a doctor or mental health professional before starting their transition. “More research is needed,” Dr Littman concluded.

    Much of the promotion of this agenda promotes the idea that children who transition lead more fulfilling lives, but the evidence says otherwise.

    Emerging research by Professor McPherson that “puberty blockers may heighten the risk of mental health problems in transgender youth.”

    Peer-reviewed research by Eriksen et al found that:

    only 6% of the 103 studies on RSE programmes found any positive evidence of effectiveness,
    overall, there is more evidence of harm than of positive outcomes from such programmes.
    87% of RSE had failed in its primary purposes,
    instead there was a decrease in condom use
    And an increase

    in sexual activity
    in number of partners,
    oral sex, forced sex,
    STDs and pregnancies.
    A Swedish study, which compared sex-reassigned individuals to the random population, found that sex-reassigned transsexual individuals had poorer outcomes in terms of suicide, and crime.

    Clearly any advice or suggestion may have a lifetime impact on the young child. There is a grave danger of messing with a child’s mind and the last person to do this in this delicate situation is an untrained person dabbling in matters of which they know little.

    The WHO document further states that an effective programme Involves experts on human sexuality, behaviour change, and related pedagogical theory. In this context, I have grave concerns about some of the advice being offered to schools.

    It appears that many of the groups are self-appointed experts engaged in promoting their own agenda/belief system and I am very concerned about the phrase behavioural change which by definition means changes in behaviour – reflect on that in the context of asking a child to consider whether they are a boy or a girl or inviting them to wear the clothes of the other gender. Pedagogical teaching theory is not the role of the WHO.

    Many of the groups are unaccredited and lack teaching expertise and worryingly the content of the sessions is not pre-approved by either the Principal or the Board of Governors nor presented with the permission or knowledge of parents. Much of the content amounts to clear propaganda on the part of the organisation – they are formed to self-promote so it is hardly surprising that this is what they do in schools.

    The educational environment in which schools operate is heavily weighted with promotional material and material directed at Principals and Governors amounts to strong pressure to conform.

    Thus even though Secretary of State for Northern Ireland says “it is at the school’s discretion to implement the contents of the curriculum according to its values and ethos,” the N.Ireland Department of Education website, an obvious source for Headteachers, provides material that goes well beyond information provision and sounds more like promotion. It refers to schools being ‘positively welcoming to all, whatever their identity.’ It goes on to say that schools should “increase the visibility of transgender young people by supporting pupils in setting up a Gender and Sexual Orientation Alliance or introducing transgender role models.”

    We are placing great pressure on our children, and this comes after the mental issues caused by the Covid policy debacle, where we are seeing record numbers of children awaiting appointments with the NHS for mental health issues, the worst attendance on record, and behavioural issues at an all-time high. Now we are confusing them with gender issues.

    Education requires an atmosphere conducive to learning and cannot take place in an atmosphere of fear and anxiety, or where the child is filled with worry over one of the biggest things in their being – their gender.

    The same agenda is being promoted in many Western Countries and provoking resistance and a huge rise in homeschooling.

    On a global level, there appears to be no clear articulation of what education is for, who or what does it serve, nor what schools are to teach.

    Are we to teach values, skills, or knowledge? If so, what are those values?

    Is education for

    the pursuit of learning
    intellectual self-reflection
    a gateway to higher education
    to prepare people for the world of work
    to solve society’s ills whether it is climate, vandalism, health, or whatever the latest world crisis appears to be?
    It seems to me that whatever the most recent issue becomes a matter for schools.

    Who does education serve, who are the stakeholders?

    Parents, business, politicians, churches, governors, politicians, children?

    A disarming lack of clarity enables pressure groups to impose their agenda on schools.

    Conclusion

    It is right that schools pass on broad moral and spiritual values; these values will include respect, tolerance, and caring for others. It seems to me however that the RSE issue appears to be the driving culture in some schools to the marginalisation of other more vital components of the roles of schools. Children are being forced to accept this culture which surrounds the actions of the school. Much guidance from the authorities speaks of promoting the culture. This is far removed from providing information.

    Countries through their education systems are pressing ahead, seemingly in lockstep. The education environment in which schools exist is a confused one with the authorities promoting the ideology whilst many of the key stakeholders in schools object e.g. despite the opposition of the churches and 74% of the public who voted against their introduction in the official consultation. N.Ireland is pressing ahead with its introduction.

    The guidance is being presented as a fact – and clearly imposes a thought train on any teacher or administrator who refers to the guidance and crucially ignores some very important, though lightly dealt with conditional clauses. The documents reference the importance of respecting cultural and social norms, the importance of parents, the importance of trained teachers, the rights of teachers, the role of the churches, the paramountcy of the ethos of the school, the rights and role of parents, and that one-size-fits-all approach does not work. Yet what is presented is a straightjacket setting out in great detail what is to be taught.

    The WHO appears to be attempting to displace the spiritual guidance of faith, setting itself as the educationalist and replacing parents as the provider of guidance on moral issues. It is deciding what is age-appropriate and when is age-appropriate.

    Driven by global interest, it seems to me to be well beyond the remit of the WHO, which appears to be using education as a strategy for delivering its globalist agenda. Education, because of its multifaceted nature and purposes, must not become a subset of health nor a means of driving policies for political purposes.

    Surely education at its best is a powerful tool for empowerment and a beacon for a ‘liberal education’ that exists for its own sake, as something of value in itself for the moral and intellectual improvement of the individual, rather than as a tool in the hands of a global education organisation intent on driving its own ideology.

    Socrates and Plato saw the purpose of education as enabling individuals to distinguish between good and evil and between truth and error and to search after wisdom and goodness – if they did this they would be less likely to be tempted by the attractions of wealth power.

    Sadly in the UK, there is little in the incoming Labour government’s manifesto that suggests that education is anything more than utilitarian, one judged by how far it breaks down “the barriers of opportunity,” improves “the life chances of all of our children,” supports the economy, makes young people “ready for work,” and, in the case of universities, brings economic benefits to local communities.

    It remains crucial that parents know their rights and, of course, enforce them, that they know who serves on the school Board of Governors/management committees and who they represent.

    Parents should make themselves familiar with the two WHO documents above.

    And bear in mind that the guidance being used by schools states that “Sexuality education establishes a close cooperation with parents and community in order to build a supportive environment. Parents are involved in sexuality education at school, which means they will be informed before sexuality education takes place and they have the opportunity to express their wishes and reservations.”

    Now is the time to enforce your rights and end this indoctrination of our children. If not now, when?

    Published under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License
    For reprints, please set the canonical link back to the original Brownstone Institute Article and Author.

    Author

    Hugh Mccarthy retired as a Headteacher after 23 years in that role. He also lectured in a post graduate leadership course at the University of Ulster. Hugh has served as a director on two of N. Ireland’s major education councils and currently serves as a ministerial appointment on one. He has 50 years of experience in education. He lives just outside Belfast and is married to Lorraine and has 3 sons. Hugh holds a Masters degree with Distinction in Education Financial Management, an Honours degree in Chemistry and a BA in Public Administration.

    View all posts

    https://brownstone.org/articles/look-whos-in-the-classroom/
    Look WHO’s in the Classroom Hugh McCarthy Herein I explore the extent of the WHO’s intrusion into the sphere of education which it appears to be using as a strategy for the delivery of its child sex agenda. The process to legislate the amended form of Relationship and Sexuality Education (RSE) into the school curriculum has seen the diversion of much-needed administrative and teaching time and resources away from education fundamentals such as reading and numeracy, the standards of both of which have fallen alarmingly. The decline in reading and numeracy standards caused by the impact of Covid-related policies has seen the UK achieve its worst standards since 2006 and the US the worst in its history. Curriculum Councils, which should be spending time reflecting on how reading and numeracy losses can be clawed back and how to successfully incorporate new technologies such as A1 or other valuable aspects of school provision, are instead spending time debating the content and time allocation of an RSE curriculum. Reading and numeracy drive a young person’s ability to be involved in society and play a vital role in enhancing their self-esteem. Children with low reading ability inevitably are close to the bottom of their class with inevitable consequences for how they feel about themselves and this leads them to adopt behaviours to enhance their self-esteem leading to a downward spiral in their education and their future prospects. Fundamental literacy and numeracy enables people to achieve independence through making their own decisions and thereby their economic well-being. Reading in particular directly impacts a person’s ability to earn a living and indeed to keep themselves safe, whilst numeracy directly impacts on a person’s capacity to earn money and, according to the OECD, affects the GDP of the nation. Prospective investors want a well-educated workforce capable of following technical and technological instructions. For many teachers and educationalists seeking guidance on this issue, the first port of call will be the WHO guidance. Many education bodies either use the material directly or link to it. The WHO, which as its name implies is centrally involved with health, now seems to be directing its health policy through schools. They have produced two documents, which are available HERE and HERE. The documents set out what it considers is age-appropriate sex and gender education for 5–16 year-olds. Since research shows that children usually seek the approval of the teacher and can be very influenced by what the teacher says and does, and especially young children, a teacher can play a key role in shaping what a young child believes, it is therefore very important that what is passed on in the classroom is suitable. The WHO approach to gender and to sexual education is considered below, starting with the approach to gender which is encapsulated by two statements: “(the WHO) responds to contemporary global challenges through education with a special focus on gender equality.” “Sexuality education is firmly based on self-determination and the acceptance of diversity.” The guidance makes these assertions without due regard to, for example, religious beliefs which would oppose them. The guidance normalizes attitudes and beliefs with which many profoundly disagree and which it is not part of the WHO remit and represents a wholly inappropriate intrusion into an individual’s belief systems. The first the guidance given for ages 6–9 recommends a curriculum content that includes: Sexual intercourse, gender orientation, and sexual behaviour of young people Differences between gender identity and biological sex For ages 9–12, the curriculum content includes: Gender identity and sexual orientation, including coming out and homosexuality whilst the second publication, in the Learning objectives for 5–8-year-olds Learners will be able to: define gender and biological sex and describe how they are different reflect on how they feel about their biological sex and gender The documents do indicate that the material must be appropriate for the “social and cultural norms of the society” but this appears in the small print when set alongside the 80+ pages promoting the ideology. Actually, education can only be understood in its wider cultural, historical, and philosophical context and this is being ignored by the policy-makers. Teaching requires empathy with, and knowledge of, the cultural norms of the society. This is clear in the teaching of history, geography, religion, language, and sport e.g. in N.I where 42% of the schools are maintained by the Catholic Church and 49% by the state and, because of our historical context, have Protestant Church representatives on their Governing body. Schools’ approach to teaching provision must be in line with the ethoi of the two religions and their associated national identities. Clearly this also applies to Islamic and Hindu schools. This is why the WHO also states that a “one size fits all approach is not appropriate.” N. Ireland legislation refers to the requirement to meet the spiritual needs of the children and the WHO guidance does indeed recognise the role of the churches. “Faith-based organizations can provide guidance to programme developers and providers on how to approach discussion about sexual health and sexuality education. Acting as models, mentors, and advocates, religious leaders are ambassadors for faith communities that value young people’s well-being.” The role of the churches in managing schools in the N. Ireland system is enshrined in legislation and spirituality is a requirement of our legislative framework. But church views appear to be ignored when they are actually expressed. In his book, Transgender, Reverend Vaughan Roberts sets out a Christian perspective, in what amounts to a statement of church policy, the former Moderator of the Presbyterian Church in Ireland, the Rt. Rev. Charles McMullen, writes: “The distinction between the sexes is increasingly being undermined especially in schools, where the concept of gender fluidity is often promoted.” Roberts speaks of the “profound insecurity” and anxiety of many young people as they are being asked now to consider their gender. He says “We will always be insecure if our identity is based on something within us. An identity in Christ could not be more secure.” Whilst the Roman Catholic church expresses its view thus: “In every major democratic jurisdiction, issues such as abortion, gender bioethics, human sexuality, are highly contested scientific and ethical issues, subject to democratic debate and shifting electoral and legislative positions.” The Islamic stance on this is very much like the traditional Christian stance. There are only two genders. Only heterosexual relations are allowed. So far in Arab countries, they are not approaching this issue in schools because it will most definitely lead to a huge outcry from church and parents. Many Christian Lebanese families have decided to leave Canada and go back to Lebanon (with all the insecurities that this engenders) because they want to protect their children from this destructive agenda. However, there is still a belief that sex education is relevant only in the West, whereas it can infringe on traditional Indian values, and so the orthodox Hindu community in India still opposes government and private attempts to provide sexuality education. And in Sri Lanka the leaders of the Catholic, Buddhist, Hindu, and Moslem faiths have joined together to oppose government plans to introduce similar legislation. In the next section the WHO’s approach to sexuality education is discussed. It is summed up by the statement: “A child is understood to be a sexual being from the beginning.” The basis for this is explained in the section entitled ‘Psychosexual development of children’ and argues the need for an early start of sexuality education. Psychology, especially developmental psychology, they claim, purports to show that children are born as sexual beings. This approach is then transferred into education, school, and the classroom via the guidelines offered to teachers. The guidance given for ages 6–9 recommends a curriculum content which includes: Sexual intercourse, gender orientation, and sexual behaviour of young people Enjoyment and pleasure when touching one’s own body (masturbation/self-stimulation, orgasm) For ages 9–12, the curriculum content includes: How to enjoy sexuality in an appropriate way First sexual experience Pleasure, masturbation, orgasm Whilst in the International Technical Guidance the learning objectives for 5–8-year-olds state that learners will be able to: identify the critical parts of the internal and external, genitals and describe their basic function and for 9–12-year-olds learners will be able to describe: what sexually explicit media (pornography) and sexting are; male and female responses to sexual stimulation (knowledge); explain that many boys and girls begin to masturbate during puberty or sometimes earlier (knowledge); The guidance also refers to teaching the material in an interactive way. I am at a loss to know how this can be done without graphic images and a led discussion taking place. It clearly establishes a culture and sets out a norm for what is acceptable to teach young children. And the guidance goes further; it also provides detailed guidance for the teaching of RSE. The material is set out in skills, knowledge, and attitudinal sections and is presented in an educational format. the content of the RSE curriculum the learning objectives, under this heading is set out for each age what children should learn the age at which that content should be taught the methodology ie. how it should be taught teach – e.g. by discussion, self-learning, reflection, visual aids and, worryingly, interactivity and expounds on pedagogical teaching theory This is an alarming intrusion into the education sphere and is openly seeking to affect the child’s belief system. This is not suitable material for a prepubescent child, nor is it appropriate for a classroom. Children who are reluctant to reveal that they do not understand maths or science are somehow expected to reveal that they do not know whether they are a boy or a girl and to discuss their own body and the bodies of their classmates. As mentioned earlier children usually seek the approval of the teacher and can be very influenced by what the teacher says and does. This is especially true for young children. Teachers, and what happens in the classroom can play a key role in shaping what a young child believes. It is therefore very important that what is passed on in the classroom and the school is suitable. As COHERE, Finland’s National Medical Body, says, young children, whose brains are still maturing, lack the ability to properly assess the consequences of making decisions they will have to live with for the rest of their lives and recommends that gender transition should be postponed until adulthood. In addition, the guidance says that this is to be done in an interactive way, presumably using visual aids. So very young children may well be shown the genitalia of the opposite sex and pornography as well as being taught very controversial and disputed ideas around gender. Some of the books being used are wholly unsuitable for young children, containing graphic images that at another time would be designated as pornography and/or child abuse. Worryingly, school and public libraries are stocking such books, therefore providing easy access for children. And even if it should be taught, the WHO advises that well-trained, supported, and motivated teachers play a key role in the delivery of high-quality CSE/RSE. At the very heart of sexuality education is the competence of the educators. But it goes on to say that lack of training should not prevent the programme. As outlined above the teacher can play a key role in what a child believes. Teacher training therefore plays a crucial role in what the teacher transmits in the classroom. Teachers are now being offered training materials promoting the concepts of transgenderism and LGBTU. Indeed the influential Irish Teachers Union has training and developing materials as part of its summer programme containing a very alarming video. And, worryingly, the influential Irish National Teachers’ Organisation (INTO) has prepared a teacher training resource entitled Creating an LGBT+ inclusive school. This was part of INTO’s Professional Development Summer Course Programme 2023, in which schoolteachers were advised to “change their language and lessons to make them trans/gender non-confirming inclusive.” The course also tells primary school teachers that they should “be prepared to ‘challenge attitudes,’ introduce transgenderism to Junior Infants, and get children to challenge their own beliefs on issues around gender.” It also offers advice on “social transitioning,” and children are encouraged to debate whether boys and girls should only wear clothes from the boys and girls section of shops. It further develops the theme that transgender children find happiness when living as “their true selves.” The area of sexuality, gender, and gender transitioning is highly disputed. In England, the National Health Service guidelines have been redrafted to remind doctors that children may simply be going through a “transient phase” when they say they want to change sex. The guidelines recommend a clinical management approach to explore all developmentally appropriate options for children and young people who are experiencing gender incongruence. Furthermore, an NHS-commissioned report by Dr Hilary Cass warned that allowing children to “socially transition” could “have significant effects on the child or young person in terms of their psychological functioning” and “better information was needed about outcomes.” The report also highlights the uncertainty around the evidence relating to the use of puberty blockers. It is not able to provide definitive advice on the use of puberty blockers and feminising/masculinising hormones at this stage, due to gaps in the evidence base.” In the US Professor McHugh, Professor of Psychiatry at Johns Hopkins concurs: “There are significant gaps in the research and evidence base.” He asserts affirming children in a false gender can cause real damage, and if one does not affirm trans identity: 98% of gender-confused boys and 88% of gender-confused girls eventually accept their biological sex after naturally passing through puberty. The studies show that at least 80% of children lose their gender distress over time. A report by American public health expert Dr Lisa Littman reveals that gender distress appears at or after the onset of puberty, often following online immersion and transgender identity declarations among school friends (commonly referred to as Rapid-Onset Gender Dysphoria). The study’s purpose was to investigate a population of individuals who experienced gender dysphoria, transitioned, and then detransitioned, many of the subjects coming to the view that their gender dysphoria was caused by something specific such as trauma, abuse, or a mental health condition. The majority felt that they had not received an adequate evaluation from a doctor or mental health professional before starting their transition. “More research is needed,” Dr Littman concluded. Much of the promotion of this agenda promotes the idea that children who transition lead more fulfilling lives, but the evidence says otherwise. Emerging research by Professor McPherson that “puberty blockers may heighten the risk of mental health problems in transgender youth.” Peer-reviewed research by Eriksen et al found that: only 6% of the 103 studies on RSE programmes found any positive evidence of effectiveness, overall, there is more evidence of harm than of positive outcomes from such programmes. 87% of RSE had failed in its primary purposes, instead there was a decrease in condom use And an increase in sexual activity in number of partners, oral sex, forced sex, STDs and pregnancies. A Swedish study, which compared sex-reassigned individuals to the random population, found that sex-reassigned transsexual individuals had poorer outcomes in terms of suicide, and crime. Clearly any advice or suggestion may have a lifetime impact on the young child. There is a grave danger of messing with a child’s mind and the last person to do this in this delicate situation is an untrained person dabbling in matters of which they know little. The WHO document further states that an effective programme Involves experts on human sexuality, behaviour change, and related pedagogical theory. In this context, I have grave concerns about some of the advice being offered to schools. It appears that many of the groups are self-appointed experts engaged in promoting their own agenda/belief system and I am very concerned about the phrase behavioural change which by definition means changes in behaviour – reflect on that in the context of asking a child to consider whether they are a boy or a girl or inviting them to wear the clothes of the other gender. Pedagogical teaching theory is not the role of the WHO. Many of the groups are unaccredited and lack teaching expertise and worryingly the content of the sessions is not pre-approved by either the Principal or the Board of Governors nor presented with the permission or knowledge of parents. Much of the content amounts to clear propaganda on the part of the organisation – they are formed to self-promote so it is hardly surprising that this is what they do in schools. The educational environment in which schools operate is heavily weighted with promotional material and material directed at Principals and Governors amounts to strong pressure to conform. Thus even though Secretary of State for Northern Ireland says “it is at the school’s discretion to implement the contents of the curriculum according to its values and ethos,” the N.Ireland Department of Education website, an obvious source for Headteachers, provides material that goes well beyond information provision and sounds more like promotion. It refers to schools being ‘positively welcoming to all, whatever their identity.’ It goes on to say that schools should “increase the visibility of transgender young people by supporting pupils in setting up a Gender and Sexual Orientation Alliance or introducing transgender role models.” We are placing great pressure on our children, and this comes after the mental issues caused by the Covid policy debacle, where we are seeing record numbers of children awaiting appointments with the NHS for mental health issues, the worst attendance on record, and behavioural issues at an all-time high. Now we are confusing them with gender issues. Education requires an atmosphere conducive to learning and cannot take place in an atmosphere of fear and anxiety, or where the child is filled with worry over one of the biggest things in their being – their gender. The same agenda is being promoted in many Western Countries and provoking resistance and a huge rise in homeschooling. On a global level, there appears to be no clear articulation of what education is for, who or what does it serve, nor what schools are to teach. Are we to teach values, skills, or knowledge? If so, what are those values? Is education for the pursuit of learning intellectual self-reflection a gateway to higher education to prepare people for the world of work to solve society’s ills whether it is climate, vandalism, health, or whatever the latest world crisis appears to be? It seems to me that whatever the most recent issue becomes a matter for schools. Who does education serve, who are the stakeholders? Parents, business, politicians, churches, governors, politicians, children? A disarming lack of clarity enables pressure groups to impose their agenda on schools. Conclusion It is right that schools pass on broad moral and spiritual values; these values will include respect, tolerance, and caring for others. It seems to me however that the RSE issue appears to be the driving culture in some schools to the marginalisation of other more vital components of the roles of schools. Children are being forced to accept this culture which surrounds the actions of the school. Much guidance from the authorities speaks of promoting the culture. This is far removed from providing information. Countries through their education systems are pressing ahead, seemingly in lockstep. The education environment in which schools exist is a confused one with the authorities promoting the ideology whilst many of the key stakeholders in schools object e.g. despite the opposition of the churches and 74% of the public who voted against their introduction in the official consultation. N.Ireland is pressing ahead with its introduction. The guidance is being presented as a fact – and clearly imposes a thought train on any teacher or administrator who refers to the guidance and crucially ignores some very important, though lightly dealt with conditional clauses. The documents reference the importance of respecting cultural and social norms, the importance of parents, the importance of trained teachers, the rights of teachers, the role of the churches, the paramountcy of the ethos of the school, the rights and role of parents, and that one-size-fits-all approach does not work. Yet what is presented is a straightjacket setting out in great detail what is to be taught. The WHO appears to be attempting to displace the spiritual guidance of faith, setting itself as the educationalist and replacing parents as the provider of guidance on moral issues. It is deciding what is age-appropriate and when is age-appropriate. Driven by global interest, it seems to me to be well beyond the remit of the WHO, which appears to be using education as a strategy for delivering its globalist agenda. Education, because of its multifaceted nature and purposes, must not become a subset of health nor a means of driving policies for political purposes. Surely education at its best is a powerful tool for empowerment and a beacon for a ‘liberal education’ that exists for its own sake, as something of value in itself for the moral and intellectual improvement of the individual, rather than as a tool in the hands of a global education organisation intent on driving its own ideology. Socrates and Plato saw the purpose of education as enabling individuals to distinguish between good and evil and between truth and error and to search after wisdom and goodness – if they did this they would be less likely to be tempted by the attractions of wealth power. Sadly in the UK, there is little in the incoming Labour government’s manifesto that suggests that education is anything more than utilitarian, one judged by how far it breaks down “the barriers of opportunity,” improves “the life chances of all of our children,” supports the economy, makes young people “ready for work,” and, in the case of universities, brings economic benefits to local communities. It remains crucial that parents know their rights and, of course, enforce them, that they know who serves on the school Board of Governors/management committees and who they represent. Parents should make themselves familiar with the two WHO documents above. And bear in mind that the guidance being used by schools states that “Sexuality education establishes a close cooperation with parents and community in order to build a supportive environment. Parents are involved in sexuality education at school, which means they will be informed before sexuality education takes place and they have the opportunity to express their wishes and reservations.” Now is the time to enforce your rights and end this indoctrination of our children. If not now, when? Published under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License For reprints, please set the canonical link back to the original Brownstone Institute Article and Author. Author Hugh Mccarthy retired as a Headteacher after 23 years in that role. He also lectured in a post graduate leadership course at the University of Ulster. Hugh has served as a director on two of N. Ireland’s major education councils and currently serves as a ministerial appointment on one. He has 50 years of experience in education. He lives just outside Belfast and is married to Lorraine and has 3 sons. Hugh holds a Masters degree with Distinction in Education Financial Management, an Honours degree in Chemistry and a BA in Public Administration. View all posts https://brownstone.org/articles/look-whos-in-the-classroom/
    BROWNSTONE.ORG
    Look WHO’s in the Classroom ⋆ Brownstone Institute
    The WHO appears to be using education. Education must not become a subset of health nor a means of driving policies for political purposes.
    Like
    1
    0 Commenti 0 condivisioni 9684 Views
  • Synagogue of Satan Owns Trump and His Administration
    Jonas E. Alexis, Senior EditorNovember 17, 2024

    Become a VT Supporting Member Today

    Please keep VT Radio and VT Foreign Policy alive! Donate today to make sure VT stays on the internet free and clear of Big Tech control! Donate today:
    Please Donate - Click Here

    By Joachim Hagopian
    The list of Trump’s Zionist Israeli Firsters racing to Armageddon in the Middle East keeps growing all week to fulfill the Masonic plot/prophecy of the Zionist vs. Islam World War III nightmare we are all now facing with Trump as the next US president. With some saying that Trump is the anti-Christ, I’m now starting to wonder.

    Placing two hardcore Zionist neocon Jews Brian Hook and Howard Lutnick in charge of his admin transition team headhunting kosher Jew loyalists with input from Chabad son-in-law Jared Kushner should have clued us in where we’re fast headed, straight to an all-out Jewish State war against Islam. All week, almost every single cabinet member in Trump’s administration is a Zionist zealot in favor of Israel’s right to defend itself by eliminating by genocidal death every Palestinian from their ancient homeland.

    Every one of these Israeli first, warmongering extremists that Trump has selected all point to Iran as America’s biggest enemy obstacle to protecting Israel, not America. These war lovers are clearly not lovers of America. Trump’s readymade war cabinet members are bloodthirsty doomsdayers placed in charge to ensure America is brought into World War III fighting yet another Greater Israel Project war where American soldiers will be bleeding on foreign soil in perhaps the bloodiest war in all of history.

    All these men and women Trump is now surrounding himself with are doing the dirty bidding of Zionist Israel and its founder the Rothschild City of London banking cabal. Trump’s all-star cast to hell-on-earth began with hard-right, war loving, China hating, Jew loving Marco Rubio as soon-to-be boss in control shaping America’s foreign policy over the next four years. Right after October 7th last year, Rubio tweeted:

    Israel has no choice but to seek the complete eradication of Hamas in Gaza. There simply is no diplomatic solution or ‘measured response’ available. This tragically necessary effort will come at a horrifying price. But the price of failing to permanently eliminate this group of sadistic savages is even more horrifying.

    Never mind that October 7th was another Israel inside job like 9/11. Rubio on a Fox radio show earlier this year actually likened the Israeli Zionist invasion in Rafah to the Western Allied Normandy invasion going after Hitler. You really think someone capable of contorting and twisting reality that much is capable of running America’s foreign policy without running amuck with more crafted US arrogance and unending bullshit grandstanding? In June Rubio was a lead sponsor of a bill that would prevent puppet Biden from placing conditions on Israel’s supply of US arms. If the US stopped sending bombs, the genocide would stop. But owned and controlled Senator Rubio cannot go against his higher paygrade just to save little children from being blown to pieces, hell no.

    Marco Rubio also promoted bill to halt humanitarian aid to starving Palestinians, succumbing to Israeli pressure to suspend all UN aid relief into Gaza. The degrading evil these lowlifes stoop to under threat of losing AIPAC bribery or sexual blackmail for diddling little kids. Congress is full of these psychopathic degenerates. The Florida senator also engineered legislation sabotaging the Boycott, Divestment and Sanctions (BDS) movement, accusing it of being “the single most destructive campaign of economic warfare facing the Jewish state today.”

    All week long, Trump unanimously handpicked one Zionist Israeli firster after the next, all committed to protecting Netanyahu’s selfish war criminal interests far and above protecting any interests of our own fellow American citizens struggling to feed their family. Right alongside this depraved US Secretary of State soon guiding our foreign policy, the US Secretary of Defense is even more important in protecting our national interests and safeguarding every single American citizen.

    The Trump choice for this grave responsibility in two months falls into the trigger-happy hands of Fox News host since 2014, Pete Hegseth, who urged the US to bomb Iran, including its mosques, schools and hospitals. Using the same lame Israeli excuse to justify taking out thousands of innocent civilian lives, be they children, women and the infirm, to neutralize the alleged embedded enemy amongst the civilian population, Hegseth plans to resort to any measure necessary to prevent Iran from developing nuclear weapons. Back in early 2020, prior to Iran developing underground nuclear stockpiles, war hawk Hegseth after murdering Gen. Soleimani was imploring then President Trump to go gangbusters bombing away at Iranian civilians.

    What better time than now to say, we’re starting the clock, you’ve got a week, you’ve got X amount of time before we start taking out your energy production facilities. We take out key infrastructure. We take out your missile sites. We take out nuclear developments.

    Since Iran nearly five years later already possesses nuclear weapons as a viable means of mutual deterrence against nuke-happy Israel with its notorious shameless Sampson option, as the stalwart, anti-Iran war dick, the prospect of Hegseth provoking a military confrontation against Israel’s archrival Iran in the coming months and years appears to already be an inevitable, done deal.

    Convinced Iran is hiding nukes under its cultural historical sites, or under its schools, mosques and hospitals, identical to the oft-repeated standard Israeli claim toward Hamas and Hezbollah hiding behind its civilians, this pro-Israel war hawk wacko went on public record insisting that the US “rewrite the rules,” adamantly calculating it’s worth dropping US bombs on Iranian soil and killing innocent civilians.

    Having served as a junior officer in the Army National Guard with tours fighting Greater Israel Wars in Iraq and Afghanistan as well as a stint at Guantanamo, Hegseth defended US soldiers accused of war crimes. Despite minimal administrative experience, as an ass-kissing Trump loyalist, highly critical of current Defense Secretary Lloyd Austin’s weakened and woke DEI infested armed forces, yet another ballbuster wants to have a go at Iran, music to the ears of Israel-controlled Trump who regards this Princeton-Harvard grad as more than qualified to defend Israel, waging the Big War against all Middle East Muslims.

    Like Bibi Netanyahu, Pete Hegseth pays mere “lip service” to the Israel-Palestine “two state solution,” calling it “effectively dead.” This guy’s all in for protecting Israel, regarding all Palestinians including children as [present/future] Islamic terrorists sponsored by Iran, thus worthy as expendable cannon fodder in self-defense of the supremacist Jewish State, and equally all in to bringing on biblical Armageddon prophecy.

    Hegseth talks as if he is straight out of Israel’s militant, bloodthirsty Likud Party, wanting to genocide more Palestinians and Lebanese. In his own bold words, blasting Iran on his employer Fox network right after the January 3rd, 2020 US assassination of Iran’s most acclaimed, popular war hero General Qassam Soleimani, this raging war-aholic nutcase urged:

    I don’t want to hit cultural sites on purpose. But if you’re using one to harbor your most dangerous weapons, then that should be on the target list.

    With Hegseth an Evangelical Christian Zionist constituting the largest religious group in the US, claiming 1 out of 4 American voters, he believes biblical prophecy must be fulfilled, starting with the Rothschild bloodline banking dynasty’s successful founding of the Jewish State in 1948, convinced it was the temporal marker ushering in the “End Times” on earth, according to biblical scripture.

    During his first term in office when President Trump moved the Israeli capital to Jerusalem in 2018, the birthplace of the three major monotheistic religions, Christian Zionists again interpreted it in accordance with their version of biblical prophecy as scribed in the Schofield bible. In fact, evidence indicates that US Zionist Jewish attorney Samuel Untermeyer funded Cyrus I. Schofield to reinterpret the King James version, propagating this Zionist biblical account.

    The Evangelical belief that we have entered the End Times and Christian Zionists must on faith alone rabidly support Israel as their fundamental religious duty to bring forth the battle of Armageddon in northern Israel between one side led by the second coming of Christ and the other the Mark of the Beast anti-Christ, and each army’s amassed 400,000 soldiers dying in the process, it’s all according to the Zionist Schofield bible.

    This is why so many millions of Christian Zionists in America are so fanatically blind in their unconditional support and acceptance of Israel’s unholy wars in the Middle East, including supporting the mass slaughter of Palestinians. Similar to how many Zionist Jews rationalize negative, woefully destructive, immoral actions as ends that always justify the means, Zionist Christians are similarly inclined. Thus, wiping out enormous numbers of Muslims isn’t such a big deal if it brings back Lord Jesus. Compliments of Michael Tracey’s twitter post, to get an idea where this ingrained Zionist dogma comes from in the next US Defense Secretary’s head, the following is an extract from Hegseth’s 2020 book American Crusade, Fight to Stay Free:

    America’s story is inextricably linked to Judeo-Christian history and the modern state of Israel. You can love America without loving Israel—but that tells me your knowledge of the Bible and Western civilization is woefully incomplete…. If you love America, you should love Israel.

    War lover Hegseth truly hates Iran and loves Israel. Even calling the Iran government an “evil regime.” That Trump would exploit this twisted mindset and seek out Christian Zionists as key critical members of his administration, including the one responsible for America’s self-defense in charge of our war policy, it has to be concluded as an extremely foreboding, even disastrous omen of things to come, and that World War III is more than imminent.

    So, what does the President-elect do this week? He picks not one but two card-carrying Christian Zionists to fill his administration’s important posts. His other Christian Zionist is former Arkansas Governor Mike Huckabee, chosen as Trump’s US Ambassador to Israel. Huckabee isn’t just a Christian Zionist zealot, he’s an evangelical pastor preaching the Armageddon Jesus second coming gospel having made over 100 trips to Israel. He’ll be working to ensure that President Trump keeps at least one of his campaign promises, not to the American voters, but making good on his boss’ boss Miriam Adelson for her $100 million bribe in exchange for Trump delivering the Palestinians’ West Bank to Israel. After Trump moved the Israel capital to Jerusalem, according to a July 2019 Middle East Monitor headline, an elated “Mike Huckabee hopes Trump may annex West Bank settlements.” This US Zionist has come out and matter-of-factly stated:

    There’s really no such thing as a Palestinian. I think Israel has title deed to Judea and Samaria.

    Huckabee refuses to recognize Gaza or the West Bank, but only the biblical terms. So when Trump made his announcement public, to all Americans he was lying through his teeth rubbing it in when he claimed:

    Mike [Huckabee] will work tirelessly to bring about Peace in the Middle East!

    Yeah, eliminating the non-entities in Gaza and West Bank that Huckabee will not acknowledge is hardly about to bring peace, but unquestionably it will bring Armageddon, which is exactly what this insane Christian Zionist Huckabee wanted all along. These forked-tongue devils Trump and company are intent on ruining us all, not just the Palestinians. Huckabee has often declared that illegal Israeli settlements in the West Bank and Israel’s apartheid genocide occupation of Gaza and West Bank do not even exist, because they’ve always been ordained by Huckabee’s warped God as rightfully belonging to “the chosen people.” And as such, he never accepted the “two-state solution.”

    Again, Christian Zionists make up a quarter of the American electorate, so placing high-profile Christian Zionists in his administration not only pays off his debt to those overwhelming numbers that fervently voted for him but also those big donor Jews like Adelson who own him.

    But even more important to Trump, he is paying off his debt bondage to the Rothschild City of London clan that repeatedly bailed his ass out of past bankruptcies, and now all the powerbrokers that made certain Trump was reinstalled for a second term to obediently follow through fulfilling his paymasters’ demand that World War III happen far sooner than later. After all, culling the human herd ranks #1 as top priority for the psychopathic controllers and their minions.

    Moving on to Trump’s pick for National Security Advisor which does not need Senate approval is Florida Congressman Mike Waltz, who also opposes diplomacy in favor of aggressive interventionism in the form of hardcore military action against US invented enemies Russia, China and Iran.

    Waltz is another Army National Guard Greater Israel Project war veteran who fought in Afghanistan. Trump knows that choosing Zionist road warriors in his administration can be counted on to obediently line up to declare war against any and all readymade “axis-of-evil” enemies – Russia, China and Iran. Rep. Mike Waltz sits on the US Armed Services Committee and in the past has also called for the US to drop bombs on Iran, regarding the higher paygrade Israel as “the greatest ally we’ve ever known.”

    According to the Rothschild owned Associated Press, the current issues facing US president’s national security advisor involve continuing support for Ukraine against Russia, with as of late a special focused concern on the strategic defense pact between Moscow and North Korea (i.e., only the US is allowed allies), and the escalating mess in the Middle East between Israel and its sworn enemy Iran that includes its so-called proxies Hamas, Hezbollah and Houthis.

    These former military officers who already rushed to Israel’s aid fighting in earlier Greater Israel Project wars in the Middle East, Waltz as a Green Beret colonel no less, are instant readymade war hawks eager to deploy US boots on the ground in combat in whatever and wherever hostile hotspot direction their Synagogue of Satan superiors point them to.

    With two wars raging and a third hotspot heating up in Pacific Asia, Waltz is ready to waltz into World War III headfirst in all three theaters of operation. After all, this guy comes locked and loaded in the NSA driver’s seat ready to send US boots on the ground to battle anywhere City of London wants him. This Cold War interventionist hardliner has never seen a war he doesn’t like.

    Regarding the one in Ukraine, Mike Waltz wants US troops fighting alongside Kiev forces, operating US longer-range weapons striking targets deeper inside Russia. And if that’s not enough provocation to ignite WWIII directly against Russia, possessing the strongest, most armed advanced, battle-hardened military in the world, then Waltz has plenty of other warzones to fight. His pet peeve has always been China. Seems each of these Trump war lovers have a particular hankering for their favorite enemy combat zone. This Trump road warrior Mike Waltz established his favorite enemy to be Red China, permanently, deeply immersed in Cold War mindset with a particular hardon for starting a hot war against Beijing:

    We are in a cold war… the Chinese Communist Party has entered a Cold War with us, seeks to supplant us, and seeks to defeat us… We need to make it very clear to China that invading Taiwan, which will then allow China to control about 50 percent of global trade and GDP, isn’t acceptable.

    The fact that it was the City of London moneychangers that purposely allowed Taiwan to control over 90% of the world production of cutting-edge microchips essential for smartphones, data centers and advanced military equipment, means that among the many engineered mega-crises, creating global supply chain disruption becomes just another one of their weapons. It’s all been meticulous mapped out by nefarious globalist design to bring the world to its knees.

    This military interventionist Waltz is just another globalist stooge being used to fast track WWIII. Despite the US longtime established one-China policy, Waltz wants to abandon it to arm the island of Taiwan “to the teeth” against his nemesis Communist China because that’s all part of the central bankers’ grand scheme – World War III on multiple warfronts. After selecting a Christian Zionist US ambassador to mighty Israel, US and Israel are in synch now exterminating the rest of the Palestinians as homage to the Greater Israel Project.

    Next, we turn to Trump’s selection of New York Congresswoman Elise Stefanik as the US Ambassador to the United Nations. She follows an already illustrious parade of globalist female US uniparty traitors -Susan Rice, Samantha Power, Nikki Haley and now replacing Linda Thomas-Greenfield. Incoming Elise wants to jail all Americans critical of Israel for “anti-Semitism.”

    In December last year, Stefanik brought the three Ivy League women presidents in to grill them in her Congressional hearings, so she could grandstand haranguing them (instrumental in getting them fired) for daring to allow their students to exercise their First Amendment rights to peaceful assembly protest over US and Israel’s daily slaughter of innocent Palestinians in Gaza. Like so many anti-constitutional traitors in Congress, through their blatant words and actions, they continue getting away with never upholding their sworn oaths to protect and defend the US Constitution, which in itself renders them traitors. Trump lies with every traitor he brings aboard his Israel first government:

    Elise is an incredibly strong, tough, and smart America First fighter.

    No, she’s not, she is the exact opposite as another treasonous Trump Israel Firster. You will not be a member of this administration unless you are an Israel first and Americans last Trumper. The Biden regime treasonously places foreign invaders first over Americans’ self-interests while the Trump regime places Jews and Israel interests over and above every American’s.

    A November 13th Mondoweiss article stated this about the incoming US ambassador to the UN:

    In May, Stefanik delivered an address to the Israeli Knesset where she called for ‘wiping those responsible for October 7th off the face of the earth’ and ‘crushing’ the Palestine solidarity movement, which she said was motivated by ‘blood lust.’

    How fair do you think this person will be at the UN? About a two-state solution and finally granting Palestinians the right to self-determination. It’s all too obvious Stefanik will use US veto power in the UN Security Council to block all resolutions promoting the sovereign free state of Palestine. And it appears Trump and his entire administration will do the same.

    Stefanik, and all of the Trump appointments, show that whichever uniparty is in charge, Americans are treated last, again all part of the criminal elites’ agenda to destroy America and Americans, right along with Palestinians and Lebanese. All these traitors that invert the truth now are allowing their criminal misdeeds to define what and who they really are. It is legally, ethically and morally wrong to conflate any criticism of an apartheid murderous Jewish State regime for their endless, ghastly, unthinkable yet unprosecuted crimes, which every person of conscience must condemn who knows right from wrong.

    All our government traitors are obedient to Israel first over their own country and fellow citizens they’re supposed to be serving because to keep their jobs in Washington, they must remain loyal to AIPAC bribery dictates as Israeli firsters in good standing. AIPAC operates as a foreign agency in America without registering as such, which makes it an illegal unconstitutional criminal operation.

    Moreover, Robert F. Kennedy was killed fighting Israel over this very issue, moving to require AIPAC’s bribery scheme to register as a foreign agent while a half decade earlier his brother President John F. Kennedy was murdered 61 years ago this week trying to prevent Israel from developing nuclear weapons.

    Israel has never been a US ally. Remember the USS Liberty. Yet criticism today of this pariah nation treated with total above the law impunity renders an honest critic of Israel a criminal. How twisted and illegal and unconstitutional is that? We’ve been invaded by Israel, City of London and their bribed traitors in America for far too long. Earlier this year, Congress passed and apparently is now enforcing a law criminalizing American citizens speaking out against Israeli genocide branding them with antisemitism charges, with Trump vowing to lock them up in what’s become Gulag Amerika.

    Those that bark the loudest as US traitors serving the interests of Israel over those of America appear to be the most rewarded in Trump’s administration promotions. This inversion of constitutional law and justice is an unacceptable disgrace reflecting just how far America no longer a constitutional republic has sunk in moral turpitude and treasonous criminality.

    When Israel banned the UN humanitarian relief team from supplying food, clean water and medicine to starving Gazans suffering genocide at the hands of the criminal state of Israel, Elise Stefanik actually celebrated Israel’s ban accusing the UN agency UNRWA of “instilling antisemitic hate in Palestinians.” Aggressive neocon bulldog Stefanik as yet another Israeli firster joins the most Jewish president’s administration that is betraying all Americans’ right to free speech voicing the God honest truth, yet Stefanik gets rewarded with a new important gig inflicting further veto harm at the UN Security Council.

    Showing that President-elect Trump is also a traitor violating the US Constitution’s First Amendment free speech rights in his now Gulag Amerika, in September he warned:

    Here is what I will do to defeat anti-Semitism and defend our Jewish citizens in America: My first week back in the Oval Office, my Administration will inform every college president that if you do not end antisemitic propaganda, they will lose their accreditation and federal taxpayer support.

    So, this dangerous Israel/City of London controlled opposition polarizer is also flagrantly equating any criticism of Israel genocide as unlawful anti-Semitism hate speech. This proves that City of London and Israel both rule over America, and that the Jewish banking cabal reigns supreme over genocide pariahs Israel and America as well as apparently the entire world.

    Donald Trump chose South Dakota Governor Kristi Noem to become the next Secretary running the US Department of Homeland Security, who like Trump, Stefanik and his entire team of Zionist Nazis, plan to imprison all those brave enough citizens speaking the truth about pure evil in Gaza, West Bank, Lebanon, Israel and world. Plain and simple, by its actions alone, the Jewish State is a pariah state, understandably hated by millions around the globe who know right from wrong and will continue speaking against its abominable genocidal crimes.



    Trump and his traitors will not stop us from speaking the truth. US traitors refusing to uphold our constitutional rights are committing treason imprisoning people of conscience for merely speaking against evil, and the traitors complicit in genocide will be held to account for their egregious crimes as well.



    Trump chose his former Director of National Intelligence and another China hawk John Ratcliffe as the new CIA Director. The anti-China list keeps growing. All are hardliner interventionists that cast aside any prospect for diplomacy, cooperation and peace. Instead, the road ahead is paved with confrontation, escalating tension and conflict, spilling over into disaster for entire global population as World War III.



    Former Hawaii Representative that switched parties Tulsi Gabbard will be Trump’s Director of National Intelligence. It appears this military officer may be about his only person on his team possessing a reasonable, sound mind. Her views tend to be non-interventionist, some call “isolationist,” and without experience involving the 17 intelligence agencies she will oversee, her selection has already drawn harsh criticism from insiders accusing her of cozy relations with “dictators” Bashar Al-Assad and Vladimir Putin.



    From my perspective, the leader of Syria that the US belligerent attempted to illegally overthrow for years that was aided and somewhat protected by Putin is a positive accomplishment since it defied and defeated US criminality. She took a lot of heat for her bold act of diplomacy when she met with Assad. But again, I value fair-minded diplomacy over color revolutions and war, and those entrenched in Deep State geopolitics that are the CIA, DNI, FBI and the other over a dozen other US intelligence agencies all regularly engage in criminal behavior. As an outsider and not the typical slimeball that runs these types of organizations that regularly circumvent law and ethics, likely Tulsi will receive lots of pushback and resistance if she attempts to reform America’s notoriously criminal spy industry.



    As far as Robert Kennedy Jr picked to run the US Health and Human Services Agency, this is also an important positive choice. Kennedy’s stand against the deadly COVID vaccines has been heroic, and perhaps he can hold Big Pharma and fellow conspirators in the medical field, government and media accountable for their holocaust crimes against humanity. He faces an enormous challenge considering how evil and powerful his adversarial criminal organizations are stacked against him.



    One troubling issue, despite Israel’s part in his father and uncle’s murders, he appears also to be owned by Israel. Nearly the unanimous lot of Trump’s administration are neocons, all pro-Israel extremists that are totally anti-Iran, anti-China and anti-Russia. As aggressive interventionist warmakers and Synagogue of Satan order-followers rushing humanity to catastrophic World War III, the future looks dark and very bleak. At least Tulsi and RFK Jr are the one bright spot in all of this and definitely represent a step in the right direction, though it seems they are unwelcome outsiders amidst a hostile danger zone full of criminals, thus facing immense adversity and opposition trying to make progress to drain the shark-infested swamp.

    Joachim Hagopian is a West Point graduate, former Army officer and author of “Don’t Let the Bastards Getcha Down” exposing a faulty US military leadership system based on ticket punching up the seniority ladder, invariably weeding out the best and brightest, leaving mediocrity and order followers rising to the top as politician-bureaucrat generals designated to lose every modern US war by elite design. After the military, Joachim earned a master’s degree in Clinical Psychology and worked as a licensed therapist in the mental health field with abused youth and adolescents for more than a quarter century. In Los Angeles he found himself battling the largest county child protective services in the nation within America’s thoroughly broken and corrupt child welfare system.

    The experience in both the military and child welfare system prepared him well as a researcher and independent journalist, exposing the evils of Big Pharma and how the Rockefeller controlled medical and psychiatric system inflict more harm than good, case in point, the pandemic hoax and kill shot genocide. As an independent journalist for the last decade, Joachim has written hundreds of articles for many news sites, including Global Research, lewrockwell.com, currently https//jameshfetzer.org, Inteldrop.org and https://thegovernmentrag.com. As a published author of a 5-book volume series entitled Pedophilia & Empire: Satan, Sodomy & the Deep State, Joachim’s books and chapters are Amazon bestsellers in child advocacy and human rights categories. His A-Z sourcebook series fully document and expose the global pedophilia scourge and remain available free at https://pedoempire.org/content s/. Joachim also hosts the weekly Revolution Radio broadcast “Cabal Empire Exposed” on Friday morning at 7AM EST (ID: revradio, password: rocks!)

    VT Condemns the ETHNIC CLEANSING OF PALESTINIANS by USA/Israel

    $280+ BILLION US TAXPAYER DOLLARS INVESTED since 1948 in US/Israeli Ethnic Cleansing and Occupation Operation
    150B direct "aid" and $ 130B in "Offense" contracts
    Source: Embassy of Israel, Washington, D.C. and US Department of State.

    ATTENTION READERS

    We See The World From All Sides and Want YOU To Be Fully Informed
    In fact, intentional disinformation is a disgraceful scourge in media today. So to assuage any possible errant incorrect information posted herein, we strongly encourage you to seek corroboration from other non-VT sources before forming an educated opinion.

    About VT - Policies & Disclosures - Comment Policy
    Due to the nature of uncensored content posted by VT's fully independent international writers, VT cannot guarantee absolute validity. All content is owned by the author exclusively. Expressed opinions are NOT necessarily the views of VT, other authors, affiliates, advertisers, sponsors, partners, or technicians. Some content may be satirical in nature. All images are the full responsibility of the article author and NOT VT.

    https://www.vtforeignpolicy.com/2024/11/synagogue-of-satan-owns-trump-and-his-administration/
    Synagogue of Satan Owns Trump and His Administration Jonas E. Alexis, Senior EditorNovember 17, 2024 Become a VT Supporting Member Today Please keep VT Radio and VT Foreign Policy alive! Donate today to make sure VT stays on the internet free and clear of Big Tech control! Donate today: Please Donate - Click Here By Joachim Hagopian The list of Trump’s Zionist Israeli Firsters racing to Armageddon in the Middle East keeps growing all week to fulfill the Masonic plot/prophecy of the Zionist vs. Islam World War III nightmare we are all now facing with Trump as the next US president. With some saying that Trump is the anti-Christ, I’m now starting to wonder. Placing two hardcore Zionist neocon Jews Brian Hook and Howard Lutnick in charge of his admin transition team headhunting kosher Jew loyalists with input from Chabad son-in-law Jared Kushner should have clued us in where we’re fast headed, straight to an all-out Jewish State war against Islam. All week, almost every single cabinet member in Trump’s administration is a Zionist zealot in favor of Israel’s right to defend itself by eliminating by genocidal death every Palestinian from their ancient homeland. Every one of these Israeli first, warmongering extremists that Trump has selected all point to Iran as America’s biggest enemy obstacle to protecting Israel, not America. These war lovers are clearly not lovers of America. Trump’s readymade war cabinet members are bloodthirsty doomsdayers placed in charge to ensure America is brought into World War III fighting yet another Greater Israel Project war where American soldiers will be bleeding on foreign soil in perhaps the bloodiest war in all of history. All these men and women Trump is now surrounding himself with are doing the dirty bidding of Zionist Israel and its founder the Rothschild City of London banking cabal. Trump’s all-star cast to hell-on-earth began with hard-right, war loving, China hating, Jew loving Marco Rubio as soon-to-be boss in control shaping America’s foreign policy over the next four years. Right after October 7th last year, Rubio tweeted: Israel has no choice but to seek the complete eradication of Hamas in Gaza. There simply is no diplomatic solution or ‘measured response’ available. This tragically necessary effort will come at a horrifying price. But the price of failing to permanently eliminate this group of sadistic savages is even more horrifying. Never mind that October 7th was another Israel inside job like 9/11. Rubio on a Fox radio show earlier this year actually likened the Israeli Zionist invasion in Rafah to the Western Allied Normandy invasion going after Hitler. You really think someone capable of contorting and twisting reality that much is capable of running America’s foreign policy without running amuck with more crafted US arrogance and unending bullshit grandstanding? In June Rubio was a lead sponsor of a bill that would prevent puppet Biden from placing conditions on Israel’s supply of US arms. If the US stopped sending bombs, the genocide would stop. But owned and controlled Senator Rubio cannot go against his higher paygrade just to save little children from being blown to pieces, hell no. Marco Rubio also promoted bill to halt humanitarian aid to starving Palestinians, succumbing to Israeli pressure to suspend all UN aid relief into Gaza. The degrading evil these lowlifes stoop to under threat of losing AIPAC bribery or sexual blackmail for diddling little kids. Congress is full of these psychopathic degenerates. The Florida senator also engineered legislation sabotaging the Boycott, Divestment and Sanctions (BDS) movement, accusing it of being “the single most destructive campaign of economic warfare facing the Jewish state today.” All week long, Trump unanimously handpicked one Zionist Israeli firster after the next, all committed to protecting Netanyahu’s selfish war criminal interests far and above protecting any interests of our own fellow American citizens struggling to feed their family. Right alongside this depraved US Secretary of State soon guiding our foreign policy, the US Secretary of Defense is even more important in protecting our national interests and safeguarding every single American citizen. The Trump choice for this grave responsibility in two months falls into the trigger-happy hands of Fox News host since 2014, Pete Hegseth, who urged the US to bomb Iran, including its mosques, schools and hospitals. Using the same lame Israeli excuse to justify taking out thousands of innocent civilian lives, be they children, women and the infirm, to neutralize the alleged embedded enemy amongst the civilian population, Hegseth plans to resort to any measure necessary to prevent Iran from developing nuclear weapons. Back in early 2020, prior to Iran developing underground nuclear stockpiles, war hawk Hegseth after murdering Gen. Soleimani was imploring then President Trump to go gangbusters bombing away at Iranian civilians. What better time than now to say, we’re starting the clock, you’ve got a week, you’ve got X amount of time before we start taking out your energy production facilities. We take out key infrastructure. We take out your missile sites. We take out nuclear developments. Since Iran nearly five years later already possesses nuclear weapons as a viable means of mutual deterrence against nuke-happy Israel with its notorious shameless Sampson option, as the stalwart, anti-Iran war dick, the prospect of Hegseth provoking a military confrontation against Israel’s archrival Iran in the coming months and years appears to already be an inevitable, done deal. Convinced Iran is hiding nukes under its cultural historical sites, or under its schools, mosques and hospitals, identical to the oft-repeated standard Israeli claim toward Hamas and Hezbollah hiding behind its civilians, this pro-Israel war hawk wacko went on public record insisting that the US “rewrite the rules,” adamantly calculating it’s worth dropping US bombs on Iranian soil and killing innocent civilians. Having served as a junior officer in the Army National Guard with tours fighting Greater Israel Wars in Iraq and Afghanistan as well as a stint at Guantanamo, Hegseth defended US soldiers accused of war crimes. Despite minimal administrative experience, as an ass-kissing Trump loyalist, highly critical of current Defense Secretary Lloyd Austin’s weakened and woke DEI infested armed forces, yet another ballbuster wants to have a go at Iran, music to the ears of Israel-controlled Trump who regards this Princeton-Harvard grad as more than qualified to defend Israel, waging the Big War against all Middle East Muslims. Like Bibi Netanyahu, Pete Hegseth pays mere “lip service” to the Israel-Palestine “two state solution,” calling it “effectively dead.” This guy’s all in for protecting Israel, regarding all Palestinians including children as [present/future] Islamic terrorists sponsored by Iran, thus worthy as expendable cannon fodder in self-defense of the supremacist Jewish State, and equally all in to bringing on biblical Armageddon prophecy. Hegseth talks as if he is straight out of Israel’s militant, bloodthirsty Likud Party, wanting to genocide more Palestinians and Lebanese. In his own bold words, blasting Iran on his employer Fox network right after the January 3rd, 2020 US assassination of Iran’s most acclaimed, popular war hero General Qassam Soleimani, this raging war-aholic nutcase urged: I don’t want to hit cultural sites on purpose. But if you’re using one to harbor your most dangerous weapons, then that should be on the target list. With Hegseth an Evangelical Christian Zionist constituting the largest religious group in the US, claiming 1 out of 4 American voters, he believes biblical prophecy must be fulfilled, starting with the Rothschild bloodline banking dynasty’s successful founding of the Jewish State in 1948, convinced it was the temporal marker ushering in the “End Times” on earth, according to biblical scripture. During his first term in office when President Trump moved the Israeli capital to Jerusalem in 2018, the birthplace of the three major monotheistic religions, Christian Zionists again interpreted it in accordance with their version of biblical prophecy as scribed in the Schofield bible. In fact, evidence indicates that US Zionist Jewish attorney Samuel Untermeyer funded Cyrus I. Schofield to reinterpret the King James version, propagating this Zionist biblical account. The Evangelical belief that we have entered the End Times and Christian Zionists must on faith alone rabidly support Israel as their fundamental religious duty to bring forth the battle of Armageddon in northern Israel between one side led by the second coming of Christ and the other the Mark of the Beast anti-Christ, and each army’s amassed 400,000 soldiers dying in the process, it’s all according to the Zionist Schofield bible. This is why so many millions of Christian Zionists in America are so fanatically blind in their unconditional support and acceptance of Israel’s unholy wars in the Middle East, including supporting the mass slaughter of Palestinians. Similar to how many Zionist Jews rationalize negative, woefully destructive, immoral actions as ends that always justify the means, Zionist Christians are similarly inclined. Thus, wiping out enormous numbers of Muslims isn’t such a big deal if it brings back Lord Jesus. Compliments of Michael Tracey’s twitter post, to get an idea where this ingrained Zionist dogma comes from in the next US Defense Secretary’s head, the following is an extract from Hegseth’s 2020 book American Crusade, Fight to Stay Free: America’s story is inextricably linked to Judeo-Christian history and the modern state of Israel. You can love America without loving Israel—but that tells me your knowledge of the Bible and Western civilization is woefully incomplete…. If you love America, you should love Israel. War lover Hegseth truly hates Iran and loves Israel. Even calling the Iran government an “evil regime.” That Trump would exploit this twisted mindset and seek out Christian Zionists as key critical members of his administration, including the one responsible for America’s self-defense in charge of our war policy, it has to be concluded as an extremely foreboding, even disastrous omen of things to come, and that World War III is more than imminent. So, what does the President-elect do this week? He picks not one but two card-carrying Christian Zionists to fill his administration’s important posts. His other Christian Zionist is former Arkansas Governor Mike Huckabee, chosen as Trump’s US Ambassador to Israel. Huckabee isn’t just a Christian Zionist zealot, he’s an evangelical pastor preaching the Armageddon Jesus second coming gospel having made over 100 trips to Israel. He’ll be working to ensure that President Trump keeps at least one of his campaign promises, not to the American voters, but making good on his boss’ boss Miriam Adelson for her $100 million bribe in exchange for Trump delivering the Palestinians’ West Bank to Israel. After Trump moved the Israel capital to Jerusalem, according to a July 2019 Middle East Monitor headline, an elated “Mike Huckabee hopes Trump may annex West Bank settlements.” This US Zionist has come out and matter-of-factly stated: There’s really no such thing as a Palestinian. I think Israel has title deed to Judea and Samaria. Huckabee refuses to recognize Gaza or the West Bank, but only the biblical terms. So when Trump made his announcement public, to all Americans he was lying through his teeth rubbing it in when he claimed: Mike [Huckabee] will work tirelessly to bring about Peace in the Middle East! Yeah, eliminating the non-entities in Gaza and West Bank that Huckabee will not acknowledge is hardly about to bring peace, but unquestionably it will bring Armageddon, which is exactly what this insane Christian Zionist Huckabee wanted all along. These forked-tongue devils Trump and company are intent on ruining us all, not just the Palestinians. Huckabee has often declared that illegal Israeli settlements in the West Bank and Israel’s apartheid genocide occupation of Gaza and West Bank do not even exist, because they’ve always been ordained by Huckabee’s warped God as rightfully belonging to “the chosen people.” And as such, he never accepted the “two-state solution.” Again, Christian Zionists make up a quarter of the American electorate, so placing high-profile Christian Zionists in his administration not only pays off his debt to those overwhelming numbers that fervently voted for him but also those big donor Jews like Adelson who own him. But even more important to Trump, he is paying off his debt bondage to the Rothschild City of London clan that repeatedly bailed his ass out of past bankruptcies, and now all the powerbrokers that made certain Trump was reinstalled for a second term to obediently follow through fulfilling his paymasters’ demand that World War III happen far sooner than later. After all, culling the human herd ranks #1 as top priority for the psychopathic controllers and their minions. Moving on to Trump’s pick for National Security Advisor which does not need Senate approval is Florida Congressman Mike Waltz, who also opposes diplomacy in favor of aggressive interventionism in the form of hardcore military action against US invented enemies Russia, China and Iran. Waltz is another Army National Guard Greater Israel Project war veteran who fought in Afghanistan. Trump knows that choosing Zionist road warriors in his administration can be counted on to obediently line up to declare war against any and all readymade “axis-of-evil” enemies – Russia, China and Iran. Rep. Mike Waltz sits on the US Armed Services Committee and in the past has also called for the US to drop bombs on Iran, regarding the higher paygrade Israel as “the greatest ally we’ve ever known.” According to the Rothschild owned Associated Press, the current issues facing US president’s national security advisor involve continuing support for Ukraine against Russia, with as of late a special focused concern on the strategic defense pact between Moscow and North Korea (i.e., only the US is allowed allies), and the escalating mess in the Middle East between Israel and its sworn enemy Iran that includes its so-called proxies Hamas, Hezbollah and Houthis. These former military officers who already rushed to Israel’s aid fighting in earlier Greater Israel Project wars in the Middle East, Waltz as a Green Beret colonel no less, are instant readymade war hawks eager to deploy US boots on the ground in combat in whatever and wherever hostile hotspot direction their Synagogue of Satan superiors point them to. With two wars raging and a third hotspot heating up in Pacific Asia, Waltz is ready to waltz into World War III headfirst in all three theaters of operation. After all, this guy comes locked and loaded in the NSA driver’s seat ready to send US boots on the ground to battle anywhere City of London wants him. This Cold War interventionist hardliner has never seen a war he doesn’t like. Regarding the one in Ukraine, Mike Waltz wants US troops fighting alongside Kiev forces, operating US longer-range weapons striking targets deeper inside Russia. And if that’s not enough provocation to ignite WWIII directly against Russia, possessing the strongest, most armed advanced, battle-hardened military in the world, then Waltz has plenty of other warzones to fight. His pet peeve has always been China. Seems each of these Trump war lovers have a particular hankering for their favorite enemy combat zone. This Trump road warrior Mike Waltz established his favorite enemy to be Red China, permanently, deeply immersed in Cold War mindset with a particular hardon for starting a hot war against Beijing: We are in a cold war… the Chinese Communist Party has entered a Cold War with us, seeks to supplant us, and seeks to defeat us… We need to make it very clear to China that invading Taiwan, which will then allow China to control about 50 percent of global trade and GDP, isn’t acceptable. The fact that it was the City of London moneychangers that purposely allowed Taiwan to control over 90% of the world production of cutting-edge microchips essential for smartphones, data centers and advanced military equipment, means that among the many engineered mega-crises, creating global supply chain disruption becomes just another one of their weapons. It’s all been meticulous mapped out by nefarious globalist design to bring the world to its knees. This military interventionist Waltz is just another globalist stooge being used to fast track WWIII. Despite the US longtime established one-China policy, Waltz wants to abandon it to arm the island of Taiwan “to the teeth” against his nemesis Communist China because that’s all part of the central bankers’ grand scheme – World War III on multiple warfronts. After selecting a Christian Zionist US ambassador to mighty Israel, US and Israel are in synch now exterminating the rest of the Palestinians as homage to the Greater Israel Project. Next, we turn to Trump’s selection of New York Congresswoman Elise Stefanik as the US Ambassador to the United Nations. She follows an already illustrious parade of globalist female US uniparty traitors -Susan Rice, Samantha Power, Nikki Haley and now replacing Linda Thomas-Greenfield. Incoming Elise wants to jail all Americans critical of Israel for “anti-Semitism.” In December last year, Stefanik brought the three Ivy League women presidents in to grill them in her Congressional hearings, so she could grandstand haranguing them (instrumental in getting them fired) for daring to allow their students to exercise their First Amendment rights to peaceful assembly protest over US and Israel’s daily slaughter of innocent Palestinians in Gaza. Like so many anti-constitutional traitors in Congress, through their blatant words and actions, they continue getting away with never upholding their sworn oaths to protect and defend the US Constitution, which in itself renders them traitors. Trump lies with every traitor he brings aboard his Israel first government: Elise is an incredibly strong, tough, and smart America First fighter. No, she’s not, she is the exact opposite as another treasonous Trump Israel Firster. You will not be a member of this administration unless you are an Israel first and Americans last Trumper. The Biden regime treasonously places foreign invaders first over Americans’ self-interests while the Trump regime places Jews and Israel interests over and above every American’s. A November 13th Mondoweiss article stated this about the incoming US ambassador to the UN: In May, Stefanik delivered an address to the Israeli Knesset where she called for ‘wiping those responsible for October 7th off the face of the earth’ and ‘crushing’ the Palestine solidarity movement, which she said was motivated by ‘blood lust.’ How fair do you think this person will be at the UN? About a two-state solution and finally granting Palestinians the right to self-determination. It’s all too obvious Stefanik will use US veto power in the UN Security Council to block all resolutions promoting the sovereign free state of Palestine. And it appears Trump and his entire administration will do the same. Stefanik, and all of the Trump appointments, show that whichever uniparty is in charge, Americans are treated last, again all part of the criminal elites’ agenda to destroy America and Americans, right along with Palestinians and Lebanese. All these traitors that invert the truth now are allowing their criminal misdeeds to define what and who they really are. It is legally, ethically and morally wrong to conflate any criticism of an apartheid murderous Jewish State regime for their endless, ghastly, unthinkable yet unprosecuted crimes, which every person of conscience must condemn who knows right from wrong. All our government traitors are obedient to Israel first over their own country and fellow citizens they’re supposed to be serving because to keep their jobs in Washington, they must remain loyal to AIPAC bribery dictates as Israeli firsters in good standing. AIPAC operates as a foreign agency in America without registering as such, which makes it an illegal unconstitutional criminal operation. Moreover, Robert F. Kennedy was killed fighting Israel over this very issue, moving to require AIPAC’s bribery scheme to register as a foreign agent while a half decade earlier his brother President John F. Kennedy was murdered 61 years ago this week trying to prevent Israel from developing nuclear weapons. Israel has never been a US ally. Remember the USS Liberty. Yet criticism today of this pariah nation treated with total above the law impunity renders an honest critic of Israel a criminal. How twisted and illegal and unconstitutional is that? We’ve been invaded by Israel, City of London and their bribed traitors in America for far too long. Earlier this year, Congress passed and apparently is now enforcing a law criminalizing American citizens speaking out against Israeli genocide branding them with antisemitism charges, with Trump vowing to lock them up in what’s become Gulag Amerika. Those that bark the loudest as US traitors serving the interests of Israel over those of America appear to be the most rewarded in Trump’s administration promotions. This inversion of constitutional law and justice is an unacceptable disgrace reflecting just how far America no longer a constitutional republic has sunk in moral turpitude and treasonous criminality. When Israel banned the UN humanitarian relief team from supplying food, clean water and medicine to starving Gazans suffering genocide at the hands of the criminal state of Israel, Elise Stefanik actually celebrated Israel’s ban accusing the UN agency UNRWA of “instilling antisemitic hate in Palestinians.” Aggressive neocon bulldog Stefanik as yet another Israeli firster joins the most Jewish president’s administration that is betraying all Americans’ right to free speech voicing the God honest truth, yet Stefanik gets rewarded with a new important gig inflicting further veto harm at the UN Security Council. Showing that President-elect Trump is also a traitor violating the US Constitution’s First Amendment free speech rights in his now Gulag Amerika, in September he warned: Here is what I will do to defeat anti-Semitism and defend our Jewish citizens in America: My first week back in the Oval Office, my Administration will inform every college president that if you do not end antisemitic propaganda, they will lose their accreditation and federal taxpayer support. So, this dangerous Israel/City of London controlled opposition polarizer is also flagrantly equating any criticism of Israel genocide as unlawful anti-Semitism hate speech. This proves that City of London and Israel both rule over America, and that the Jewish banking cabal reigns supreme over genocide pariahs Israel and America as well as apparently the entire world. Donald Trump chose South Dakota Governor Kristi Noem to become the next Secretary running the US Department of Homeland Security, who like Trump, Stefanik and his entire team of Zionist Nazis, plan to imprison all those brave enough citizens speaking the truth about pure evil in Gaza, West Bank, Lebanon, Israel and world. Plain and simple, by its actions alone, the Jewish State is a pariah state, understandably hated by millions around the globe who know right from wrong and will continue speaking against its abominable genocidal crimes. Trump and his traitors will not stop us from speaking the truth. US traitors refusing to uphold our constitutional rights are committing treason imprisoning people of conscience for merely speaking against evil, and the traitors complicit in genocide will be held to account for their egregious crimes as well. Trump chose his former Director of National Intelligence and another China hawk John Ratcliffe as the new CIA Director. The anti-China list keeps growing. All are hardliner interventionists that cast aside any prospect for diplomacy, cooperation and peace. Instead, the road ahead is paved with confrontation, escalating tension and conflict, spilling over into disaster for entire global population as World War III. Former Hawaii Representative that switched parties Tulsi Gabbard will be Trump’s Director of National Intelligence. It appears this military officer may be about his only person on his team possessing a reasonable, sound mind. Her views tend to be non-interventionist, some call “isolationist,” and without experience involving the 17 intelligence agencies she will oversee, her selection has already drawn harsh criticism from insiders accusing her of cozy relations with “dictators” Bashar Al-Assad and Vladimir Putin. From my perspective, the leader of Syria that the US belligerent attempted to illegally overthrow for years that was aided and somewhat protected by Putin is a positive accomplishment since it defied and defeated US criminality. She took a lot of heat for her bold act of diplomacy when she met with Assad. But again, I value fair-minded diplomacy over color revolutions and war, and those entrenched in Deep State geopolitics that are the CIA, DNI, FBI and the other over a dozen other US intelligence agencies all regularly engage in criminal behavior. As an outsider and not the typical slimeball that runs these types of organizations that regularly circumvent law and ethics, likely Tulsi will receive lots of pushback and resistance if she attempts to reform America’s notoriously criminal spy industry. As far as Robert Kennedy Jr picked to run the US Health and Human Services Agency, this is also an important positive choice. Kennedy’s stand against the deadly COVID vaccines has been heroic, and perhaps he can hold Big Pharma and fellow conspirators in the medical field, government and media accountable for their holocaust crimes against humanity. He faces an enormous challenge considering how evil and powerful his adversarial criminal organizations are stacked against him. One troubling issue, despite Israel’s part in his father and uncle’s murders, he appears also to be owned by Israel. Nearly the unanimous lot of Trump’s administration are neocons, all pro-Israel extremists that are totally anti-Iran, anti-China and anti-Russia. As aggressive interventionist warmakers and Synagogue of Satan order-followers rushing humanity to catastrophic World War III, the future looks dark and very bleak. At least Tulsi and RFK Jr are the one bright spot in all of this and definitely represent a step in the right direction, though it seems they are unwelcome outsiders amidst a hostile danger zone full of criminals, thus facing immense adversity and opposition trying to make progress to drain the shark-infested swamp. Joachim Hagopian is a West Point graduate, former Army officer and author of “Don’t Let the Bastards Getcha Down” exposing a faulty US military leadership system based on ticket punching up the seniority ladder, invariably weeding out the best and brightest, leaving mediocrity and order followers rising to the top as politician-bureaucrat generals designated to lose every modern US war by elite design. After the military, Joachim earned a master’s degree in Clinical Psychology and worked as a licensed therapist in the mental health field with abused youth and adolescents for more than a quarter century. In Los Angeles he found himself battling the largest county child protective services in the nation within America’s thoroughly broken and corrupt child welfare system. The experience in both the military and child welfare system prepared him well as a researcher and independent journalist, exposing the evils of Big Pharma and how the Rockefeller controlled medical and psychiatric system inflict more harm than good, case in point, the pandemic hoax and kill shot genocide. As an independent journalist for the last decade, Joachim has written hundreds of articles for many news sites, including Global Research, lewrockwell.com, currently https//jameshfetzer.org, Inteldrop.org and https://thegovernmentrag.com. As a published author of a 5-book volume series entitled Pedophilia & Empire: Satan, Sodomy & the Deep State, Joachim’s books and chapters are Amazon bestsellers in child advocacy and human rights categories. His A-Z sourcebook series fully document and expose the global pedophilia scourge and remain available free at https://pedoempire.org/content s/. Joachim also hosts the weekly Revolution Radio broadcast “Cabal Empire Exposed” on Friday morning at 7AM EST (ID: revradio, password: rocks!) VT Condemns the ETHNIC CLEANSING OF PALESTINIANS by USA/Israel $280+ BILLION US TAXPAYER DOLLARS INVESTED since 1948 in US/Israeli Ethnic Cleansing and Occupation Operation 150B direct "aid" and $ 130B in "Offense" contracts Source: Embassy of Israel, Washington, D.C. and US Department of State. ATTENTION READERS We See The World From All Sides and Want YOU To Be Fully Informed In fact, intentional disinformation is a disgraceful scourge in media today. So to assuage any possible errant incorrect information posted herein, we strongly encourage you to seek corroboration from other non-VT sources before forming an educated opinion. About VT - Policies & Disclosures - Comment Policy Due to the nature of uncensored content posted by VT's fully independent international writers, VT cannot guarantee absolute validity. All content is owned by the author exclusively. Expressed opinions are NOT necessarily the views of VT, other authors, affiliates, advertisers, sponsors, partners, or technicians. Some content may be satirical in nature. All images are the full responsibility of the article author and NOT VT. https://www.vtforeignpolicy.com/2024/11/synagogue-of-satan-owns-trump-and-his-administration/
    WWW.VTFOREIGNPOLICY.COM
    Synagogue of Satan Owns Trump and His Administration
    The list of Trump’s Zionist Israeli Firsters racing to Armageddon in the Middle East keeps growing all week to fulfill the Masonic plot/prophecy of the Zionist vs. Islam World War III nightmare we are all now facing with Trump as the next US president.
    Like
    1
    0 Commenti 0 condivisioni 12085 Views
  • BioEnergy Code does not just deal with past or present traumas but works to help you find balance and happiness from the energy within you:

    BioEnergy Code is a manifestation program that teaches users to let go of the negative energy in their life to help maximize their happiness and success. The program is exclusively online, and it contains many audio files that will walk users through meditation to clear up your chakras.

    The BioEnergy Code is a technique that uses bioenergy to help people transform their lives and achieve their goals. It involves a series of guided meditations and visualizations that are designed to help people connect with their inner selves and tap into their bioenergy.

    Have you ever felt stuck in a rut, unable to achieve your goals or live your dreams?
    Have you ever wondered why some people seem to have it all, while you struggle to make ends meet? Have you ever wished there was a simple and easy way to attract abundance, happiness, love, and success into your life?

    If you answered yes to any of these questions, then you might be interested in a
    program called The Bioenergy Code. This is a 30-minute audio track that claims to activate a hidden switch in your body and unleash the power of your soul’s true
    vibration. By listening to this track, you can supposedly clear the blockages in your
    energy field, and align yourself with the positive forces of the universe.

    What is The Bioenergy Code?

    The Bioenergy Code is a self-discovery program that uses a combination of ancient wisdom and modern technology to reveal your soul’s true vibration. It was created by a team of experts in the fields of psychology, spirituality, and personal development, who have spent years studying the secrets of the elements and their influence on human behavior.

    The Bioenergy Code is based on the premise that each person has a dominant
    element that defines their personality, preferences, talents, challenges, and potential.
    By taking a short quiz, you can find out your dominant element, and receive a
    personalized report that explains everything you need to know about your Origin
    Code. The report covers topics such as:

    ● Your elemental profile: a detailed description of your dominant element, and
    how it shapes your character, emotions, and worldview.
    ● Your elemental compatibility: a guide to understanding how your element
    interacts with other elements, and how to improve your relationships with
    different types of people.
    ● Your elemental purpose: a roadmap to discovering your true calling, and how
    to align your goals and actions with your element’s energy.
    ● Your elemental transformation: a set of practical tools and techniques to help
    you harness the power of your element, and overcome any obstacles or
    limitations that may hold you back.

    How does The Bioenergy Code work?

    The Bioenergy Code works by using a sophisticated algorithm that analyzes your
    answers to a series of questions and determines your dominant element based on your responses. The questions are designed to measure your preferences,
    tendencies, values, and motivations, and to capture the essence of your personality. The quiz takes about 10 minutes to complete, and it’s completely free. You can take it as many times as you want, but the creators of The Bioenergy Code recommend that you answer the questions honestly and intuitively, without overthinking or second-guessing yourself. The more authentic you are, the more accurate your results will be.

    Once you finish the quiz, you’ll receive your personalized report, which you can
    access online or download as a PDF file. The report is divided into four sections,
    each focusing on a different aspect of your elemental origin. You can read the report at your own pace, and refer to it whenever you need guidance or inspiration.

    What are the benefits of The Bioenergy Code?

    The Bioenergy Code offers a number of benefits for anyone who wants to learn more about themselves and their life’s purpose. Some of the benefits are:

    ● Increased self-awareness: The Bioenergy Code helps you discover your
    strengths, weaknesses, passions, and challenges, and how they relate to your
    element. You’ll gain a deeper understanding of who you are, and why you do
    the things you do.
    ● Improved relationships: The Bioenergy Code helps you understand how your
    element affects your compatibility with other elements, and how to
    communicate and connect with different types of people. You’ll learn how to
    appreciate and respect the diversity of others, and how to avoid or resolve
    conflicts.
    ● Enhanced personal growth: The Bioenergy Code helps you identify your goals
    and aspirations, and how to achieve them using your element’s energy. You’ll
    learn how to tap into your element’s potential, and how to overcome any
    barriers or limitations that may stand in your way.
    ● Greater happiness and fulfillment: The Bioenergy Code helps you align your
    actions and decisions with your element’s vibration, and how to live in
    harmony with yourself and the universe. You’ll learn how to embrace your
    element’s essence, and how to express it in every aspect of your life.

    Who Needs This:

    The Bio Energy Code is for anyone who desires to manifest an abundant life.
    Whether you feel stuck, limited, or blocked in any area of your life, this program can help you overcome these obstacles and unlock your true potential. It's for those who are ready to take a leap of faith and embark on a life-changing journey towards abundance.

    Pros:
    ● Backed by scientific research and ancient teachings
    ● Step-by-step guidance for manifestation
    ● Addresses blocks at a cellular and subconscious level
    ● Helps to release trauma stored in the body
    ● Effective in manifesting relationships, health, and wealth

    Final Thoughts:

    The Bio Energy Code is a revolutionary program designed to help you manifest the abundant life you've always dreamed of. Created by Angela Carter, the program is a comprehensive step-by-step guide to unlocking the unlimited abundance within you. It explores trauma stored in the body, releases blocks at a cellular level, and provides transformative questions to shift limiting beliefs.

    VISIT THE OFFICIAL WEBSITE: https://tinyurl.com/3vyymaf8

    #thebioenergycode #manifestabundantlife #manifestingrelationships #cellularandsubconsciouslevel #guidanceformanifestation


    BioEnergy Code does not just deal with past or present traumas but works to help you find balance and happiness from the energy within you: BioEnergy Code is a manifestation program that teaches users to let go of the negative energy in their life to help maximize their happiness and success. The program is exclusively online, and it contains many audio files that will walk users through meditation to clear up your chakras. The BioEnergy Code is a technique that uses bioenergy to help people transform their lives and achieve their goals. It involves a series of guided meditations and visualizations that are designed to help people connect with their inner selves and tap into their bioenergy. Have you ever felt stuck in a rut, unable to achieve your goals or live your dreams? Have you ever wondered why some people seem to have it all, while you struggle to make ends meet? Have you ever wished there was a simple and easy way to attract abundance, happiness, love, and success into your life? If you answered yes to any of these questions, then you might be interested in a program called The Bioenergy Code. This is a 30-minute audio track that claims to activate a hidden switch in your body and unleash the power of your soul’s true vibration. By listening to this track, you can supposedly clear the blockages in your energy field, and align yourself with the positive forces of the universe. What is The Bioenergy Code? The Bioenergy Code is a self-discovery program that uses a combination of ancient wisdom and modern technology to reveal your soul’s true vibration. It was created by a team of experts in the fields of psychology, spirituality, and personal development, who have spent years studying the secrets of the elements and their influence on human behavior. The Bioenergy Code is based on the premise that each person has a dominant element that defines their personality, preferences, talents, challenges, and potential. By taking a short quiz, you can find out your dominant element, and receive a personalized report that explains everything you need to know about your Origin Code. The report covers topics such as: ● Your elemental profile: a detailed description of your dominant element, and how it shapes your character, emotions, and worldview. ● Your elemental compatibility: a guide to understanding how your element interacts with other elements, and how to improve your relationships with different types of people. ● Your elemental purpose: a roadmap to discovering your true calling, and how to align your goals and actions with your element’s energy. ● Your elemental transformation: a set of practical tools and techniques to help you harness the power of your element, and overcome any obstacles or limitations that may hold you back. How does The Bioenergy Code work? The Bioenergy Code works by using a sophisticated algorithm that analyzes your answers to a series of questions and determines your dominant element based on your responses. The questions are designed to measure your preferences, tendencies, values, and motivations, and to capture the essence of your personality. The quiz takes about 10 minutes to complete, and it’s completely free. You can take it as many times as you want, but the creators of The Bioenergy Code recommend that you answer the questions honestly and intuitively, without overthinking or second-guessing yourself. The more authentic you are, the more accurate your results will be. Once you finish the quiz, you’ll receive your personalized report, which you can access online or download as a PDF file. The report is divided into four sections, each focusing on a different aspect of your elemental origin. You can read the report at your own pace, and refer to it whenever you need guidance or inspiration. What are the benefits of The Bioenergy Code? The Bioenergy Code offers a number of benefits for anyone who wants to learn more about themselves and their life’s purpose. Some of the benefits are: ● Increased self-awareness: The Bioenergy Code helps you discover your strengths, weaknesses, passions, and challenges, and how they relate to your element. You’ll gain a deeper understanding of who you are, and why you do the things you do. ● Improved relationships: The Bioenergy Code helps you understand how your element affects your compatibility with other elements, and how to communicate and connect with different types of people. You’ll learn how to appreciate and respect the diversity of others, and how to avoid or resolve conflicts. ● Enhanced personal growth: The Bioenergy Code helps you identify your goals and aspirations, and how to achieve them using your element’s energy. You’ll learn how to tap into your element’s potential, and how to overcome any barriers or limitations that may stand in your way. ● Greater happiness and fulfillment: The Bioenergy Code helps you align your actions and decisions with your element’s vibration, and how to live in harmony with yourself and the universe. You’ll learn how to embrace your element’s essence, and how to express it in every aspect of your life. Who Needs This: The Bio Energy Code is for anyone who desires to manifest an abundant life. Whether you feel stuck, limited, or blocked in any area of your life, this program can help you overcome these obstacles and unlock your true potential. It's for those who are ready to take a leap of faith and embark on a life-changing journey towards abundance. Pros: ● Backed by scientific research and ancient teachings ● Step-by-step guidance for manifestation ● Addresses blocks at a cellular and subconscious level ● Helps to release trauma stored in the body ● Effective in manifesting relationships, health, and wealth Final Thoughts: The Bio Energy Code is a revolutionary program designed to help you manifest the abundant life you've always dreamed of. Created by Angela Carter, the program is a comprehensive step-by-step guide to unlocking the unlimited abundance within you. It explores trauma stored in the body, releases blocks at a cellular level, and provides transformative questions to shift limiting beliefs. VISIT THE OFFICIAL WEBSITE: https://tinyurl.com/3vyymaf8 #thebioenergycode #manifestabundantlife #manifestingrelationships #cellularandsubconsciouslevel #guidanceformanifestation
    0 Commenti 0 condivisioni 6693 Views
  • The Tao of Badass is a popular step-by-step system for picking up women.

    I was drawn to learn more about it because it’s been generating a lot of buzz. The Tao of Badass has over 100,000 users and 95.7% of them have reportedly found success with women from it.

    The best part? The Tao of Badass is designed to work for any man, regardless of how you look, how old you are, or how confident you currently are around women.

    I wanted to see whether it lives up to the considerable hype.

    In my honest The Tao of Badass review, I’m going to dive deep into this online program. I’ll share with you my honest thoughts about it, including what you’ll get and its pros and cons.

    Most importantly, I’ll answer the most important question of all:

    Will The Tao of Badass actually help you pick up women?

    What is The Tao of Badass?

    The Tao of Badass by John Pellicer is broken into 3 main sections which cover everything from initially approaching women to making sure they continue to want you afterwards.

    Part 1
    Here you’ll learn exactly what women are attracted to. Josh outlines several simple steps you can take to become the man women really want right away.

    These are:

    Embracing your manhood. As you’ll see, it’s absolutely essential you fulfill your male gender role. If you don’t act like a man, you’ll all too easily fall into the ‘nice guy’ category and be friend-zoned.
    Be confident. Women love confident men (they always have and always will). Josh provides some really practical tips to become more confident around women even if you’re shy and currently strike out more than you’d like.
    Part 2
    In this section, Josh dives into actually picking up women.

    A lot of us have deep-seated anxiety when it comes to chatting up women. For years, I was too scared to approach women because of the fear of rejection. And when I did approach them, I was too nervous to stand a chance of taking one home with me.

    This is why I loved this section so much.

    Josh outlines step-by-step how to approach women and pick them up. His methods include:

    Build attraction: The key here is to utilise banter to make the conversation fun, playful and content free. And the thing is, you NEVER need to sell yourself through bragging. Josh gives away all the lines and scripts you’ll ever need for any situation to make a woman instantly attracted to you.

    Rapport: Josh provides dozens of open-ended questions for you to use that will quickly turn a boring conversation into something the woman can’t get enough of. These questions will be fun and playful for her which guarantees immediate sexual chemistry.

    Seduction: Now for the fun part. No use in having an amazing conversation with a girl if you go home alone, right? Josh goes into great detail about how to sexually escalate the situation with zero chance of getting rejected.

    How to keep her interested: I don’t know about you, but the older I get, the more I want to build something meaningful when a great girl comes alone. This section was right up my alley then. Josh will teach you how to take things further than just a fling. He talks about the 4 major factors necessary to form a strong and successful relationship.

    Part 3
    This section is all about body language.

    Why would Josh devote a whole section of his book to body language? Because it’s really important when it comes to picking up women and keeping them interested afterwards.

    Having a better understanding of body language lets you communicate easily with women. You’ll learn to:

    Give off the messages you actually want to send to women
    Understand when they are interested in you so you know when to proceed with chatting them up.

    The author of The Tao of Badass, Josh Pellicer, is a self-described ‘average guy’ who became a full-time dating and relationships coach.

    After striking out with women all his life, Josh set about learning as much as he could about the female psychology and meeting as many women as he could to hone his techniques

    Josh has a background in Neuro Linguistic Programming (NLP) so the research he did into female psychology was pretty comprehensive.

    In doing some reading for my The Tao of Badass review, I also found out how interested John Pellicer is in eastern philosophy. Now, Josh certainly isn’t a Buddhist, but he is inspired by the teachings of one of the world’s oldest philosophies.

    I probably should’ve guessed this by the inclusion of ‘Tao’ in the title of the book. But eastern philosophy is where a lot of Joshs’ inspiration for confidence and self-improvement comes from.

    For me, this is a huge plus to the book and automatically sets it apart from other dating guides on the market. I’m also a big fan of eastern philosophy and I think it can teach us a lot about confidence and how to carry yourself around women.

    If you’re also interested in eastern philosophy, then you’ll get a real kick out of The Tao of Badass.

    The Tao of Badass: A deeper dive into key topics:

    Ultimately, The Tao of Badass gives you a toolkit to pick up women and form a connection with them.

    Here are some of the concepts from the book that resonated the most with me.

    The pros — what I liked

    The Tao of Badass offers a unique perspective on dating, and there’s a lot of practical, actionable advice to help you achieve your goals.

    Here are some of the things I liked most:

    Practical advice:
    Everything in the book comes back to advice you can actually use with women in real life.

    The Tao of Badass gives you a strong starting point if you want to improve your dating game, and it will help you avoid some mistakes that others have had to learn the hard way.

    It goes without saying that practical advice should be the goal of any ‘self help’ book – but you would be surprised. I read a lot of dating books and many of them leave me disappointed by focusing more on theory than reality.

    The Tao of Badass stands out in that the blueprint Josh offers can be applied immediately.

    Confidence is everything:
    If you’re not willing to let go of self-doubt and back yourself completely, you’re simply never going to be successful with women. And not just women – if you lack confidence, you’ll never get ahead in life.

    The Tao of Badass is the only book you’ll ever need to read to develop confidence for life. I think the blueprint for developing unshakable confidence is one of the best parts of the book and I’d buy it for this information alone.

    If you’re looking to gain confidence in yourself and pick up more women, then The Tao of Badass definitely has a lot to offer.

    It also provides a unique perspective on the world of dating by offering advice which incorporates elements of eastern philosophy.

    This is a useful addition since learning a bit of philosophy can be a powerful tool for self-improvement, which will ultimately make you more attractive to women.

    With all that in mind, The Tao of Badass is definitely worth the cost of admission. There’s plenty of useful content, and the bonus video course, audio recordings, and members community give you even more ways to learn and use these techniques.

    If you want to upgrade your dating game, then The Tao of Badass will be very helpful.


    VISIT HERE FOR MORE INFORMATION: https://tinyurl.com/4xbhsr5e

    #taoofbadass #attractwomen #gamechandingprogram #captivatethewomen #datingsuccess #datingguides


    The Tao of Badass is a popular step-by-step system for picking up women. I was drawn to learn more about it because it’s been generating a lot of buzz. The Tao of Badass has over 100,000 users and 95.7% of them have reportedly found success with women from it. The best part? The Tao of Badass is designed to work for any man, regardless of how you look, how old you are, or how confident you currently are around women. I wanted to see whether it lives up to the considerable hype. In my honest The Tao of Badass review, I’m going to dive deep into this online program. I’ll share with you my honest thoughts about it, including what you’ll get and its pros and cons. Most importantly, I’ll answer the most important question of all: Will The Tao of Badass actually help you pick up women? What is The Tao of Badass? The Tao of Badass by John Pellicer is broken into 3 main sections which cover everything from initially approaching women to making sure they continue to want you afterwards. Part 1 Here you’ll learn exactly what women are attracted to. Josh outlines several simple steps you can take to become the man women really want right away. These are: Embracing your manhood. As you’ll see, it’s absolutely essential you fulfill your male gender role. If you don’t act like a man, you’ll all too easily fall into the ‘nice guy’ category and be friend-zoned. Be confident. Women love confident men (they always have and always will). Josh provides some really practical tips to become more confident around women even if you’re shy and currently strike out more than you’d like. Part 2 In this section, Josh dives into actually picking up women. A lot of us have deep-seated anxiety when it comes to chatting up women. For years, I was too scared to approach women because of the fear of rejection. And when I did approach them, I was too nervous to stand a chance of taking one home with me. This is why I loved this section so much. Josh outlines step-by-step how to approach women and pick them up. His methods include: Build attraction: The key here is to utilise banter to make the conversation fun, playful and content free. And the thing is, you NEVER need to sell yourself through bragging. Josh gives away all the lines and scripts you’ll ever need for any situation to make a woman instantly attracted to you. Rapport: Josh provides dozens of open-ended questions for you to use that will quickly turn a boring conversation into something the woman can’t get enough of. These questions will be fun and playful for her which guarantees immediate sexual chemistry. Seduction: Now for the fun part. No use in having an amazing conversation with a girl if you go home alone, right? Josh goes into great detail about how to sexually escalate the situation with zero chance of getting rejected. How to keep her interested: I don’t know about you, but the older I get, the more I want to build something meaningful when a great girl comes alone. This section was right up my alley then. Josh will teach you how to take things further than just a fling. He talks about the 4 major factors necessary to form a strong and successful relationship. Part 3 This section is all about body language. Why would Josh devote a whole section of his book to body language? Because it’s really important when it comes to picking up women and keeping them interested afterwards. Having a better understanding of body language lets you communicate easily with women. You’ll learn to: Give off the messages you actually want to send to women Understand when they are interested in you so you know when to proceed with chatting them up. The author of The Tao of Badass, Josh Pellicer, is a self-described ‘average guy’ who became a full-time dating and relationships coach. After striking out with women all his life, Josh set about learning as much as he could about the female psychology and meeting as many women as he could to hone his techniques Josh has a background in Neuro Linguistic Programming (NLP) so the research he did into female psychology was pretty comprehensive. In doing some reading for my The Tao of Badass review, I also found out how interested John Pellicer is in eastern philosophy. Now, Josh certainly isn’t a Buddhist, but he is inspired by the teachings of one of the world’s oldest philosophies. I probably should’ve guessed this by the inclusion of ‘Tao’ in the title of the book. But eastern philosophy is where a lot of Joshs’ inspiration for confidence and self-improvement comes from. For me, this is a huge plus to the book and automatically sets it apart from other dating guides on the market. I’m also a big fan of eastern philosophy and I think it can teach us a lot about confidence and how to carry yourself around women. If you’re also interested in eastern philosophy, then you’ll get a real kick out of The Tao of Badass. The Tao of Badass: A deeper dive into key topics: Ultimately, The Tao of Badass gives you a toolkit to pick up women and form a connection with them. Here are some of the concepts from the book that resonated the most with me. The pros — what I liked The Tao of Badass offers a unique perspective on dating, and there’s a lot of practical, actionable advice to help you achieve your goals. Here are some of the things I liked most: Practical advice: Everything in the book comes back to advice you can actually use with women in real life. The Tao of Badass gives you a strong starting point if you want to improve your dating game, and it will help you avoid some mistakes that others have had to learn the hard way. It goes without saying that practical advice should be the goal of any ‘self help’ book – but you would be surprised. I read a lot of dating books and many of them leave me disappointed by focusing more on theory than reality. The Tao of Badass stands out in that the blueprint Josh offers can be applied immediately. Confidence is everything: If you’re not willing to let go of self-doubt and back yourself completely, you’re simply never going to be successful with women. And not just women – if you lack confidence, you’ll never get ahead in life. The Tao of Badass is the only book you’ll ever need to read to develop confidence for life. I think the blueprint for developing unshakable confidence is one of the best parts of the book and I’d buy it for this information alone. If you’re looking to gain confidence in yourself and pick up more women, then The Tao of Badass definitely has a lot to offer. It also provides a unique perspective on the world of dating by offering advice which incorporates elements of eastern philosophy. This is a useful addition since learning a bit of philosophy can be a powerful tool for self-improvement, which will ultimately make you more attractive to women. With all that in mind, The Tao of Badass is definitely worth the cost of admission. There’s plenty of useful content, and the bonus video course, audio recordings, and members community give you even more ways to learn and use these techniques. If you want to upgrade your dating game, then The Tao of Badass will be very helpful. VISIT HERE FOR MORE INFORMATION: https://tinyurl.com/4xbhsr5e #taoofbadass #attractwomen #gamechandingprogram #captivatethewomen #datingsuccess #datingguides
    0 Commenti 0 condivisioni 7334 Views
  • Israel kills American activist, terrorizes prisoners, as Biden admin shrugs – Day 335
    CNN reports: Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu on Thursday was as clear as he has ever been that he does not believe a ceasefire and hostage deal is likely in Gaza in a sharp rebuke to the Biden administration’s insistence it’s close at hand. “There’s not a deal in the making,” Netanyahu told Fox News. “Unfortunately, it’s not close.” His comments stand in stark contrast to the relentlessly hopeful messaging from the Biden administration over the past months. On Sunday, President Joe Biden claimed that the parties were on the verge of a deal, and on Wednesday, a senior administration official claimed 90% of the agreement had been completed. That, Netanyahu said, is “exactly inaccurate.” UN Humanitarian Affairs: Israel is blocking entrance of explosive ordnance disposal equipment OCHA reports: The ongoing escalation of hostilities is resulting in widespread contamination by Explosive Ordnance (EO). While the exact number of EO-related casualties is unknown, there have been cases of people who died due to the explosion of EO, according to humanitarian partners. On 3 September, a Palestinian girl was reportedly critically injured by the explosion of an EO in southwestern Khan Younis and succumbed to her wounds on 4 September. Children face a heightened risk of being exposed to EO, as they usually play outside, tend to search for scraps amongst rubbish and rubble, and lack an awareness on the dangers of EO. Despite ongoing efforts by humanitarian partners to conduct in-person and digital Explosive Ordnance Risk Education (EORE) campaigns, educational material as well as minimum standard Explosive Ordnance Disposal (EOD) equipment are refused entry into Gaza by Israeli authorities, therefore limiting the capacity of the mine action response. The Water, Sanitation and Hygiene (WASH) Cluster is concerned with the staggering increase in the cost of basic hygiene items. According to the Palestinian Central Bureau of Statistics (PCBS), in July, the price of soap has increased 1,177 per cent and shampoo has increased 490 per cent across the Strip, compared to July 2023. Israeli army kills Palestinian girl in West Bank: Health Ministry Al Jazeera reports: A 13-year-old girl succumbed to her wounds after being shot by Israeli forces in Qaryout, a village south of Nablus, in the occupied West Bank. The village was reportedly attacked by Jewish settlers backed by Israeli forces when Bana Amjad Bakr was shot in the chest by an Israeli soldier. The Palestine Red Crescent Society said its teams dealt with the “serious” injury after confrontations broke out in the village. Amjad Bakr was shot while she was in her bedroom, her father said. She was taken to a nearby hospital where she died. Settler attacks are common in the West Bank and have increased in scale and intensity since October 7. The Israeli army and settlers have displaced more than 1,200 Palestinians and destroyed hundreds of structures, according to UN figures. Israel pulls out of Jenin, but denies end of West Bank offensive Middle East Eye reports: Israeli forces have pulled out of Jenin after a 10-day assault, but the military has denied it is ending its operation in the occupied West Bank. The offensive, which has so far left at least 39 Palestinians dead, saw soldiers backed by armored vehicles and bulldozers targeting the city and its adjacent refugee camp, forcing the flight of many of the residents. Palestinians started returning to their Jenin homes on Friday, while those who had been trapped by the offensive were able to venture outside for the first time in more than a week. Israel said on Friday that it would continue its operation in Jenin until its “objectives are achieved”. The Palestinian Ministry of Health says at least 40 people (6 of them youths) have been killed in the West Bank since August 28 when Israeli forces launched a large-scale incursion into several towns and cities: 21 Palestinians were killed in Jenin; 8 in Tubas; 8 in Tulkarem; and 3 in Hebron. Footage originally shared by Israel’s Channel 14 correspondent showed Israeli soldiers detaining Palestinian children, women and men in Jenin, occupied West Bank, and forcing them to walk in one line. This is not Gaza. This is in the West Bank Israeli soldiers share footage with Netenyahu’s channel 14 depicting them humiliating young Palestinian girls, women and elderly in Jenin during their invasion to the city pic.twitter.com/y2DZz1rImP — Younis Tirawi | يونس (@ytirawi) September 6, 2024 France arrests nurse who volunteered in Gaza Middle East Monitor reports: France yesterday arrested then released nurse Imane Maarifi who spent 15 days volunteering as a medic in the Gaza Strip. Notably, the arrest took place at a time when French soldiers who fight in Gaza enjoy total impunity. Thomas Portes, a lawmaker from the La France Insoumise, or France Unbowed (LFI) party, wrote that Maarifi has been released from custody. “The search of the home in front of the family leaves no doubt about the desire to intimidate the voices that are raised to support the Palestinian people and demand an immediate ceasefire,” he wrote on X. Maarifi attended pro-Palestinian rallies in France to share her testimony about the crippling situation in Gaza. She has also expressed her demand for an immediate ceasefire in Gaza and a boycott of companies supporting Israel.
    [email protected] September 7, 2024 Ayşenur Eygi, btselem, ceasefire, international solidarity movement, israeli settler violence, palestinian prisoners, Tally Gotliv, unexploded ordnance, west bank death, white phosphorus, Yuli Novak
    Photos and videos obtained by Haaretz show dozens of detainees lying on their stomachs while handcuffed, some without clothes, as a guard dog barks over their heads. The Prison Service described this as a "routine exercise." (screenshot)
    Compilation of news reports – IAK staff

    Israeli army kills American International Solidarity Movement volunteer during demonstration in West Bank

    Various sources report:

    During the weekly demonstration in Beita, Palestine, on the morning of September 6th, 2024, the Israeli army intentionally shot and killed an International Solidarity Movement (ISM) human rights activist named Ayşenur Eygi. The demonstration, which primarily involved men and children praying, was met with force from the Israeli army stationed on a hill. Initially, the army fired a large amount of tear gas and then began using live ammunition.

    Ayşenur, who we (ISM) consider a martyr in the struggle, was the 18th demonstrator to be killed in Beita since 2020. She was an American citizen of Turkish descent.

    She was involved with the Faz’a campaign, an organization that aims to support and protect Palestinian farmers from violations by illegal Jewish settlers and military forces.

    The Israeli forces fired two rounds. One hit a Palestinian man in the leg, injuring him. The other round was fired at international human rights activists who were observing the demonstration from a distance, striking the human rights activist in the head.

    Neither Ezgi nor the other wounded person posed any threat to the soldiers stationed on the hills adjacent to the site of the weekly march.

    Eygi died shortly after being transported to a local hospital in Nablus.

    The Israeli military admitted to firing at the demonstrators and said it was looking into reports that a foreign national was killed. The Israel Defense Forces said it “responded with fire toward a main instigator of violent activity who hurled rocks at the forces and posed a threat to them”.

    The US has not said whether Eygi had been shot by Israeli troops. “We are urgently gathering more information about the circumstances of her death, and will have more to say as we learn more,” Matthew Miller, a state department spokesperson, said.

    Asked if the US would take action against Israel, US Secretary of State Antony Blinken said: “First things first – let’s find out exactly what happened and we will draw the necessary conclusions and consequences from that.”

    Eygi’s family released a statement declaring, “A US citizen, Aysenur was peacefully standing for justice when she was killed by a bullet that video shows came from an Israeli military shooter,” adding, “Given the circumstances of Aysenur’s killing, an Israeli investigation is not adequate.”

    “We call on President Biden, Vice President Harris, and Secretary of State Blinken to order an independent investigation into the unlawful killing of a US citizen and to ensure full accountability.”

    Ayşenur Eygi, 26, ‘was not a naive traveler – this experience was, according to one of her professors, the culmination of all her years of activism. Her friends say she was a longtime activist “bearing witness to oppression.”

    She was remembered by friends and former professors as a dedicated organizer who felt a strong moral obligation to bring attention to the plight of Palestinians.

    Eygi, who is also a Turkish citizen and leaves behind her husband, graduated from UW earlier this year with a major in psychology and minor in Middle Eastern languages and culture, Fani said. She walked the stage with a large “Free Palestine” flag during the ceremony, Fani said.

    Ezgi is the third ISM volunteer to be killed by the Israeli forces in occupied Palestine. Rachel Corrie was killed in Gaza’s Rafah in 2003 after an Israeli soldier crushed her with a bulldozer. Tom Hurndall was killed in Gaza in 2004 by an Israeli sniper. An Israeli soldier shot Brian Avery in the face in Jenin in 2003. He survived the attack but was permanently maimed. The bullet ripped through his cheek and smashed his eye socket and jaw bones.

    RECOMMENDED READING: Instead of Taylor Force Act, Congress should consider Rachel Corrie Act, Orwah Hammad Act




    Israeli Prison Guards Filmed Abusing Detainees; Prison Service Says It’s a ‘Routine Exercise’

    Ha’aretz reports:

    Israeli Prison Service personnel in the security wing of Megiddo Prison handcuffed and humiliated detainees on Friday morning, despite no unusual incident occurring in the prison.

    Photos and videos obtained by Haaretz show dozens of detainees lying on their stomachs while handcuffed, some without clothes, as a guard dog barks over their heads. The Prison Service described this as a “routine exercise.”

    The Prison Service said in response that it “maintains an operational routine for the safety of the prison inmates and the public. In this case, too, in an operation that includes intelligence [gathering], soldiers of the ‘Nachshon’ unit…raided terrorist cells, searched them and seized assault weapons and prohibited materials.” The service failed to present any of the assault weapons allegedly seized.

    The Palestinian Prisoner’s Society (PPS) has urged the United Nations to open an independent investigation.

    The group has also said that the Israeli authorities are “deliberately” leaking images and footage of the torture of Palestinian detainees, explaining in a statement that this was “part of the competition between the ministers of the current government over who tortures and kills Palestinians more”.


    UNICEF says Israelis refusing to facilitate polio vaccine campaign

    Al Jazeera reports:

    UNICEF says it is making every effort to distribute the polio vaccine in Gaza during the agreed-upon pauses in fighting.

    However, it reported that Israel continues to deny medical teams access to communities in certain areas of southern Gaza.

    Nearly 355,000 children have received the vaccine in spite of Israel’s lack of cooperation.

    Al Jazeera’s Hind Khoudary reports from Khan Younis:



    Israeli legislator calls on police to probe B’Tselem activist for ‘aiding the enemy’

    Middle East Monitor reports:

    Israel’s Likud Party Knesset Member Tally Gotliv called for the execution or life imprisonment of human rights activist Yuli Novak following her speech at the UN Security Council on Wednesday.

    Novak, the executive director or Israeli rights group B’Tselem, told the UNSC: “Since Israel was founded, its guiding logic has been to promote Jewish supremacy over the entire territory under its control.”

    She added that the far-right Israeli government has been “cynically exploiting” its citizens’ “collective trauma” since the 7 October 2023 infiltration of Israel by Palestinian resistance fighters.

    It is doing this, she explained, “to violently advance its project of cementing Israel[i] control over the entire land … committing war crimes almost daily.”

    Gotliv called for Novak to be probed by Israel Police “for the suspected serious crime of assistance to the enemy in war.”

    She said that such a crime was an offense under the penal law, “which carries the death penalty or a life sentence”.

    “Novak has shamefully put the state of Israel, currently engaged in a war for survival, at risk and assisted Israel’s enemies on various fronts,” the lawmaker wrote, accusing the activist of telling lies about Israel committing war crimes.

    Gotliv was among the legislators that joined Israeli crowds to protest the arrest of soldiers accused of gang-raping a Palestinian detainee from Gaza held in the Israeli Sde Teiman prison.

    NOTE: B’Tselem – The Israeli Information Center for Human Rights in the Occupied Territories strives for a future in which human rights, liberty and equality are guaranteed to all people, Palestinian and Jewish alike, living between the Jordan River and the Mediterranean Sea.

    Such a future will only be possible when the Israeli occupation and apartheid regime end. That is the future we are working towards.

    B’Tselem (in Hebrew literally: in the image of), the name chosen for the organization by the late Member of Knesset Yossi Sarid, is an allusion to Genesis 1:27: “And God created humankind in His image. In the image of God did He create them.” The name expresses the universal and Jewish moral edict to respect and uphold the human rights of all people.



    Netanyahu is unequivocal about ceasefire and hostage agreement with Hamas: ‘There’s not a deal in the making’


    Israel shells Lebanon with white phosphorus bombs, performs ground invasion drills

    The Cradle reports:

    According to Lebanon’s National News Agency (NNA), Israel targeted southern Lebanon with white phosphorus on Friday. “The area between Tal Nahas and Al-Hamams towards the Marjayoun plain is being subjected to artillery shelling with phosphorus shells, which caused fires to break out,” NNA said.

    Israeli threats against Lebanon have escalated once again. The Israeli military said on 6 September that its Yiftah Brigade carried out drills this week simulating a ground invasion of Lebanon, moving along a “mountainous route” and “complex terrain.”

    NOTE: Use of white phosphorus in civilian areas is considered a war crime due to its extremely dangerous effects on the human body.

    White phosphorus ignites instantly when in contact with oxygen. It can burn through the human body, including through bone, causing severe, excruciating damage.

    It can also cause extreme harm when inhaled, with risks of suffocation, cardiovascular failure, coma, death, and other lifelong effects. The substance burns at temperatures of up to 1,500 degrees Fahrenheit.

    MORE NEWS:

    IMEMC Daily Reports.

    The Cradle: Israel’s energy insecurity: How blackouts could paralyze the occupation state

    +972 Magazine: Under cover of war, Israel is demolishing home after home in Silwan

    Middle East Monitor: ‘Game of demographics’: How Israel aims to wipe out Palestinians from Occupied East Jerusalem

    Middle East Eye: ‘I recognized her by her roller skate’: Israeli strike on Gaza kills children playing in the street

    The New Arab: Is Israel using Gaza’s ‘mowing the lawn’ strategy in the West Bank?





    STATISTICS OCTOBER 7 – SEPTEMBER 5:

    Palestinian death toll from October 7, 2023 – September 5, 2024: at least 41,546* (40,878 in Gaza* – 11,308 women (28%), 16,715 children (41%) as of September 5. [The Ministry’s figures have been contested by the Israeli authorities, although they have been accepted as accurate by Israeli intelligence services, the UN, and WHO. These data are supported by independent analyses, comparing changes in the number of deaths of UN Relief and Works Agency (UNRWA) staff with those reported by the Ministry, which found claims of data fabrication implausible.]

    This is expected to be a significant undercount since thousands of those killed have yet to be identified – and at least 691 in the West Bank (~148 children). This does not include an estimated 10,000 more still buried under rubble (4,900 women and children). Euro-Med Monitor reports 49,032 Palestinian deaths.

    Lancet: “Applying a conservative estimate of four indirect deaths per one direct death9 to the 37,396 deaths reported, it is not implausible to estimate that up to 186 000 or even more deaths could be attributable to the current conflict in Gaza.

    Ralph Nader earlier estimated 200,000 Palestinians may have been killed in Gaza.

    At least 45 Palestinians have died in Israeli prisons (27 from Gaza, 23 from West Bank).
    At least 41 Palestinians have died due to malnutrition (at least 37 of them children)**.
    About 1.9 million of Gaza’s 2.3 million population are currently displaced.
    Almost 500,000 Gazans are currently experiencing catastrophic levels of food insecurity.
    Palestinian injuries from October 7 – September 5: at least 100,098 (including at least 94,454 in Gaza and 5,700 in the West Bank, including 830 children). [It remains unknown how man Americans are among the casualties in Gaza.]

    Reported Israeli death toll from October 7, 2023 – September 5, 2024: ~1,452 (~1,139 on October 7, 2023, of which ~32 were Americans, and ~36 were children); 288*** military forces since the ground invasion began in Gaza; 25 military and civilians in the West Bank, East Jerusalem, and Israel) and~10,000 injured.

    NOTE: It is unknown at this time how many of the deaths and injuries of Israelis on October 7 were caused by Israeli soldiers.

    *Previously, IAK did not include 471 Gazans killed in the Al Ahli hospital blast since the source of the projectile was being disputed. However, given that much evidence points to Israel as the culprit, Israel had previously bombed the hospital and has attacked many others, Israel is prohibiting outside experts from investigating the scene, and since the UN and other agencies are including the deaths from the attack in their cumulative totals, if Americans knew is now also doing so.

    **Euro-Med Monitor reports that Gaza’s elderly are dying at an alarmingly high rate. The majority die at home and are buried either close to their residences or in makeshift graves dispersed across the Strip. There are currently more than 140 such cemeteries. Additionally, according to Euromed, thousands have died from starvation, malnourishment, and inadequate medical care; these are considered indirect victims as they were not registered in hospitals.

    ***Approximately ten of the deaths listed above were Israeli soldiers killed by Hezbollah in fighting at the Israel-Lebanon border. The figure does not include the reportedly 53 Israeli soldiers – nearly 16% of the total Israeli military deaths – killed due to friendly fire in Gaza and other military-related accidents.

    † For most of the conflict, women and children accounted for about 70% of deaths in Gaza, with children making up a little over 40% of those killed, according to official statistics.

    Find previous daily casualty figures and daily news updates here.

    Hover over each bar for exact numbers.
    Source: IsraelPalestineTimeline.org

    Human rights reports on Israel-Palestine (regularly updated)
    Alison Weir trending on social media – what the buzz is about
    Israeli media’s coverage of the rape of Palestinian detainees shows support for sexual violence in service of genocide
    Inside Israel’s torture, rape, and dehumanization centers
    I’m a pediatrician. The scars I saw on Gaza’s children will take generations to heal.
    What Harris’s Jewish outreach director said at a private DNC afterparty
    ‘Strong record of supporting the U.S.-Israel relationship’: a look at Tim Walz’s votes on Palestine as a member of Congress
    Nearly Two-Thirds of All Campaign Funds for Cori Bush Challenger Came From AIPAC
    Israeli army probe covered up “friendly fire” killings on October 7
    Are US officials’ investments of public funds in Israeli bonds ethical? How much is too much?
    Honoring the memory of a Gazan Olympic hero: Majed Abu Maraheel
    An American was just shot in the West Bank. The American press can’t be bothered.
    Understanding what motivates ultra-orthodox Jewish attacks on West Bank Palestinians
    Palestinians’ harrowing stories of rape by Israeli soldiers (including female soldiers)
    A Palestinian journalist visited Ismail Haniyeh’s home in Gaza to report on his death. Israel assassinated him too.
    I reported a piece for the New York Times on antisemitism. I found a major error, but the Times didn’t care.
    How Israel plans to whitewash its war crimes in Gaza
    Why the West Bank is on the verge of economic collapse
    Netanyahu’s plan to involve US in regional war on its behalf
    Western media continue to withhold the truth about Israel and Gaza – 4 stories
    “Well What SHOULD Israel Have Done After October 7?”
    Welcome to Hell
    More dead children. More BBC ‘news’ channelling Israeli propaganda as its own
    U.S. media downplays and ignores ICJ ruling declaring Israeli occupation illegal
    Israeli soldiers tell story of savage cruelty in Gaza – one given blessing by the West
    Searching for Gaza’s missing children

    https://israelpalestinenews.org/israel-kills-american-activist-terrorizes-prisoners-as-biden-admin-shrugs-day-335/

    https://donshafi911iamthefaceoftruth.blogspot.com/2024/09/israel-kills-american-activist.html
    Israel kills American activist, terrorizes prisoners, as Biden admin shrugs – Day 335 CNN reports: Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu on Thursday was as clear as he has ever been that he does not believe a ceasefire and hostage deal is likely in Gaza in a sharp rebuke to the Biden administration’s insistence it’s close at hand. “There’s not a deal in the making,” Netanyahu told Fox News. “Unfortunately, it’s not close.” His comments stand in stark contrast to the relentlessly hopeful messaging from the Biden administration over the past months. On Sunday, President Joe Biden claimed that the parties were on the verge of a deal, and on Wednesday, a senior administration official claimed 90% of the agreement had been completed. That, Netanyahu said, is “exactly inaccurate.” UN Humanitarian Affairs: Israel is blocking entrance of explosive ordnance disposal equipment OCHA reports: The ongoing escalation of hostilities is resulting in widespread contamination by Explosive Ordnance (EO). While the exact number of EO-related casualties is unknown, there have been cases of people who died due to the explosion of EO, according to humanitarian partners. On 3 September, a Palestinian girl was reportedly critically injured by the explosion of an EO in southwestern Khan Younis and succumbed to her wounds on 4 September. Children face a heightened risk of being exposed to EO, as they usually play outside, tend to search for scraps amongst rubbish and rubble, and lack an awareness on the dangers of EO. Despite ongoing efforts by humanitarian partners to conduct in-person and digital Explosive Ordnance Risk Education (EORE) campaigns, educational material as well as minimum standard Explosive Ordnance Disposal (EOD) equipment are refused entry into Gaza by Israeli authorities, therefore limiting the capacity of the mine action response. The Water, Sanitation and Hygiene (WASH) Cluster is concerned with the staggering increase in the cost of basic hygiene items. According to the Palestinian Central Bureau of Statistics (PCBS), in July, the price of soap has increased 1,177 per cent and shampoo has increased 490 per cent across the Strip, compared to July 2023. Israeli army kills Palestinian girl in West Bank: Health Ministry Al Jazeera reports: A 13-year-old girl succumbed to her wounds after being shot by Israeli forces in Qaryout, a village south of Nablus, in the occupied West Bank. The village was reportedly attacked by Jewish settlers backed by Israeli forces when Bana Amjad Bakr was shot in the chest by an Israeli soldier. The Palestine Red Crescent Society said its teams dealt with the “serious” injury after confrontations broke out in the village. Amjad Bakr was shot while she was in her bedroom, her father said. She was taken to a nearby hospital where she died. Settler attacks are common in the West Bank and have increased in scale and intensity since October 7. The Israeli army and settlers have displaced more than 1,200 Palestinians and destroyed hundreds of structures, according to UN figures. Israel pulls out of Jenin, but denies end of West Bank offensive Middle East Eye reports: Israeli forces have pulled out of Jenin after a 10-day assault, but the military has denied it is ending its operation in the occupied West Bank. The offensive, which has so far left at least 39 Palestinians dead, saw soldiers backed by armored vehicles and bulldozers targeting the city and its adjacent refugee camp, forcing the flight of many of the residents. Palestinians started returning to their Jenin homes on Friday, while those who had been trapped by the offensive were able to venture outside for the first time in more than a week. Israel said on Friday that it would continue its operation in Jenin until its “objectives are achieved”. The Palestinian Ministry of Health says at least 40 people (6 of them youths) have been killed in the West Bank since August 28 when Israeli forces launched a large-scale incursion into several towns and cities: 21 Palestinians were killed in Jenin; 8 in Tubas; 8 in Tulkarem; and 3 in Hebron. Footage originally shared by Israel’s Channel 14 correspondent showed Israeli soldiers detaining Palestinian children, women and men in Jenin, occupied West Bank, and forcing them to walk in one line. This is not Gaza. This is in the West Bank Israeli soldiers share footage with Netenyahu’s channel 14 depicting them humiliating young Palestinian girls, women and elderly in Jenin during their invasion to the city pic.twitter.com/y2DZz1rImP — Younis Tirawi | يونس (@ytirawi) September 6, 2024 France arrests nurse who volunteered in Gaza Middle East Monitor reports: France yesterday arrested then released nurse Imane Maarifi who spent 15 days volunteering as a medic in the Gaza Strip. Notably, the arrest took place at a time when French soldiers who fight in Gaza enjoy total impunity. Thomas Portes, a lawmaker from the La France Insoumise, or France Unbowed (LFI) party, wrote that Maarifi has been released from custody. “The search of the home in front of the family leaves no doubt about the desire to intimidate the voices that are raised to support the Palestinian people and demand an immediate ceasefire,” he wrote on X. Maarifi attended pro-Palestinian rallies in France to share her testimony about the crippling situation in Gaza. She has also expressed her demand for an immediate ceasefire in Gaza and a boycott of companies supporting Israel. [email protected] September 7, 2024 Ayşenur Eygi, btselem, ceasefire, international solidarity movement, israeli settler violence, palestinian prisoners, Tally Gotliv, unexploded ordnance, west bank death, white phosphorus, Yuli Novak Photos and videos obtained by Haaretz show dozens of detainees lying on their stomachs while handcuffed, some without clothes, as a guard dog barks over their heads. The Prison Service described this as a "routine exercise." (screenshot) Compilation of news reports – IAK staff Israeli army kills American International Solidarity Movement volunteer during demonstration in West Bank Various sources report: During the weekly demonstration in Beita, Palestine, on the morning of September 6th, 2024, the Israeli army intentionally shot and killed an International Solidarity Movement (ISM) human rights activist named Ayşenur Eygi. The demonstration, which primarily involved men and children praying, was met with force from the Israeli army stationed on a hill. Initially, the army fired a large amount of tear gas and then began using live ammunition. Ayşenur, who we (ISM) consider a martyr in the struggle, was the 18th demonstrator to be killed in Beita since 2020. She was an American citizen of Turkish descent. She was involved with the Faz’a campaign, an organization that aims to support and protect Palestinian farmers from violations by illegal Jewish settlers and military forces. The Israeli forces fired two rounds. One hit a Palestinian man in the leg, injuring him. The other round was fired at international human rights activists who were observing the demonstration from a distance, striking the human rights activist in the head. Neither Ezgi nor the other wounded person posed any threat to the soldiers stationed on the hills adjacent to the site of the weekly march. Eygi died shortly after being transported to a local hospital in Nablus. The Israeli military admitted to firing at the demonstrators and said it was looking into reports that a foreign national was killed. The Israel Defense Forces said it “responded with fire toward a main instigator of violent activity who hurled rocks at the forces and posed a threat to them”. The US has not said whether Eygi had been shot by Israeli troops. “We are urgently gathering more information about the circumstances of her death, and will have more to say as we learn more,” Matthew Miller, a state department spokesperson, said. Asked if the US would take action against Israel, US Secretary of State Antony Blinken said: “First things first – let’s find out exactly what happened and we will draw the necessary conclusions and consequences from that.” Eygi’s family released a statement declaring, “A US citizen, Aysenur was peacefully standing for justice when she was killed by a bullet that video shows came from an Israeli military shooter,” adding, “Given the circumstances of Aysenur’s killing, an Israeli investigation is not adequate.” “We call on President Biden, Vice President Harris, and Secretary of State Blinken to order an independent investigation into the unlawful killing of a US citizen and to ensure full accountability.” Ayşenur Eygi, 26, ‘was not a naive traveler – this experience was, according to one of her professors, the culmination of all her years of activism. Her friends say she was a longtime activist “bearing witness to oppression.” She was remembered by friends and former professors as a dedicated organizer who felt a strong moral obligation to bring attention to the plight of Palestinians. Eygi, who is also a Turkish citizen and leaves behind her husband, graduated from UW earlier this year with a major in psychology and minor in Middle Eastern languages and culture, Fani said. She walked the stage with a large “Free Palestine” flag during the ceremony, Fani said. Ezgi is the third ISM volunteer to be killed by the Israeli forces in occupied Palestine. Rachel Corrie was killed in Gaza’s Rafah in 2003 after an Israeli soldier crushed her with a bulldozer. Tom Hurndall was killed in Gaza in 2004 by an Israeli sniper. An Israeli soldier shot Brian Avery in the face in Jenin in 2003. He survived the attack but was permanently maimed. The bullet ripped through his cheek and smashed his eye socket and jaw bones. RECOMMENDED READING: Instead of Taylor Force Act, Congress should consider Rachel Corrie Act, Orwah Hammad Act Israeli Prison Guards Filmed Abusing Detainees; Prison Service Says It’s a ‘Routine Exercise’ Ha’aretz reports: Israeli Prison Service personnel in the security wing of Megiddo Prison handcuffed and humiliated detainees on Friday morning, despite no unusual incident occurring in the prison. Photos and videos obtained by Haaretz show dozens of detainees lying on their stomachs while handcuffed, some without clothes, as a guard dog barks over their heads. The Prison Service described this as a “routine exercise.” The Prison Service said in response that it “maintains an operational routine for the safety of the prison inmates and the public. In this case, too, in an operation that includes intelligence [gathering], soldiers of the ‘Nachshon’ unit…raided terrorist cells, searched them and seized assault weapons and prohibited materials.” The service failed to present any of the assault weapons allegedly seized. The Palestinian Prisoner’s Society (PPS) has urged the United Nations to open an independent investigation. The group has also said that the Israeli authorities are “deliberately” leaking images and footage of the torture of Palestinian detainees, explaining in a statement that this was “part of the competition between the ministers of the current government over who tortures and kills Palestinians more”. UNICEF says Israelis refusing to facilitate polio vaccine campaign Al Jazeera reports: UNICEF says it is making every effort to distribute the polio vaccine in Gaza during the agreed-upon pauses in fighting. However, it reported that Israel continues to deny medical teams access to communities in certain areas of southern Gaza. Nearly 355,000 children have received the vaccine in spite of Israel’s lack of cooperation. Al Jazeera’s Hind Khoudary reports from Khan Younis: Israeli legislator calls on police to probe B’Tselem activist for ‘aiding the enemy’ Middle East Monitor reports: Israel’s Likud Party Knesset Member Tally Gotliv called for the execution or life imprisonment of human rights activist Yuli Novak following her speech at the UN Security Council on Wednesday. Novak, the executive director or Israeli rights group B’Tselem, told the UNSC: “Since Israel was founded, its guiding logic has been to promote Jewish supremacy over the entire territory under its control.” She added that the far-right Israeli government has been “cynically exploiting” its citizens’ “collective trauma” since the 7 October 2023 infiltration of Israel by Palestinian resistance fighters. It is doing this, she explained, “to violently advance its project of cementing Israel[i] control over the entire land … committing war crimes almost daily.” Gotliv called for Novak to be probed by Israel Police “for the suspected serious crime of assistance to the enemy in war.” She said that such a crime was an offense under the penal law, “which carries the death penalty or a life sentence”. “Novak has shamefully put the state of Israel, currently engaged in a war for survival, at risk and assisted Israel’s enemies on various fronts,” the lawmaker wrote, accusing the activist of telling lies about Israel committing war crimes. Gotliv was among the legislators that joined Israeli crowds to protest the arrest of soldiers accused of gang-raping a Palestinian detainee from Gaza held in the Israeli Sde Teiman prison. NOTE: B’Tselem – The Israeli Information Center for Human Rights in the Occupied Territories strives for a future in which human rights, liberty and equality are guaranteed to all people, Palestinian and Jewish alike, living between the Jordan River and the Mediterranean Sea. Such a future will only be possible when the Israeli occupation and apartheid regime end. That is the future we are working towards. B’Tselem (in Hebrew literally: in the image of), the name chosen for the organization by the late Member of Knesset Yossi Sarid, is an allusion to Genesis 1:27: “And God created humankind in His image. In the image of God did He create them.” The name expresses the universal and Jewish moral edict to respect and uphold the human rights of all people. Netanyahu is unequivocal about ceasefire and hostage agreement with Hamas: ‘There’s not a deal in the making’ Israel shells Lebanon with white phosphorus bombs, performs ground invasion drills The Cradle reports: According to Lebanon’s National News Agency (NNA), Israel targeted southern Lebanon with white phosphorus on Friday. “The area between Tal Nahas and Al-Hamams towards the Marjayoun plain is being subjected to artillery shelling with phosphorus shells, which caused fires to break out,” NNA said. Israeli threats against Lebanon have escalated once again. The Israeli military said on 6 September that its Yiftah Brigade carried out drills this week simulating a ground invasion of Lebanon, moving along a “mountainous route” and “complex terrain.” NOTE: Use of white phosphorus in civilian areas is considered a war crime due to its extremely dangerous effects on the human body. White phosphorus ignites instantly when in contact with oxygen. It can burn through the human body, including through bone, causing severe, excruciating damage. It can also cause extreme harm when inhaled, with risks of suffocation, cardiovascular failure, coma, death, and other lifelong effects. The substance burns at temperatures of up to 1,500 degrees Fahrenheit. MORE NEWS: IMEMC Daily Reports. The Cradle: Israel’s energy insecurity: How blackouts could paralyze the occupation state +972 Magazine: Under cover of war, Israel is demolishing home after home in Silwan Middle East Monitor: ‘Game of demographics’: How Israel aims to wipe out Palestinians from Occupied East Jerusalem Middle East Eye: ‘I recognized her by her roller skate’: Israeli strike on Gaza kills children playing in the street The New Arab: Is Israel using Gaza’s ‘mowing the lawn’ strategy in the West Bank? STATISTICS OCTOBER 7 – SEPTEMBER 5: Palestinian death toll from October 7, 2023 – September 5, 2024: at least 41,546* (40,878 in Gaza* – 11,308 women (28%), 16,715 children (41%) as of September 5. [The Ministry’s figures have been contested by the Israeli authorities, although they have been accepted as accurate by Israeli intelligence services, the UN, and WHO. These data are supported by independent analyses, comparing changes in the number of deaths of UN Relief and Works Agency (UNRWA) staff with those reported by the Ministry, which found claims of data fabrication implausible.] This is expected to be a significant undercount since thousands of those killed have yet to be identified – and at least 691 in the West Bank (~148 children). This does not include an estimated 10,000 more still buried under rubble (4,900 women and children). Euro-Med Monitor reports 49,032 Palestinian deaths. Lancet: “Applying a conservative estimate of four indirect deaths per one direct death9 to the 37,396 deaths reported, it is not implausible to estimate that up to 186 000 or even more deaths could be attributable to the current conflict in Gaza. Ralph Nader earlier estimated 200,000 Palestinians may have been killed in Gaza. At least 45 Palestinians have died in Israeli prisons (27 from Gaza, 23 from West Bank). At least 41 Palestinians have died due to malnutrition (at least 37 of them children)**. About 1.9 million of Gaza’s 2.3 million population are currently displaced. Almost 500,000 Gazans are currently experiencing catastrophic levels of food insecurity. Palestinian injuries from October 7 – September 5: at least 100,098 (including at least 94,454 in Gaza and 5,700 in the West Bank, including 830 children). [It remains unknown how man Americans are among the casualties in Gaza.] Reported Israeli death toll from October 7, 2023 – September 5, 2024: ~1,452 (~1,139 on October 7, 2023, of which ~32 were Americans, and ~36 were children); 288*** military forces since the ground invasion began in Gaza; 25 military and civilians in the West Bank, East Jerusalem, and Israel) and~10,000 injured. NOTE: It is unknown at this time how many of the deaths and injuries of Israelis on October 7 were caused by Israeli soldiers. *Previously, IAK did not include 471 Gazans killed in the Al Ahli hospital blast since the source of the projectile was being disputed. However, given that much evidence points to Israel as the culprit, Israel had previously bombed the hospital and has attacked many others, Israel is prohibiting outside experts from investigating the scene, and since the UN and other agencies are including the deaths from the attack in their cumulative totals, if Americans knew is now also doing so. **Euro-Med Monitor reports that Gaza’s elderly are dying at an alarmingly high rate. The majority die at home and are buried either close to their residences or in makeshift graves dispersed across the Strip. There are currently more than 140 such cemeteries. Additionally, according to Euromed, thousands have died from starvation, malnourishment, and inadequate medical care; these are considered indirect victims as they were not registered in hospitals. ***Approximately ten of the deaths listed above were Israeli soldiers killed by Hezbollah in fighting at the Israel-Lebanon border. The figure does not include the reportedly 53 Israeli soldiers – nearly 16% of the total Israeli military deaths – killed due to friendly fire in Gaza and other military-related accidents. † For most of the conflict, women and children accounted for about 70% of deaths in Gaza, with children making up a little over 40% of those killed, according to official statistics. Find previous daily casualty figures and daily news updates here. Hover over each bar for exact numbers. Source: IsraelPalestineTimeline.org Human rights reports on Israel-Palestine (regularly updated) Alison Weir trending on social media – what the buzz is about Israeli media’s coverage of the rape of Palestinian detainees shows support for sexual violence in service of genocide Inside Israel’s torture, rape, and dehumanization centers I’m a pediatrician. The scars I saw on Gaza’s children will take generations to heal. What Harris’s Jewish outreach director said at a private DNC afterparty ‘Strong record of supporting the U.S.-Israel relationship’: a look at Tim Walz’s votes on Palestine as a member of Congress Nearly Two-Thirds of All Campaign Funds for Cori Bush Challenger Came From AIPAC Israeli army probe covered up “friendly fire” killings on October 7 Are US officials’ investments of public funds in Israeli bonds ethical? How much is too much? Honoring the memory of a Gazan Olympic hero: Majed Abu Maraheel An American was just shot in the West Bank. The American press can’t be bothered. Understanding what motivates ultra-orthodox Jewish attacks on West Bank Palestinians Palestinians’ harrowing stories of rape by Israeli soldiers (including female soldiers) A Palestinian journalist visited Ismail Haniyeh’s home in Gaza to report on his death. Israel assassinated him too. I reported a piece for the New York Times on antisemitism. I found a major error, but the Times didn’t care. How Israel plans to whitewash its war crimes in Gaza Why the West Bank is on the verge of economic collapse Netanyahu’s plan to involve US in regional war on its behalf Western media continue to withhold the truth about Israel and Gaza – 4 stories “Well What SHOULD Israel Have Done After October 7?” Welcome to Hell More dead children. More BBC ‘news’ channelling Israeli propaganda as its own U.S. media downplays and ignores ICJ ruling declaring Israeli occupation illegal Israeli soldiers tell story of savage cruelty in Gaza – one given blessing by the West Searching for Gaza’s missing children https://israelpalestinenews.org/israel-kills-american-activist-terrorizes-prisoners-as-biden-admin-shrugs-day-335/ https://donshafi911iamthefaceoftruth.blogspot.com/2024/09/israel-kills-american-activist.html
    ISRAELPALESTINENEWS.ORG
    Israel kills American activist, terrorizes prisoners, as Biden admin shrugs – Day 335
    US activist killed during peaceful protest; leaked video shows Israeli torture of Palestinian prisoners; Israel blocks polio vaccination teams
    0 Commenti 0 condivisioni 34889 Views
  • Who Really Runs the World? Conspiracies, Hidden Agendas & the Plan for World Government
    May 22, 2013

    Andrew Gavin Marshall, New Dawn
    Waking Times

    So, who runs the world? It’s a question that people have struggled with since people began to struggle. It’s certainly a question with many interpretations, and incites answers of many varied perspectives.

    Often, it is relegated to the realm of “conspiracy theory,” in that, those who discuss this question or propose answers to it, are purveyors of a conspiratorial view of the world. However, it is my intention to discard the labels, which seek to disprove a position without actually proving anything to the contrary. One of these labels – “conspiracy theorist” – does just that: it’s very application to a particular perspective or viewpoint has the intention of “disproving without proof;” all that is needed is to simply apply the label.

    What I intend to do is analyse the social structure of the transnational ruling class, the international elite, who together run the world. This is not a conspiratorial opinion piece, but is an examination of the socially constructed elite class of people; what is the nature of power, how does it get used, and who holds it?

    A Historical Understanding of Power

    In answering the question “Who Runs the World?” we must understand what positions within society hold the most power, and thus, the answer becomes clear. If we simply understand this as heads of state, the answer will be flawed and inaccurate. We must examine the globe as a whole, and the power structures of the global political economy.



    The greatest position of power within the global capitalist system lies in the authority of money-creation: the central banking system. The central banking system, originating in 1694 in England, consists of an international network of central banks that are privately owned by wealthy shareholders and are granted governmental authority to print and issue a nation’s currency, and set interest rates, collecting revenue and making profit through the interest charged. Central banks give loans to both governments and industries, controlling both simultaneously. The ultimate centre of power in the central banking system is at the Bank for International Settlements (BIS), in Basle, Switzerland; which is the central bank to the world’s central banks, and is also a private bank owned by the world’s central banks.
    As Georgetown University history professor Carroll Quigley wrote:

    [T]he powers of financial capitalism had another far-reaching aim, nothing less than to create a world system of financial control in private hands able to dominate the political system of each country and the economy of the world as a whole. This system was to be controlled in a feudalist fashion by the central banks of the world acting in concert, by secret agreements arrived at in frequent private meetings and conferences. The apex of the system was to be the Bank for International Settlements in Basle, Switzerland, a private bank owned and controlled by the world’s central banks which were themselves private corporations.1

    The central banks, and thus the central banking system as a whole, is a privately owned system in which the major shareholders are powerful international banking houses. These international banking houses emerged in tandem with the evolution of the central banking system. The central banking system first emerged in London, and expanded across Europe with time. With that expansion, the European banking houses also rose and expanded across the continent.

    The French Revolution resulted with Napoleon coming to power, who granted the French bankers a central bank of France, which they privately controlled.2 It was also out of the French Revolution that one of the major banking houses of the world emerged, the Rothschilds. Emerging out of a European Jewish ghetto, the Rothschilds quickly rose to the forefront in banking, and established banking houses in London, Paris, Frankfurt, Vienna and Naples, allowing them to profit off of all sides in the Napoleonic wars.3

    As Carroll Quigley wrote in his monumental Tragedy and Hope, “The merchant bankers of London had already at hand in 1810-1850 the Stock Exchange, the Bank of England, and the London money market,” and that:

    In time they brought into their financial network the provincial banking centres, organised as commercial banks and savings banks, as well as insurance companies, to form all of these into a single financial system on an international scale which manipulated the quantity and flow of money so that they were able to influence, if not control, governments on one side and industries on the other.4

    At the same time, in the United States, we saw the emergence of a powerful group of bankers and industrialists, such as the Morgans, Astors, Vanderbilts, Rockefellers, and Carnegies, and they created massive industrial monopolies and oligopolies throughout the 19th century.5 These banking interests were very close to and allied with the powerful European banking houses.

    The European, and particularly the British elites of the time, were beginning to organise their power in an effort to properly exert their influence internationally. At this time, European empires were engaging in the Scramble for Africa, in which nearly the entire continent of Africa, save Ethiopia, was colonised and carved up by European nations. One notable imperialist was Cecil Rhodes who made his fortune from diamond and gold mining in Africa with financial support from the Rothschilds,6 and “at that time [had] the biggest concentration of financial capital in the world.”7

    Cecil Rhodes was also known for his radical views regarding America, particularly in that he would “talk with total seriousness of ‘the ultimate recovery of the United States of America as an integral part of the British Empire’.”8 Rhodes saw himself not simply as a moneymaker, but primarily as an “empire builder.”

    As Carroll Quigley explained, in 1891 three British elites met with the intent to create a secret society. The three men were Cecil Rhodes, William T. Stead, a prominent journalist of the day, and Reginald Baliol Brett, a “friend and confidant of Queen Victoria, and later to be the most influential adviser of King Edward VII and King George V.” Within this secret society, “real power was to be exercised by the leader, and a ‘Junta of Three.’ The leader was to be Rhodes, and the Junta was to be Stead, Brett, and Alfred Milner.”9

    The purpose of this secret society, which was later headed by Alfred Milner, was: “The extension of British rule throughout the world, the perfecting of a system of emigration from the United Kingdom and of colonisation by British subjects of all lands wherein the means of livelihood are attainable by energy, labour, and enterprise… [with] the ultimate recovery of the United States of America as an integral part of a British Empire.” [Emphasis added]10 Essentially, it outlined a British-led cosmopolitical world order, one global system of governance under British hegemony. Among key players within this group were the Rothschilds and other banking interests.11

    After the 1907 banking panic in the US, instigated by JP Morgan, pressure was placed upon the American political establishment to create a “stable” banking system. In 1910, a secret meeting of financiers was held on Jekyll Island, where they planned for the “creation of a National Reserve Association with fifteen major regions, controlled by a board of commercial bankers but empowered by the federal government to act like a central bank – creating money and lending reserves to private banks.”12

    It was largely Paul M. Warburg, a Wall Street investment banker, who “had come up with a design for a single central bank [in 1910]. He called it the United Reserve Bank. From this and his later service on the first Federal Reserve Board, Warburg has, with some justice, been called the father of the System.”13President Woodrow Wilson followed the plan almost exactly as outlined by the Wall Street financiers, and added to it the creation of a Federal Reserve Board in Washington, which the President would appoint.14

    Thus, true power in the world order was held by international banking houses, which privately owned the global central banking system, allowing them to control the credit of nations, and finance and control governments and industry.

    However, though the economic system was firmly in their control, allowing them to establish influence over finance, they needed to shape elite ideology accordingly. In effect, what was required was to socially construct a ruling class, internationally, which would serve their interests. To do this, these bankers set out to undertake a project of establishing think tanks to organise elites from politics, economics, academia, media, and the military into a generally cohesive and controllable ideology.

    Constructing a Ruling Class: Rise of the Think Tanks

    During World War I, a group of American scholars were tasked with briefing “Woodrow Wilson about options for the postwar world once the Kaiser and imperial Germany fell to defeat.” This group was called, “The Inquiry.” The group advised Wilson mostly through his trusted aide, Col. Edward M. House, who was Wilson’s “unofficial envoy to Europe during the period between the outbreak of World War I in 1914 and the intervention by the United States in 1917,” and was the prime driving force in the Wilson administration behind the establishment of the Federal Reserve System.15

    “The Inquiry” laid the foundations for the creation of the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR), the most powerful think tank in the US and, “The scholars of the Inquiry helped draw the borders of post World War I central Europe.” On May 30, 1919, a group of scholars and diplomats from Britain and the US met at the Hotel Majestic, where they “proposed a permanent Anglo-American Institute of International Affairs, with one branch in London, the other in New York.” When the scholars returned from Paris, they were met with open arms by New York lawyers and financiers, and together they formed the Council on Foreign Relations in 1921. The “British diplomats returning from Paris had made great headway in founding their Royal Institute of International Affairs.” The Anglo-American Institute envisioned in Paris, with two branches and combined membership was not feasible, so both the British and American branches retained national membership, however, they would cooperate closely with one another.16 They were referred to, and still are, as “Sister Institutes.”17

    The Milner Group, the secret society formed by Cecil Rhodes, “dominated the British delegation to the Peace Conference of 1919; it had a great deal to do with the formation and management of the League of Nations and of the system of mandates; it founded the Royal Institute of International Affairs in 1919 and still controls it.”18

    There were other groups founded in many countries representing the same interests of the secret Milner Group, and they came to be known as the Round Table Groups, preeminent among them were the Royal Institute of International Affairs (Chatham House), the Council on Foreign Relations in the United States, and parallel groups were set up in Canada, Australia, New Zealand, South Africa and India.19

    These were, in effect, the first international think tanks, which remain today, and are in their respective nations, among the top, if not the most prominent think tanks.

    In 2008, a major study was done by the University of Philadelphia’s International Relations Program – the Think Tanks and Civil Societies Program – which sought to analyse and examine the most powerful and influential think tanks in the world. While it is a useful resource to understanding the influence of think tanks, there is a flaw in its analysis. It failed to take into account the international origins of the Round Table Group think tanks, particularly the Council on Foreign Relations in the United States; Chatham House or the Royal Institute of International Affairs in London; the Canadian Institute of International Affairs, now renamed the Canadian International Council; and their respective sister organisations in India, South Africa, New Zealand and Australia. Further nations have since added to this group of related think tanks, including Germany, and a recently established European Council on Foreign Relations. The report, while putting focus on the international nature of think tanks, analysed these ones as separate institutions without being related or affiliated. This has, in effect, skewed the results of the study. However, it is still useful to examine.

    The top think tanks in the United States include the Council on Foreign Relations, (which was put at number 2, however, should be placed at the number 1 spot), the Brookings Institution, (which was inaccurately given the position of number one), the Carnegie Endowment for International Peace, RAND Corporation, Heritage Foundation, Woodrow Wilson International Centre for Scholars, the Center for Strategic and International Studies, and the American Enterprise Institute, among others.

    The top think tanks in the world, outside of the United States, are Chatham House (sitting at number one), the International Institute for Strategic Studies in the UK, the German Council on Foreign Relations, the French Institute of International Relations, the Adam Smith Institute in the UK, the Fraser Institute in Canada, the European Council on Foreign Relations, the International Crisis Group in Belgium, and the Canadian Institute of International Affairs.20

    In 1954, the Bilderberg Group was founded in the Netherlands. Every year since then the group holds a secretive meeting, drawing roughly 130 of the political-financial-military-academic-media elites from North America and Western Europe as “an informal network of influential people who could consult each other privately and confidentially.”21

    Regular participants include the CEOs or Chairmen of some of the largest corporations in the world, oil companies such as Royal Dutch Shell, British Petroleum, and Total SA, as well as various European monarchs, international bankers such as David Rockefeller, major politicians, presidents, prime ministers, and central bankers of the world.22 The Bilderberg Group acts as a “secretive global think-tank,” with an original intent “to link governments and economies in Europe and North America amid the Cold War.”23

    In 1970, David Rockefeller became Chairman of the Council on Foreign Relations, while also being Chairman and CEO of Chase Manhattan. In 1970, an academic who joined the Council on Foreign Relations in 1965 wrote a book called Between Two Ages: America’s Role in the Technetronic Era. The author, Zbigniew Brzezinski, called for the formation of “A Community of the Developed Nations,” consisting of Western Europe, the United States and Japan. Brzezinski wrote about how “the traditional sovereignty of nation states is becoming increasingly unglued as transnational forces such as multinational corporations, banks, and international organisations play a larger and larger role in shaping global politics.”

    So, in 1972, David Rockefeller and Brzezinski “presented the idea of a trilateral grouping at the annual Bilderberg meeting.” In July of 1972, seventeen powerful people met at David Rockefeller’s estate in New York to plan for the creation of another grouping. Also at the meeting was Brzezinski, McGeorge Bundy, the President of the Ford Foundation, (brother of William Bundy, editor of Foreign Affairs) and Bayless Manning, President of the Council on Foreign Relations.24 In 1973, these people formed the Trilateral Commission, which acted as a sister organisation to Bilderberg, linking the elites of Western Europe, North America, and Japan into a transnational ruling class.

    These think tanks have effectively socially constructed an ideologically cohesive ruling class in each nation and fostered the expansion of international ideological alignment among national elites, allowing for the development of a transnational ruling class sharing a dominant ideology.

    These same interests, controlled by the international banking houses, had to socially construct society itself. To do this, they created a massive network of tax-exempt foundations and non-profit organisations, which shaped civil society according to their designs. Among the most prominent of these are the Carnegie Corporation, the Ford Foundation, and the Rockefeller Foundation.

    The “Foundations” of Civil Society

    These foundations shaped civil society by financing research projects and initiatives into major social projects, creating both a dominant world-view for the elite classes, as well as managing the other classes.

    These foundations, since their establishment, played a large part in the funding and organising of the eugenics movement, which helped facilitate this racist, elitist ideology to having enormous growth and influence, ultimately culminating in the Nazi Holocaust. From then, the word “eugenics” had to be dropped from the ideology and philanthropy of elites, and was replaced with new forms of eugenics policies and concepts. Among them, genetics, population control and environmentalism.

    These foundations also funded seemingly progressive and alternative media sources in an effort to control the opposition, and manage the resistance to their world order, essentially making it ineffective and misguided.

    The Rockefeller Foundation was established in 1912, and immediately began giving money to eugenics research organisations.25 Eugenics was a pseudo-scientific and social science movement that emerged in the late 19th century, and gained significant traction in the first half of the 20th century. One of the founding ideologues of eugenics, Sir Francis Galton, an anthropologist and cousin to Charles Darwin, wrote that eugenics “is the study of all agencies under social control which can improve or impair the racial quality of future generations.”26 Ultimately, it was about the “sound” breeding of people and maintaining “purity” and “superiority” of the blood. It was an inherently racist ideology, which saw all non-white racial categories of people as inherently and naturally inferior, and sought to ground these racist theories in “science.”

    The vast wealth and fortunes of the major industrialists and bankers in the United States flowed heavily into the eugenics organisations, promoting and expanding this racist and elitist ideology. Money from the Harriman railroad fortune, with millions given by the Rockefeller and Carnegie family fortunes were subsequently “devoted to sterilisation of several hundred thousands of American ‘defectives’ annually, as a matter of eugenics.”27

    In the United States, 27 states passed eugenics based sterilisation laws of the “unfit,” which ultimately led to the sterilisation of over 60,000 people. Throughout the 1920s and 30s, the Carnegie and especially the Rockefeller Foundation, funded eugenics research in Germany, directly financing the Nazi scientists who perpetrated some of the greatest crimes of the Holocaust.28

    Following the Holocaust, the word “eugenics” was highly discredited. Thus, these elites who wanted to continue with the implementation of their racist and elitist ideology desperately needed a new name for it. In 1939, the Eugenics Records Office became known as the Genetics Record Office.29 However, tens of thousands of Americans continued to be sterilised throughout the 40s, 50s and 60s, the majority of which were women.30

    Edwin Black analysed how the pseudoscience of eugenics transformed into what we know as the science of genetics. In a 1943 edition of Eugenical News, an article titled “Eugenics After the War,” cited Charles Davenport, a major founder of eugenics, in his vision of “a new mankind of biological castes with master races in control and slave races serving them.”31

    A 1946 article in Eugenical News stated that, “Population, genetics, [and] psychology, are the three sciences to which the eugenicist must look for the factual material on which to build an acceptable philosophy of eugenics and to develop and defend practical eugenics proposals.” As Black explained, “the incremental effort to transform eugenics into human genetics forged an entire worldwide infrastructure,” with the founding of the Institute for Human Genetics in Copenhagen in 1938, led by Tage Kemp, a Rockefeller Foundation eugenicist, and was financed with money from the Rockefeller Foundation.32

    Today, much of civil society and major social projects are a product of these foundations, and align with various new forms of eugenics. The areas of population control and environmentalism are closely aligned and span a broad range of intellectual avenues. The major population control organisations emerged with funding from these various foundations, particularly the Rockefeller foundations and philanthropies.

    These organisations, such as the Rockefeller and Ford foundations, funded major civil society movements, such as the Civil Rights movement, in an effort to “create a wedge between social movement activists and their unpaid grassroots constituents, thereby facilitating professionalisation and institutionalisation within the movement,” ultimately facilitating a “narrowing and taming of the potential for broad dissent,” with an aim of limiting goals to “ameliorative rather than radical change.”33

    Two major organisations in the development of the environmental movement were the Conservation Foundation and Resources for the Future, which were founded and funded with money from the Rockefeller and Ford Foundations, and helped “launch an explicitly pro-corporate approach to resource conservation.”34 Even the World Wildlife Fund was founded in the early 1960s by the former president of the British Eugenics Society, and its first President was Prince Bernhard of the Netherlands, a founding member of the Bilderberg Group.

    While the environmental movement positions people as the major problem for the earth, relating humanity to a cancer, population control becomes a significant factor in proposing environmental solutions.

    In May of 2009, a secret meeting of billionaire philanthropists took place in which they sought to coordinate how to “address” the world’s environmental, social, and industrial threats. Each billionaire at the meeting was given 15 minutes to discuss their “preferred” cause, and then they deliberated to create an “umbrella” cause to harness all their interests. The end result was that the umbrella cause for which the billionaires would aim to “give to” was population control, which “would be tackled as a potentially disastrous environmental, social and industrial threat.” Among those present at the meeting were David Rockefeller, Jr., George Soros, Warren Buffet, Michael Bloomberg, Ted Turner, Bill Gates, and even Oprah Winfrey.35

    Conclusion

    At the top of the list of those who run the world, we have the major international banking houses, which control the global central banking system. From there, these dynastic banking families created an international network of think tanks, which socialised the ruling elites of each nation and the international community as a whole, into a cohesive transnational elite class. The foundations they established helped shape civil society both nationally and internationally, playing a major part in the funding – and thus coordinating and co-opting – of major social-political movements.

    An excellent example of one member of the top of the hierarchy of the global elite is David Rockefeller, patriarch of the Rockefeller family. Long serving as Chairman and CEO of Chase Manhattan bank, he revolutionised the notion of building a truly global bank. He was also Chairman of the Council on Foreign Relations, a founding member of Bilderberg and the Trilateral Commission, heavily involved in the family philanthropies, and sits atop a vast number of boards and foundations. Even Alan Greenspan, in a speech to the Council on Foreign Relations, said that David Rockefeller and the CFR have, “in many respects, formulated the foreign policy of this country.”36

    In another speech to the Council on Foreign Relations, then World Bank President James Wolfesohn, said in 2005, in honour of David Rockefeller’s 90th birthday, that, “the person who had perhaps the greatest influence on my life professionally in this country, and I’m very happy to say personally there afterwards, is David Rockefeller.” He then said, “In fact, it’s fair to say that there has been no other single family influence greater than the Rockefeller’s in the whole issue of globalisation and in the whole issue of addressing the questions which, in some ways, are still before us today. And for that David, we’re deeply grateful to you and for your own contribution in carrying these forward in the way that you did.”37

    David Rockefeller, himself, wrote, “For more than a century ideological extremists at either end of the political spectrum have seized upon well-publicised incidents such as my encounter with Castro to attack the Rockefeller family for the inordinate influence they claim we wield over American political and economic institutions. Some even believe we are part of a secret cabal working against the best interests of the United States, characterising my family and me as ‘internationalists’ and of conspiring with others around the world to build a more integrated global political and economic structure – one world, if you will. If that’s the charge, I stand guilty, and I am proud of it.”38



    About the Author

    ANDREW G. MARSHALL is a Research Associate with the Centre for Research on Globalization based out of Montreal, Canada (www.globalresearch.ca). He has written extensively on issues imperialism in the Middle East and Africa, the environment, Homeland Security, war, terrorism and the global economy. He is currently studying Global Political Economy and the History of the Middle East and Africa at Simon Fraser University (Canada).

    Footnotes:

    1. Carroll Quigley, Tragedy and Hope: A History of the World in Our Time, New York: Macmillan Company, 1966, 324

    2. Carroll Quigley, op.cit., 515; Robert Elgie and Helen Thompson, ed., The Politics of Central Banks, New York: Routledge, 1998, 97-98

    3. Sylvia Nasar, ‘Masters of the Universe’, The New York Times: January 23, 2000; ‘The Family That Bankrolled Europe’, BBC News: July 9, 1999, http://news.bbc.co.uk/1/hi/uk/389053.stm

    4. Carroll Quigley, op.cit., 51

    5. Howard Zinn, A People’s History of the United States, Harper Perennial: New York, 2003, 323

    6. Carroll Quigley, op.cit., 130

    7. Niall Ferguson, Empire: The Rise and Demise of the British World Order and the Lessons for Global Power, New York: Basic Books, 2004, 186

    8. Ibid, 190

    9. Carroll Quigley, The Anglo-American Establishment, GSG & Associates, 1981, 3

    10. Ibid, 33

    11. Ibid, 34

    12. William Greider, Secrets of the Temple: How the Federal Reserve Runs the Country, New York: Simon and Schuster, 1987, 276

    13. John Kenneth Galbraith, Money: Whence it Came, Where it Went, Houghton Mifflin Company, Boston, 1975, 121-122

    14. William Greider, op.cit., 277

    15. H.W. Brands, ‘He Is My Independent Self’, The Washington Post: June 11, 2006:www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2006/06/08/AR2006060801104.html

    16. CFR, ‘Continuing the Inquiry. History of CFR’: www.cfr.org/about/history/cfr/inquiry.html

    17. Chatham House, ‘CHATHAM HOUSE (The Royal Institute of International Affairs): Background’, Chatham House History: www.chathamhouse.org.uk/about/history/

    18. Carroll Quigley, The Anglo-American Establishment, op.cit., 5

    19. Carroll Quigley, Tragedy and Hope, op.cit., 132-133

    20. James G. McGann, Ph.D., The Global “Go-To Think Tanks”: The Leading Public Policy Research Organizations In The World, The Think Tanks and Civil Societies Program: University of Pennsylvania, International Relations Program, 2008, 26-28

    21. CBC, ‘Informal forum or global conspiracy?’, CBC News Online: June 13, 2006:www.cbc.ca/news/background/bilderberg-group/

    22. Holly Sklar, ed., Trilateralism: The Trilateral Commission and Elite Planning for World Management, South End Press: 1980, 161-171

    23. Glen McGregor, ‘Secretive power brokers meeting coming to Ottawa?’, Ottawa Citizen: May 24, 2006

    24. Holly Sklar, ed., op.cit., 76-78

    25. Edwin Black, War Against the Weak: Eugenics and America’s Campaign to Create a Master Race, New York: Thunders’s Mouth Press, 2004, 93

    26. Ibid, 18

    27. Ibid, 101-102

    28. Edwin Black, ‘Eugenics and the Nazis – the California connection’, The San Francisco Chronicle: November 9, 2003

    29. Edwin Black, War Against the Weak, op.cit., 396

    30. Ibid, 398

    31. Ibid, 416

    32. Ibid, 418

    33. Michael Barker, The Liberal Foundations of Environmentalism: Revisiting the Rockefeller-Ford Connection, Capitalism Nature Socialism: 19, (2), June 2008, 18

    34. Ibid, 19-20

    35. John Harlow, ‘Billionaire club in bid to curb overpopulation’, Times Online: May 24, 2009

    36. CFR, Remarks at the Council on Foreign Relations Annual Corporate Conference, Transcripts: March 10, 2005:www.cfr.org/publication/7908/remarks_at_the_council_on_foreign_relations_annual_corporate_conference.html

    37. CFR, Council on Foreign Relations Special Symposium in honor of David Rockefeller’s 90th Birthday, Transcript: May 23, 2005:www.cfr.org/publication/8133/council_on_foreign_relations_special_symposium_in_honor_of_david_rockefellers_90th_birthday.html

    38. David Rockefeller, Memoirs, New York: Random House: 2002, 405

    The above article appeared in New Dawn No. 118 (Jan-Feb 2010).

    If you appreciated this article, please consider a digital subscription to New Dawn.



    © New Dawn Magazine and the respective author.

    © Copyright New Dawn Magazine, http://www.newdawnmagazine.com. Permission granted to freely distribute this article for non-commercial purposes if unedited and copied in full, including this notice.

    © Copyright New Dawn Magazine, http://www.newdawnmagazine.com. Permission to re-send, post and place on web sites for non-commercial purposes, and if shown only in its entirety with no changes or additions. This notice must accompany all re-posting.

    ~~ Help Waking Times to raise the vibration by sharing this article with the buttons below…

    https://www.wakingtimes.com/who-really-runs-the-world-conspiracies-hidden-agendas-the-plan-for-world-government/
    Who Really Runs the World? Conspiracies, Hidden Agendas & the Plan for World Government May 22, 2013 Andrew Gavin Marshall, New Dawn Waking Times So, who runs the world? It’s a question that people have struggled with since people began to struggle. It’s certainly a question with many interpretations, and incites answers of many varied perspectives. Often, it is relegated to the realm of “conspiracy theory,” in that, those who discuss this question or propose answers to it, are purveyors of a conspiratorial view of the world. However, it is my intention to discard the labels, which seek to disprove a position without actually proving anything to the contrary. One of these labels – “conspiracy theorist” – does just that: it’s very application to a particular perspective or viewpoint has the intention of “disproving without proof;” all that is needed is to simply apply the label. What I intend to do is analyse the social structure of the transnational ruling class, the international elite, who together run the world. This is not a conspiratorial opinion piece, but is an examination of the socially constructed elite class of people; what is the nature of power, how does it get used, and who holds it? A Historical Understanding of Power In answering the question “Who Runs the World?” we must understand what positions within society hold the most power, and thus, the answer becomes clear. If we simply understand this as heads of state, the answer will be flawed and inaccurate. We must examine the globe as a whole, and the power structures of the global political economy. The greatest position of power within the global capitalist system lies in the authority of money-creation: the central banking system. The central banking system, originating in 1694 in England, consists of an international network of central banks that are privately owned by wealthy shareholders and are granted governmental authority to print and issue a nation’s currency, and set interest rates, collecting revenue and making profit through the interest charged. Central banks give loans to both governments and industries, controlling both simultaneously. The ultimate centre of power in the central banking system is at the Bank for International Settlements (BIS), in Basle, Switzerland; which is the central bank to the world’s central banks, and is also a private bank owned by the world’s central banks. As Georgetown University history professor Carroll Quigley wrote: [T]he powers of financial capitalism had another far-reaching aim, nothing less than to create a world system of financial control in private hands able to dominate the political system of each country and the economy of the world as a whole. This system was to be controlled in a feudalist fashion by the central banks of the world acting in concert, by secret agreements arrived at in frequent private meetings and conferences. The apex of the system was to be the Bank for International Settlements in Basle, Switzerland, a private bank owned and controlled by the world’s central banks which were themselves private corporations.1 The central banks, and thus the central banking system as a whole, is a privately owned system in which the major shareholders are powerful international banking houses. These international banking houses emerged in tandem with the evolution of the central banking system. The central banking system first emerged in London, and expanded across Europe with time. With that expansion, the European banking houses also rose and expanded across the continent. The French Revolution resulted with Napoleon coming to power, who granted the French bankers a central bank of France, which they privately controlled.2 It was also out of the French Revolution that one of the major banking houses of the world emerged, the Rothschilds. Emerging out of a European Jewish ghetto, the Rothschilds quickly rose to the forefront in banking, and established banking houses in London, Paris, Frankfurt, Vienna and Naples, allowing them to profit off of all sides in the Napoleonic wars.3 As Carroll Quigley wrote in his monumental Tragedy and Hope, “The merchant bankers of London had already at hand in 1810-1850 the Stock Exchange, the Bank of England, and the London money market,” and that: In time they brought into their financial network the provincial banking centres, organised as commercial banks and savings banks, as well as insurance companies, to form all of these into a single financial system on an international scale which manipulated the quantity and flow of money so that they were able to influence, if not control, governments on one side and industries on the other.4 At the same time, in the United States, we saw the emergence of a powerful group of bankers and industrialists, such as the Morgans, Astors, Vanderbilts, Rockefellers, and Carnegies, and they created massive industrial monopolies and oligopolies throughout the 19th century.5 These banking interests were very close to and allied with the powerful European banking houses. The European, and particularly the British elites of the time, were beginning to organise their power in an effort to properly exert their influence internationally. At this time, European empires were engaging in the Scramble for Africa, in which nearly the entire continent of Africa, save Ethiopia, was colonised and carved up by European nations. One notable imperialist was Cecil Rhodes who made his fortune from diamond and gold mining in Africa with financial support from the Rothschilds,6 and “at that time [had] the biggest concentration of financial capital in the world.”7 Cecil Rhodes was also known for his radical views regarding America, particularly in that he would “talk with total seriousness of ‘the ultimate recovery of the United States of America as an integral part of the British Empire’.”8 Rhodes saw himself not simply as a moneymaker, but primarily as an “empire builder.” As Carroll Quigley explained, in 1891 three British elites met with the intent to create a secret society. The three men were Cecil Rhodes, William T. Stead, a prominent journalist of the day, and Reginald Baliol Brett, a “friend and confidant of Queen Victoria, and later to be the most influential adviser of King Edward VII and King George V.” Within this secret society, “real power was to be exercised by the leader, and a ‘Junta of Three.’ The leader was to be Rhodes, and the Junta was to be Stead, Brett, and Alfred Milner.”9 The purpose of this secret society, which was later headed by Alfred Milner, was: “The extension of British rule throughout the world, the perfecting of a system of emigration from the United Kingdom and of colonisation by British subjects of all lands wherein the means of livelihood are attainable by energy, labour, and enterprise… [with] the ultimate recovery of the United States of America as an integral part of a British Empire.” [Emphasis added]10 Essentially, it outlined a British-led cosmopolitical world order, one global system of governance under British hegemony. Among key players within this group were the Rothschilds and other banking interests.11 After the 1907 banking panic in the US, instigated by JP Morgan, pressure was placed upon the American political establishment to create a “stable” banking system. In 1910, a secret meeting of financiers was held on Jekyll Island, where they planned for the “creation of a National Reserve Association with fifteen major regions, controlled by a board of commercial bankers but empowered by the federal government to act like a central bank – creating money and lending reserves to private banks.”12 It was largely Paul M. Warburg, a Wall Street investment banker, who “had come up with a design for a single central bank [in 1910]. He called it the United Reserve Bank. From this and his later service on the first Federal Reserve Board, Warburg has, with some justice, been called the father of the System.”13President Woodrow Wilson followed the plan almost exactly as outlined by the Wall Street financiers, and added to it the creation of a Federal Reserve Board in Washington, which the President would appoint.14 Thus, true power in the world order was held by international banking houses, which privately owned the global central banking system, allowing them to control the credit of nations, and finance and control governments and industry. However, though the economic system was firmly in their control, allowing them to establish influence over finance, they needed to shape elite ideology accordingly. In effect, what was required was to socially construct a ruling class, internationally, which would serve their interests. To do this, these bankers set out to undertake a project of establishing think tanks to organise elites from politics, economics, academia, media, and the military into a generally cohesive and controllable ideology. Constructing a Ruling Class: Rise of the Think Tanks During World War I, a group of American scholars were tasked with briefing “Woodrow Wilson about options for the postwar world once the Kaiser and imperial Germany fell to defeat.” This group was called, “The Inquiry.” The group advised Wilson mostly through his trusted aide, Col. Edward M. House, who was Wilson’s “unofficial envoy to Europe during the period between the outbreak of World War I in 1914 and the intervention by the United States in 1917,” and was the prime driving force in the Wilson administration behind the establishment of the Federal Reserve System.15 “The Inquiry” laid the foundations for the creation of the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR), the most powerful think tank in the US and, “The scholars of the Inquiry helped draw the borders of post World War I central Europe.” On May 30, 1919, a group of scholars and diplomats from Britain and the US met at the Hotel Majestic, where they “proposed a permanent Anglo-American Institute of International Affairs, with one branch in London, the other in New York.” When the scholars returned from Paris, they were met with open arms by New York lawyers and financiers, and together they formed the Council on Foreign Relations in 1921. The “British diplomats returning from Paris had made great headway in founding their Royal Institute of International Affairs.” The Anglo-American Institute envisioned in Paris, with two branches and combined membership was not feasible, so both the British and American branches retained national membership, however, they would cooperate closely with one another.16 They were referred to, and still are, as “Sister Institutes.”17 The Milner Group, the secret society formed by Cecil Rhodes, “dominated the British delegation to the Peace Conference of 1919; it had a great deal to do with the formation and management of the League of Nations and of the system of mandates; it founded the Royal Institute of International Affairs in 1919 and still controls it.”18 There were other groups founded in many countries representing the same interests of the secret Milner Group, and they came to be known as the Round Table Groups, preeminent among them were the Royal Institute of International Affairs (Chatham House), the Council on Foreign Relations in the United States, and parallel groups were set up in Canada, Australia, New Zealand, South Africa and India.19 These were, in effect, the first international think tanks, which remain today, and are in their respective nations, among the top, if not the most prominent think tanks. In 2008, a major study was done by the University of Philadelphia’s International Relations Program – the Think Tanks and Civil Societies Program – which sought to analyse and examine the most powerful and influential think tanks in the world. While it is a useful resource to understanding the influence of think tanks, there is a flaw in its analysis. It failed to take into account the international origins of the Round Table Group think tanks, particularly the Council on Foreign Relations in the United States; Chatham House or the Royal Institute of International Affairs in London; the Canadian Institute of International Affairs, now renamed the Canadian International Council; and their respective sister organisations in India, South Africa, New Zealand and Australia. Further nations have since added to this group of related think tanks, including Germany, and a recently established European Council on Foreign Relations. The report, while putting focus on the international nature of think tanks, analysed these ones as separate institutions without being related or affiliated. This has, in effect, skewed the results of the study. However, it is still useful to examine. The top think tanks in the United States include the Council on Foreign Relations, (which was put at number 2, however, should be placed at the number 1 spot), the Brookings Institution, (which was inaccurately given the position of number one), the Carnegie Endowment for International Peace, RAND Corporation, Heritage Foundation, Woodrow Wilson International Centre for Scholars, the Center for Strategic and International Studies, and the American Enterprise Institute, among others. The top think tanks in the world, outside of the United States, are Chatham House (sitting at number one), the International Institute for Strategic Studies in the UK, the German Council on Foreign Relations, the French Institute of International Relations, the Adam Smith Institute in the UK, the Fraser Institute in Canada, the European Council on Foreign Relations, the International Crisis Group in Belgium, and the Canadian Institute of International Affairs.20 In 1954, the Bilderberg Group was founded in the Netherlands. Every year since then the group holds a secretive meeting, drawing roughly 130 of the political-financial-military-academic-media elites from North America and Western Europe as “an informal network of influential people who could consult each other privately and confidentially.”21 Regular participants include the CEOs or Chairmen of some of the largest corporations in the world, oil companies such as Royal Dutch Shell, British Petroleum, and Total SA, as well as various European monarchs, international bankers such as David Rockefeller, major politicians, presidents, prime ministers, and central bankers of the world.22 The Bilderberg Group acts as a “secretive global think-tank,” with an original intent “to link governments and economies in Europe and North America amid the Cold War.”23 In 1970, David Rockefeller became Chairman of the Council on Foreign Relations, while also being Chairman and CEO of Chase Manhattan. In 1970, an academic who joined the Council on Foreign Relations in 1965 wrote a book called Between Two Ages: America’s Role in the Technetronic Era. The author, Zbigniew Brzezinski, called for the formation of “A Community of the Developed Nations,” consisting of Western Europe, the United States and Japan. Brzezinski wrote about how “the traditional sovereignty of nation states is becoming increasingly unglued as transnational forces such as multinational corporations, banks, and international organisations play a larger and larger role in shaping global politics.” So, in 1972, David Rockefeller and Brzezinski “presented the idea of a trilateral grouping at the annual Bilderberg meeting.” In July of 1972, seventeen powerful people met at David Rockefeller’s estate in New York to plan for the creation of another grouping. Also at the meeting was Brzezinski, McGeorge Bundy, the President of the Ford Foundation, (brother of William Bundy, editor of Foreign Affairs) and Bayless Manning, President of the Council on Foreign Relations.24 In 1973, these people formed the Trilateral Commission, which acted as a sister organisation to Bilderberg, linking the elites of Western Europe, North America, and Japan into a transnational ruling class. These think tanks have effectively socially constructed an ideologically cohesive ruling class in each nation and fostered the expansion of international ideological alignment among national elites, allowing for the development of a transnational ruling class sharing a dominant ideology. These same interests, controlled by the international banking houses, had to socially construct society itself. To do this, they created a massive network of tax-exempt foundations and non-profit organisations, which shaped civil society according to their designs. Among the most prominent of these are the Carnegie Corporation, the Ford Foundation, and the Rockefeller Foundation. The “Foundations” of Civil Society These foundations shaped civil society by financing research projects and initiatives into major social projects, creating both a dominant world-view for the elite classes, as well as managing the other classes. These foundations, since their establishment, played a large part in the funding and organising of the eugenics movement, which helped facilitate this racist, elitist ideology to having enormous growth and influence, ultimately culminating in the Nazi Holocaust. From then, the word “eugenics” had to be dropped from the ideology and philanthropy of elites, and was replaced with new forms of eugenics policies and concepts. Among them, genetics, population control and environmentalism. These foundations also funded seemingly progressive and alternative media sources in an effort to control the opposition, and manage the resistance to their world order, essentially making it ineffective and misguided. The Rockefeller Foundation was established in 1912, and immediately began giving money to eugenics research organisations.25 Eugenics was a pseudo-scientific and social science movement that emerged in the late 19th century, and gained significant traction in the first half of the 20th century. One of the founding ideologues of eugenics, Sir Francis Galton, an anthropologist and cousin to Charles Darwin, wrote that eugenics “is the study of all agencies under social control which can improve or impair the racial quality of future generations.”26 Ultimately, it was about the “sound” breeding of people and maintaining “purity” and “superiority” of the blood. It was an inherently racist ideology, which saw all non-white racial categories of people as inherently and naturally inferior, and sought to ground these racist theories in “science.” The vast wealth and fortunes of the major industrialists and bankers in the United States flowed heavily into the eugenics organisations, promoting and expanding this racist and elitist ideology. Money from the Harriman railroad fortune, with millions given by the Rockefeller and Carnegie family fortunes were subsequently “devoted to sterilisation of several hundred thousands of American ‘defectives’ annually, as a matter of eugenics.”27 In the United States, 27 states passed eugenics based sterilisation laws of the “unfit,” which ultimately led to the sterilisation of over 60,000 people. Throughout the 1920s and 30s, the Carnegie and especially the Rockefeller Foundation, funded eugenics research in Germany, directly financing the Nazi scientists who perpetrated some of the greatest crimes of the Holocaust.28 Following the Holocaust, the word “eugenics” was highly discredited. Thus, these elites who wanted to continue with the implementation of their racist and elitist ideology desperately needed a new name for it. In 1939, the Eugenics Records Office became known as the Genetics Record Office.29 However, tens of thousands of Americans continued to be sterilised throughout the 40s, 50s and 60s, the majority of which were women.30 Edwin Black analysed how the pseudoscience of eugenics transformed into what we know as the science of genetics. In a 1943 edition of Eugenical News, an article titled “Eugenics After the War,” cited Charles Davenport, a major founder of eugenics, in his vision of “a new mankind of biological castes with master races in control and slave races serving them.”31 A 1946 article in Eugenical News stated that, “Population, genetics, [and] psychology, are the three sciences to which the eugenicist must look for the factual material on which to build an acceptable philosophy of eugenics and to develop and defend practical eugenics proposals.” As Black explained, “the incremental effort to transform eugenics into human genetics forged an entire worldwide infrastructure,” with the founding of the Institute for Human Genetics in Copenhagen in 1938, led by Tage Kemp, a Rockefeller Foundation eugenicist, and was financed with money from the Rockefeller Foundation.32 Today, much of civil society and major social projects are a product of these foundations, and align with various new forms of eugenics. The areas of population control and environmentalism are closely aligned and span a broad range of intellectual avenues. The major population control organisations emerged with funding from these various foundations, particularly the Rockefeller foundations and philanthropies. These organisations, such as the Rockefeller and Ford foundations, funded major civil society movements, such as the Civil Rights movement, in an effort to “create a wedge between social movement activists and their unpaid grassroots constituents, thereby facilitating professionalisation and institutionalisation within the movement,” ultimately facilitating a “narrowing and taming of the potential for broad dissent,” with an aim of limiting goals to “ameliorative rather than radical change.”33 Two major organisations in the development of the environmental movement were the Conservation Foundation and Resources for the Future, which were founded and funded with money from the Rockefeller and Ford Foundations, and helped “launch an explicitly pro-corporate approach to resource conservation.”34 Even the World Wildlife Fund was founded in the early 1960s by the former president of the British Eugenics Society, and its first President was Prince Bernhard of the Netherlands, a founding member of the Bilderberg Group. While the environmental movement positions people as the major problem for the earth, relating humanity to a cancer, population control becomes a significant factor in proposing environmental solutions. In May of 2009, a secret meeting of billionaire philanthropists took place in which they sought to coordinate how to “address” the world’s environmental, social, and industrial threats. Each billionaire at the meeting was given 15 minutes to discuss their “preferred” cause, and then they deliberated to create an “umbrella” cause to harness all their interests. The end result was that the umbrella cause for which the billionaires would aim to “give to” was population control, which “would be tackled as a potentially disastrous environmental, social and industrial threat.” Among those present at the meeting were David Rockefeller, Jr., George Soros, Warren Buffet, Michael Bloomberg, Ted Turner, Bill Gates, and even Oprah Winfrey.35 Conclusion At the top of the list of those who run the world, we have the major international banking houses, which control the global central banking system. From there, these dynastic banking families created an international network of think tanks, which socialised the ruling elites of each nation and the international community as a whole, into a cohesive transnational elite class. The foundations they established helped shape civil society both nationally and internationally, playing a major part in the funding – and thus coordinating and co-opting – of major social-political movements. An excellent example of one member of the top of the hierarchy of the global elite is David Rockefeller, patriarch of the Rockefeller family. Long serving as Chairman and CEO of Chase Manhattan bank, he revolutionised the notion of building a truly global bank. He was also Chairman of the Council on Foreign Relations, a founding member of Bilderberg and the Trilateral Commission, heavily involved in the family philanthropies, and sits atop a vast number of boards and foundations. Even Alan Greenspan, in a speech to the Council on Foreign Relations, said that David Rockefeller and the CFR have, “in many respects, formulated the foreign policy of this country.”36 In another speech to the Council on Foreign Relations, then World Bank President James Wolfesohn, said in 2005, in honour of David Rockefeller’s 90th birthday, that, “the person who had perhaps the greatest influence on my life professionally in this country, and I’m very happy to say personally there afterwards, is David Rockefeller.” He then said, “In fact, it’s fair to say that there has been no other single family influence greater than the Rockefeller’s in the whole issue of globalisation and in the whole issue of addressing the questions which, in some ways, are still before us today. And for that David, we’re deeply grateful to you and for your own contribution in carrying these forward in the way that you did.”37 David Rockefeller, himself, wrote, “For more than a century ideological extremists at either end of the political spectrum have seized upon well-publicised incidents such as my encounter with Castro to attack the Rockefeller family for the inordinate influence they claim we wield over American political and economic institutions. Some even believe we are part of a secret cabal working against the best interests of the United States, characterising my family and me as ‘internationalists’ and of conspiring with others around the world to build a more integrated global political and economic structure – one world, if you will. If that’s the charge, I stand guilty, and I am proud of it.”38 About the Author ANDREW G. MARSHALL is a Research Associate with the Centre for Research on Globalization based out of Montreal, Canada (www.globalresearch.ca). He has written extensively on issues imperialism in the Middle East and Africa, the environment, Homeland Security, war, terrorism and the global economy. He is currently studying Global Political Economy and the History of the Middle East and Africa at Simon Fraser University (Canada). Footnotes: 1. Carroll Quigley, Tragedy and Hope: A History of the World in Our Time, New York: Macmillan Company, 1966, 324 2. Carroll Quigley, op.cit., 515; Robert Elgie and Helen Thompson, ed., The Politics of Central Banks, New York: Routledge, 1998, 97-98 3. Sylvia Nasar, ‘Masters of the Universe’, The New York Times: January 23, 2000; ‘The Family That Bankrolled Europe’, BBC News: July 9, 1999, http://news.bbc.co.uk/1/hi/uk/389053.stm 4. Carroll Quigley, op.cit., 51 5. Howard Zinn, A People’s History of the United States, Harper Perennial: New York, 2003, 323 6. Carroll Quigley, op.cit., 130 7. Niall Ferguson, Empire: The Rise and Demise of the British World Order and the Lessons for Global Power, New York: Basic Books, 2004, 186 8. Ibid, 190 9. Carroll Quigley, The Anglo-American Establishment, GSG & Associates, 1981, 3 10. Ibid, 33 11. Ibid, 34 12. William Greider, Secrets of the Temple: How the Federal Reserve Runs the Country, New York: Simon and Schuster, 1987, 276 13. John Kenneth Galbraith, Money: Whence it Came, Where it Went, Houghton Mifflin Company, Boston, 1975, 121-122 14. William Greider, op.cit., 277 15. H.W. Brands, ‘He Is My Independent Self’, The Washington Post: June 11, 2006:www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2006/06/08/AR2006060801104.html 16. CFR, ‘Continuing the Inquiry. History of CFR’: www.cfr.org/about/history/cfr/inquiry.html 17. Chatham House, ‘CHATHAM HOUSE (The Royal Institute of International Affairs): Background’, Chatham House History: www.chathamhouse.org.uk/about/history/ 18. Carroll Quigley, The Anglo-American Establishment, op.cit., 5 19. Carroll Quigley, Tragedy and Hope, op.cit., 132-133 20. James G. McGann, Ph.D., The Global “Go-To Think Tanks”: The Leading Public Policy Research Organizations In The World, The Think Tanks and Civil Societies Program: University of Pennsylvania, International Relations Program, 2008, 26-28 21. CBC, ‘Informal forum or global conspiracy?’, CBC News Online: June 13, 2006:www.cbc.ca/news/background/bilderberg-group/ 22. Holly Sklar, ed., Trilateralism: The Trilateral Commission and Elite Planning for World Management, South End Press: 1980, 161-171 23. Glen McGregor, ‘Secretive power brokers meeting coming to Ottawa?’, Ottawa Citizen: May 24, 2006 24. Holly Sklar, ed., op.cit., 76-78 25. Edwin Black, War Against the Weak: Eugenics and America’s Campaign to Create a Master Race, New York: Thunders’s Mouth Press, 2004, 93 26. Ibid, 18 27. Ibid, 101-102 28. Edwin Black, ‘Eugenics and the Nazis – the California connection’, The San Francisco Chronicle: November 9, 2003 29. Edwin Black, War Against the Weak, op.cit., 396 30. Ibid, 398 31. Ibid, 416 32. Ibid, 418 33. Michael Barker, The Liberal Foundations of Environmentalism: Revisiting the Rockefeller-Ford Connection, Capitalism Nature Socialism: 19, (2), June 2008, 18 34. Ibid, 19-20 35. John Harlow, ‘Billionaire club in bid to curb overpopulation’, Times Online: May 24, 2009 36. CFR, Remarks at the Council on Foreign Relations Annual Corporate Conference, Transcripts: March 10, 2005:www.cfr.org/publication/7908/remarks_at_the_council_on_foreign_relations_annual_corporate_conference.html 37. CFR, Council on Foreign Relations Special Symposium in honor of David Rockefeller’s 90th Birthday, Transcript: May 23, 2005:www.cfr.org/publication/8133/council_on_foreign_relations_special_symposium_in_honor_of_david_rockefellers_90th_birthday.html 38. David Rockefeller, Memoirs, New York: Random House: 2002, 405 The above article appeared in New Dawn No. 118 (Jan-Feb 2010). If you appreciated this article, please consider a digital subscription to New Dawn. © New Dawn Magazine and the respective author. © Copyright New Dawn Magazine, http://www.newdawnmagazine.com. Permission granted to freely distribute this article for non-commercial purposes if unedited and copied in full, including this notice. © Copyright New Dawn Magazine, http://www.newdawnmagazine.com. Permission to re-send, post and place on web sites for non-commercial purposes, and if shown only in its entirety with no changes or additions. This notice must accompany all re-posting. ~~ Help Waking Times to raise the vibration by sharing this article with the buttons below… https://www.wakingtimes.com/who-really-runs-the-world-conspiracies-hidden-agendas-the-plan-for-world-government/
    WWW.WAKINGTIMES.COM
    Who Really Runs the World? Conspiracies, Hidden Agendas & the Plan for World Government
    Who Really Runs the World? Conspiracies, Hidden Agendas & the Plan for World Government
    Like
    1
    0 Commenti 0 condivisioni 32083 Views
  • Surveillance Capitalism and PsyWar
    Explanation of the central business model of Google, Facebook, and most social media

    Robert W Malone MD, MS

    Surveillance capitalism is a novel economic system that has emerged in the digital era. It is characterized by the unilateral claim of private human experience as free raw material for translation into behavioral data. In this version of capitalism, predicting and influencing behavior (political and economic) rather than producing goods and services is the primary product. This economic logic prioritizes extracting, processing, and trading personal data to predict and influence human behavior by exploiting those predictions for various economic (marketing) and political objectives.

    In many cases, surveillance capitalism merges with PsyWar tools and technologies to power the modern surveillance state, giving rise to a new form of Fascism (public-private partnerships) known as techno-totalitarianism. Leading corporations employing the surveillance capitalism business model include Google, Amazon and Facebook. Surveillance capitalism has now fused with the science and theory of psychology, marketing, and algorithmic manipulation of online information to give rise to propaganda and censorship capabilities that go far beyond those imagined by the twentieth-century predictions of Aldous Huxley and George Orwell.

    Key Features of Surveillance Capitalism

    One-way mirror operations: Surveillance capitalists engineer operations to operate in secrecy, hiding their methods and intentions from users, who are unaware of the extent of data collection and analysis.

    Instrumentation power: Surveillance capitalists wield power by designing systems that cultivate “radical indifference,” rendering users oblivious to their observations and manipulations.

    Behavioral futures markets: The extracted data is traded in new markets, enabling companies to bet on users’ future behavior, generating immense wealth for surveillance capitalists.

    Collaboration with the state: Surveillance capitalism often involves partnerships with governments, leveraging favorable laws, policing, and information sharing to further entrench its power.

    Historical Development

    Surveillance capitalism has its roots in the early days of the internet, when companies like Google and Facebook exploited the “ungoverned spaces” of the digital realm. The dot-com bust, the success of Apple’s consumer-centric approach, and the surveillance-friendly environment created by the US National Security Agency (NSA) and CIA’s investments in the “war on terror” all contributed to the rise of surveillance capitalism.

    Consequences

    Loss of autonomy: Surveillance capitalism erodes individual autonomy as users are manipulated and influenced by algorithms designed to predict and shape their behavior.

    Threat to democracy: The concentration of power in the hands of surveillance capitalists undermines democratic processes, as they use their influence to shape public opinion and policy.

    Economic inequality: The wealth generated by surveillance capitalism exacerbates economic inequality, as those who own and control the data and algorithms reap the benefits while users are exploited as free commodities.

    Resistance and Reform

    To counter surveillance capitalism, it is essential to:

    Promote transparency and accountability: Demand greater openness about data collection and processing practices and mechanisms for users to exercise control over their data.

    Regulate surveillance capitalism: Establish robust regulations to limit the power of surveillance capitalists, protect user rights, and promote fair competition.

    Foster alternative economic models: Encourage the development of alternative economic systems that prioritize human well-being, autonomy, and democracy over profit and surveillance.


    Shoshana Zuboff

    “Surveillance Capitalism unilaterally claims our private human experience as a free source of raw material for its own production processes. It translates our experience into behavioral data. Those behavioral data are then combined with its advanced computation capabilities, what people today refer to as AI machine intelligence. Out of that black box come predictions about our behavior, what we will do now, soon and later. Turns out there are a lot of businesses that want to know what we will do in the future, and so these have constituted a new kind of marketplace, a marketplace that trades exclusively in behavioral futures, in our behavioral futures. That's where surveillance capitalists make their money. That's where the big pioneers of this economic logic, like Google and Facebook have become so wealthy by selling predictions of our behavior first to online targeted advertisers, and now of course, these business customers range across the entire economy, no longer confined to that original context of online targeted advertising.

    All of this is conducted in secret. All of this is conducted through the social relations of the One-Way mirror. Ergo surveillance, the vast amounts of capital that have been accumulated here are trained to create these systems in a way that keeps us ignorant. Specifically the data scientists write about their methods in a way that brags about the fact that these systems bypass our awareness so that they bypass our rights to say yes or no. I want to participate, or I don't want to participate. I want to contest, or I don't want to contest. I want to fight, or I don't want to fight. All of that is bypassed. We are robbed of the right to combat because we are engineered into ignorance. We saw these same methods being used by Cambridge Analytica with those revelations a year ago with only a tiny difference. All they did was take these same every day routine methods of surveillance, capitalism, pivot them just a couple of degrees toward political outcomes rather than commercial outcomes, showing that they could use our data to intervene and influence our behavior, our real world behavior, and our real world thinking and feeling in order to change political outcomes.”



    Publication scheduled for end of September 2024. Pre-purchase link here.


    Per Wikipedia

    Surveillance capitalism is a concept in political economics which denotes the widespread collection and commodification of personal data by corporations. This phenomenon is distinct from government surveillance, although the two can be mutually reinforcing. The concept of surveillance capitalism, as described by Shoshana Zuboff, is driven by a profit-making incentive, and arose as advertising companies, led by Google's AdWords, saw the possibilities of using personal data to target consumers more precisely.[1]

    Increased data collection may have various benefits for individuals and society, such as self-optimization (the quantified self),[2] societal optimizations (e.g., by smart cities) and optimized services (including various web applications). However, as capitalism focuses on expanding the proportion of social life that is open to data collection and data processing,[2] this can have significant implications for vulnerability and control of society, as well as for privacy.

    The economic pressures of capitalism are driving the intensification of online connection and monitoring, with spaces of social life opening up to saturation by corporate actors, directed at making profits and/or regulating behavior. Therefore, personal data points increased in value after the possibilities of targeted advertising were known.[3] As a result, the increasing price of data has limited access to the purchase of personal data points to the richest in society.[4]

    Shoshana Zuboff writes that "analyzing massive data sets began as a way to reduce uncertainty by discovering the probabilities of future patterns in the behavior of people and systems.[5] In 2014, Vincent Mosco referred to marketing information about customers and subscribers to advertisers as surveillance capitalism and made note of the surveillance state alongside it.[6] Christian Fuchs found that the surveillance state fuses with surveillance capitalism.[7]

    Similarly, Zuboff informs that the issue is further complicated by highly invisible collaborative arrangements with state security apparatuses. According to Trebor Scholz, companies recruit people as informants for this type of capitalism.[8] Zuboff contrasts the mass production of industrial capitalism with surveillance capitalism, where the former is interdependent with its populations, who are its consumers and employees, and the latter preys on dependent populations, who are neither its consumers nor its employees and largely ignorant of its procedures.[9]

    Their research shows that the capitalist addition to the analysis of massive amounts of data has taken its original purpose in an unexpected direction.[1] Surveillance has been changing power structures in the information economy, potentially shifting the balance of power further from nation-states and towards large corporations employing the surveillance capitalist logic.[10]

    Zuboff notes that surveillance capitalism extends beyond the conventional institutional terrain of the private firm, accumulating not only surveillance assets and capital but also rights, and operating without meaningful mechanisms of consent.[9] In other words, analyzing massive data sets was at some point executed not only by the state apparatuses but also by companies. Zuboff claims that both Google and Facebook have invented surveillance capitalism and translated it into "a new logic of accumulation".[1][11][12]

    This mutation resulted in both companies collecting many data points about their users, with the core purpose of making a profit. Selling these data points to external users (particularly advertisers) has become an economic mechanism. The combination of the analysis of massive data sets and the use of these data sets as a market mechanism has shaped the concept of surveillance capitalism. Surveillance capitalism has been heralded as the successor to neoliberalism.[13][14]

    Oliver Stone, creator of the film Snowden, pointed to the location-based game Pokémon Go as the "latest sign of the emerging phenomenon and demonstration of surveillance capitalism". Stone criticized that the location of its users was used not only for game purposes, but also to retrieve more information about its players. By tracking users' locations, the game collected far more information than just users' names and locations: "it can access the contents of your USB storage, your accounts, photographs, network connections, and phone activities, and can even activate your phone, when it is in standby mode". This data can then be analyzed and commodified by companies such as Google (which significantly invested in the game's development) to improve the effectiveness of the targeted advertisements.[15][16]

    Another aspect of surveillance capitalism is its influence on political campaigning. Personal data retrieved by data miners can enable various companies (most notoriously Cambridge Analytica) to improve the targeting of political advertising, a step beyond the commercial aims of previous surveillance capitalist operations. In this way, it is possible that political parties will be able to produce far more targeted political advertising to maximize its impact on voters. However, Cory Doctorow writes that the misuse of these data sets "will lead us towards totalitarianism".[17]This may resemble a corporatocracy, and Joseph Turow writes that "the centrality of corporate power is a direct reality at the very heart of the digital age".[2][18]: 17 

    The terminology "surveillance capitalism" was popularized by Harvard Professor Shoshana Zuboff.[19]: 107  In Zuboff's theory, surveillance capitalism is a novel market form and a specific logic of capitalist accumulation. In her 2014 essay A Digital Declaration: Big Data as Surveillance Capitalism, she characterized it as a "radically disembedded and extractive variant of information capitalism" based on commodifying "reality" and transforming it into behavioral data for analysis and sales.[20][21][22][23]

    In a subsequent article in 2015, Zuboff analyzed the societal implications of this mutation of capitalism. She distinguished between "surveillance assets", "surveillance capital", and "surveillance capitalism" and their dependence on a global architecture of computer mediation that she calls "Big Other", a distributed and largely uncontested new expression of power that constitutes hidden mechanisms of extraction, commodification, and control that threatens core values such as freedom, democracy, and privacy.[24][2]

    According to Zuboff, surveillance capitalism was pioneered by Google and later Facebook, just as mass-production and managerial capitalism were pioneered by Ford and General Motors a century earlier, and has now become the dominant form of information capitalism.[9] Zuboff emphasizes that behavioral changes enabled by artificial intelligence have become aligned with the financial goals of American internet companies such as Google, Facebook, and Amazon.[19]: 107 

    In her Oxford University lecture published in 2016, Zuboff identified the mechanisms and practices of surveillance capitalism, including producing "prediction products" for sale in new "behavioral futures markets." She introduced the concept of "dispossession by surveillance", arguing that it challenges the psychological and political bases of self-determination by concentrating rights in the surveillance regime. This is described as a "coup from above."[25]

    Zuboff's book The Age of Surveillance Capitalism[26] is a detailed examination of the unprecedented power of surveillance capitalism and the quest by powerful corporations to predict and control human behavior.[26] Zuboff identifies four key features in the logic of surveillance capitalism and explicitly follows the four key features identified by Google's chief economist, Hal Varian:[27]

    The drive toward more and more data extraction and analysis.

    The development of new contractual forms using computer-monitoring and automation.

    The desire to personalize and customize the services offered to users of digital platforms.

    The use of the technological infrastructure to carry out continual experiments on its users and consumers.

    Zuboff compares demanding privacy from surveillance capitalists or lobbying for an end to commercial surveillance on the Internet to asking Henry Ford to make each Model T by hand and states that such demands are existential threats that violate the basic mechanisms of the entity's survival.[9]

    Zuboff warns that principles of self-determination might be forfeited due to "ignorance, learned helplessness, inattention, inconvenience, habituation, or drift" and states that "we tend to rely on mental models, vocabularies, and tools distilled from past catastrophes," referring to the twentieth century's totalitarian nightmares or the monopolistic predations of Gilded Age capitalism, with countermeasures that have been developed to fight those earlier threats not being sufficient or even appropriate to meet the novel challenges.[9]

    She also poses the question: "will we be the masters of information, or will we be its slaves?" and states that "if the digital future is to be our home, then it is we who must make it so".[28]

    Zuboff discusses the differences between industrial capitalism and surveillance capitalism in her book. Zuboff writes that as industrial capitalism exploits nature, surveillance capitalism exploits human nature.[29]

    Zuboff, Shoshana (January 2019). "Surveillance Capitalism and the Challenge of Collective Action". New Labor Forum. 28 (1): 10–29. doi:10.1177/1095796018819461. ISSN 1095-7960. S2CID 159380755.

    ^ Jump up to:a b c d Couldry, Nick (23 September 2016). "The price of connection: 'surveillance capitalism'". The Conversation. Archived from the original on 20 May 2020. Retrieved 9 February 2017.

    ^ John Wiley & Sons, Inc. (1 June 2018), Data analytics and big data: chapter 5: Data analytics process:there's great work behind the scenes, pp. 77–99, doi:10.1002/9781119528043.ch5, ISBN 978-1-119-52804-3, S2CID 243896249

    ^ Jump up to:a b Cadwalladr, Carole (20 June 2019). "The Great Hack". The Guardian. Archived from the original on 4 February 2020. Retrieved 6 February 2020.

    ^ Zuboff, Shoshana; Möllers, Norma; Murakami Wood, David; Lyon, David (31 March 2019). "Surveillance Capitalism: An Interview with Shoshana Zuboff". Surveillance & Society. 17 (1/2): 257–266. doi:10.24908/ss.v17i1/2.13238. ISSN 1477-7487.

    ^ Mosco, Vincent (17 November 2015). To the Cloud: Big Data in a Turbulent World. Routledge. ISBN 9781317250388. Archived from the original on 19 October 2021. Retrieved 9 February 2017.

    ^ Fuchs, Christian (20 February 2017). Social Media: A Critical Introduction. SAGE. ISBN 9781473987494. Archived from the original on 19 October 2021. Retrieved 9 February 2017.

    ^ Scholz, Trebor (27 December 2016). Uberworked and Underpaid: How Workers Are Disrupting the Digital Economy. John Wiley & Sons. ISBN 9781509508181. Archived from the original on 19 October 2021. Retrieved 9 February 2017.

    ^ Jump up to:a b c d e Zuboff, Shoshana (5 March 2016). "Google as a Fortune Teller: The Secrets of Surveillance Capitalism". Faz.net. Frankfurter Allgemeine Zeitung. Archived from the original on 11 February 2017. Retrieved 9 February 2017.

    ^ Galič, Maša; Timan, Tjerk; Koops, Bert-Jaap (13 May 2016). "Bentham, Deleuze and Beyond: An Overview of Surveillance Theories from the Panopticon to Participation". Philosophy & Technology. 30: 9–37. doi:10.1007/s13347-016-0219-1.

    ^ Zuboff, Shoshana. "Shoshana Zuboff: A Digital Declaration". FAZ.NET (in German). ISSN 0174-4909. Archived from the original on 22 June 2020. Retrieved 18 May 2020.

    ^ "Shoshana Zuboff On surveillance capitalism". Contagious. Archived from the original on 6 February 2020. Retrieved 18 May 2020.

    ^ Zuboff, Shoshana (2019). The Age of Surveillance Capitalism: The Fight for a Human Future at the New Frontier of Power. p. 504-505, 519.

    ^ Sandberg, Roy (May 2020). "Surveillance capitalism in the context of futurology : an inquiry to the implications of surveillance capitalism on the future of humanity". Helsinki University Library. pp. 33, 39, 87. Archived (PDF) from the original on 1 July 2020. Retrieved 29 December 2023.

    ^ "Comic-Con 2016: Marvel turns focus away from the Avengers, 'Game of Thrones' cosplay proposals, and more". Los Angeles Times. 24 July 2016. Archived from the original on 11 February 2017. Retrieved 9 February 2017.

    ^ "Oliver Stone Calls Pokémon Go "Totalitarian"". Fortune. 23 July 2016. Archived from the original on 14 February 2020. Retrieved 9 February 2017.

    ^ Doctorow, Cory (5 May 2017). "Unchecked Surveillance Technology Is Leading Us Towards Totalitarianism | Opinion". International Business Times. Archived from the original on 1 July 2020. Retrieved 19 May 2020.

    ^ Turow, Joseph (10 January 2012). The Daily You: How the New Advertising Industry Is Defining Your Identity and Your Worth. Yale University Press. p. 256. ISBN 978-0300165012. Archived from the original on 19 October 2021. Retrieved 9 February 2017.

    ^ Jump up to:a b Roach, Stephen (2022). Accidental Conflict: America, China, and the Clash of False Narratives. Yale University Press. doi:10.2307/j.ctv2z0vv2v. ISBN 978-0-300-26901-7. JSTOR j.ctv2z0vv2v. S2CID 252800309.

    ^ Zuboff, Shoshana (15 September 2014). "A Digital Declaration: Big Data as Surveillance Capitalism". FAZ.NET (in German). ISSN 0174-4909. Archived from the original on 22 June 2020. Retrieved 28 August 2018.

    ^ Powles, Julia (2 May 2016). "Google and Microsoft have made a pact to protect surveillance capitalism". The Guardian. Archived from the original on 30 May 2020. Retrieved 9 February 2017.

    Sterling, Bruce (March 2016). "Shoshanna Zuboff condemning Google "surveillance capitalism"". WIRED. Archived from the original on 14 January 2019. Retrieved 9 February 2017.

    ^ "The Unlikely Activists Who Took On Silicon Valley — and Won". New York Times. 14 August 2018. Archived from the original on 7 June 2020. Retrieved 28 August 2018.

    ^ Zuboff, Shoshana (4 April 2015). "Big other: surveillance capitalism and the prospects of an information civilization". Journal of Information Technology. 30 (1): 75–89. doi:10.1057/jit.2015.5. ISSN 0268-3962. S2CID 15329793. SSRN 2594754.

    ^ Zuboff, Shoshana (5 March 2016). "Google as a Fortune Teller: The Secrets of Surveillance Capitalism". FAZ.NET (in German). ISSN 0174-4909. Retrieved 28 August 2018.

    ^ Jump up to:a b Zuboff, Shoshana (2019). The Age of Surveillance Capitalism: The Fight for a Human Future at the New Frontier of Power. New York: PublicAffairs. ISBN 9781610395694. OCLC 1049577294.

    ^ Varian, Hal (May 2010). "Computer Mediated Transactions". American Economic Review: Papers and Proceedings. 100 (2): 1–10. CiteSeerX 10.1.1.216.691. doi:10.1257/aer.100.2.1.


    For further information about the theory, practice, and implications of Surveillance Capitalism, I recommend reading the following book:



    https://www.malone.news/p/surveillance-capitalism-and-psywar
    Surveillance Capitalism and PsyWar Explanation of the central business model of Google, Facebook, and most social media Robert W Malone MD, MS Surveillance capitalism is a novel economic system that has emerged in the digital era. It is characterized by the unilateral claim of private human experience as free raw material for translation into behavioral data. In this version of capitalism, predicting and influencing behavior (political and economic) rather than producing goods and services is the primary product. This economic logic prioritizes extracting, processing, and trading personal data to predict and influence human behavior by exploiting those predictions for various economic (marketing) and political objectives. In many cases, surveillance capitalism merges with PsyWar tools and technologies to power the modern surveillance state, giving rise to a new form of Fascism (public-private partnerships) known as techno-totalitarianism. Leading corporations employing the surveillance capitalism business model include Google, Amazon and Facebook. Surveillance capitalism has now fused with the science and theory of psychology, marketing, and algorithmic manipulation of online information to give rise to propaganda and censorship capabilities that go far beyond those imagined by the twentieth-century predictions of Aldous Huxley and George Orwell. Key Features of Surveillance Capitalism One-way mirror operations: Surveillance capitalists engineer operations to operate in secrecy, hiding their methods and intentions from users, who are unaware of the extent of data collection and analysis. Instrumentation power: Surveillance capitalists wield power by designing systems that cultivate “radical indifference,” rendering users oblivious to their observations and manipulations. Behavioral futures markets: The extracted data is traded in new markets, enabling companies to bet on users’ future behavior, generating immense wealth for surveillance capitalists. Collaboration with the state: Surveillance capitalism often involves partnerships with governments, leveraging favorable laws, policing, and information sharing to further entrench its power. Historical Development Surveillance capitalism has its roots in the early days of the internet, when companies like Google and Facebook exploited the “ungoverned spaces” of the digital realm. The dot-com bust, the success of Apple’s consumer-centric approach, and the surveillance-friendly environment created by the US National Security Agency (NSA) and CIA’s investments in the “war on terror” all contributed to the rise of surveillance capitalism. Consequences Loss of autonomy: Surveillance capitalism erodes individual autonomy as users are manipulated and influenced by algorithms designed to predict and shape their behavior. Threat to democracy: The concentration of power in the hands of surveillance capitalists undermines democratic processes, as they use their influence to shape public opinion and policy. Economic inequality: The wealth generated by surveillance capitalism exacerbates economic inequality, as those who own and control the data and algorithms reap the benefits while users are exploited as free commodities. Resistance and Reform To counter surveillance capitalism, it is essential to: Promote transparency and accountability: Demand greater openness about data collection and processing practices and mechanisms for users to exercise control over their data. Regulate surveillance capitalism: Establish robust regulations to limit the power of surveillance capitalists, protect user rights, and promote fair competition. Foster alternative economic models: Encourage the development of alternative economic systems that prioritize human well-being, autonomy, and democracy over profit and surveillance. Shoshana Zuboff “Surveillance Capitalism unilaterally claims our private human experience as a free source of raw material for its own production processes. It translates our experience into behavioral data. Those behavioral data are then combined with its advanced computation capabilities, what people today refer to as AI machine intelligence. Out of that black box come predictions about our behavior, what we will do now, soon and later. Turns out there are a lot of businesses that want to know what we will do in the future, and so these have constituted a new kind of marketplace, a marketplace that trades exclusively in behavioral futures, in our behavioral futures. That's where surveillance capitalists make their money. That's where the big pioneers of this economic logic, like Google and Facebook have become so wealthy by selling predictions of our behavior first to online targeted advertisers, and now of course, these business customers range across the entire economy, no longer confined to that original context of online targeted advertising. All of this is conducted in secret. All of this is conducted through the social relations of the One-Way mirror. Ergo surveillance, the vast amounts of capital that have been accumulated here are trained to create these systems in a way that keeps us ignorant. Specifically the data scientists write about their methods in a way that brags about the fact that these systems bypass our awareness so that they bypass our rights to say yes or no. I want to participate, or I don't want to participate. I want to contest, or I don't want to contest. I want to fight, or I don't want to fight. All of that is bypassed. We are robbed of the right to combat because we are engineered into ignorance. We saw these same methods being used by Cambridge Analytica with those revelations a year ago with only a tiny difference. All they did was take these same every day routine methods of surveillance, capitalism, pivot them just a couple of degrees toward political outcomes rather than commercial outcomes, showing that they could use our data to intervene and influence our behavior, our real world behavior, and our real world thinking and feeling in order to change political outcomes.” Publication scheduled for end of September 2024. Pre-purchase link here. Per Wikipedia Surveillance capitalism is a concept in political economics which denotes the widespread collection and commodification of personal data by corporations. This phenomenon is distinct from government surveillance, although the two can be mutually reinforcing. The concept of surveillance capitalism, as described by Shoshana Zuboff, is driven by a profit-making incentive, and arose as advertising companies, led by Google's AdWords, saw the possibilities of using personal data to target consumers more precisely.[1] Increased data collection may have various benefits for individuals and society, such as self-optimization (the quantified self),[2] societal optimizations (e.g., by smart cities) and optimized services (including various web applications). However, as capitalism focuses on expanding the proportion of social life that is open to data collection and data processing,[2] this can have significant implications for vulnerability and control of society, as well as for privacy. The economic pressures of capitalism are driving the intensification of online connection and monitoring, with spaces of social life opening up to saturation by corporate actors, directed at making profits and/or regulating behavior. Therefore, personal data points increased in value after the possibilities of targeted advertising were known.[3] As a result, the increasing price of data has limited access to the purchase of personal data points to the richest in society.[4] Shoshana Zuboff writes that "analyzing massive data sets began as a way to reduce uncertainty by discovering the probabilities of future patterns in the behavior of people and systems.[5] In 2014, Vincent Mosco referred to marketing information about customers and subscribers to advertisers as surveillance capitalism and made note of the surveillance state alongside it.[6] Christian Fuchs found that the surveillance state fuses with surveillance capitalism.[7] Similarly, Zuboff informs that the issue is further complicated by highly invisible collaborative arrangements with state security apparatuses. According to Trebor Scholz, companies recruit people as informants for this type of capitalism.[8] Zuboff contrasts the mass production of industrial capitalism with surveillance capitalism, where the former is interdependent with its populations, who are its consumers and employees, and the latter preys on dependent populations, who are neither its consumers nor its employees and largely ignorant of its procedures.[9] Their research shows that the capitalist addition to the analysis of massive amounts of data has taken its original purpose in an unexpected direction.[1] Surveillance has been changing power structures in the information economy, potentially shifting the balance of power further from nation-states and towards large corporations employing the surveillance capitalist logic.[10] Zuboff notes that surveillance capitalism extends beyond the conventional institutional terrain of the private firm, accumulating not only surveillance assets and capital but also rights, and operating without meaningful mechanisms of consent.[9] In other words, analyzing massive data sets was at some point executed not only by the state apparatuses but also by companies. Zuboff claims that both Google and Facebook have invented surveillance capitalism and translated it into "a new logic of accumulation".[1][11][12] This mutation resulted in both companies collecting many data points about their users, with the core purpose of making a profit. Selling these data points to external users (particularly advertisers) has become an economic mechanism. The combination of the analysis of massive data sets and the use of these data sets as a market mechanism has shaped the concept of surveillance capitalism. Surveillance capitalism has been heralded as the successor to neoliberalism.[13][14] Oliver Stone, creator of the film Snowden, pointed to the location-based game Pokémon Go as the "latest sign of the emerging phenomenon and demonstration of surveillance capitalism". Stone criticized that the location of its users was used not only for game purposes, but also to retrieve more information about its players. By tracking users' locations, the game collected far more information than just users' names and locations: "it can access the contents of your USB storage, your accounts, photographs, network connections, and phone activities, and can even activate your phone, when it is in standby mode". This data can then be analyzed and commodified by companies such as Google (which significantly invested in the game's development) to improve the effectiveness of the targeted advertisements.[15][16] Another aspect of surveillance capitalism is its influence on political campaigning. Personal data retrieved by data miners can enable various companies (most notoriously Cambridge Analytica) to improve the targeting of political advertising, a step beyond the commercial aims of previous surveillance capitalist operations. In this way, it is possible that political parties will be able to produce far more targeted political advertising to maximize its impact on voters. However, Cory Doctorow writes that the misuse of these data sets "will lead us towards totalitarianism".[17]This may resemble a corporatocracy, and Joseph Turow writes that "the centrality of corporate power is a direct reality at the very heart of the digital age".[2][18]: 17  The terminology "surveillance capitalism" was popularized by Harvard Professor Shoshana Zuboff.[19]: 107  In Zuboff's theory, surveillance capitalism is a novel market form and a specific logic of capitalist accumulation. In her 2014 essay A Digital Declaration: Big Data as Surveillance Capitalism, she characterized it as a "radically disembedded and extractive variant of information capitalism" based on commodifying "reality" and transforming it into behavioral data for analysis and sales.[20][21][22][23] In a subsequent article in 2015, Zuboff analyzed the societal implications of this mutation of capitalism. She distinguished between "surveillance assets", "surveillance capital", and "surveillance capitalism" and their dependence on a global architecture of computer mediation that she calls "Big Other", a distributed and largely uncontested new expression of power that constitutes hidden mechanisms of extraction, commodification, and control that threatens core values such as freedom, democracy, and privacy.[24][2] According to Zuboff, surveillance capitalism was pioneered by Google and later Facebook, just as mass-production and managerial capitalism were pioneered by Ford and General Motors a century earlier, and has now become the dominant form of information capitalism.[9] Zuboff emphasizes that behavioral changes enabled by artificial intelligence have become aligned with the financial goals of American internet companies such as Google, Facebook, and Amazon.[19]: 107  In her Oxford University lecture published in 2016, Zuboff identified the mechanisms and practices of surveillance capitalism, including producing "prediction products" for sale in new "behavioral futures markets." She introduced the concept of "dispossession by surveillance", arguing that it challenges the psychological and political bases of self-determination by concentrating rights in the surveillance regime. This is described as a "coup from above."[25] Zuboff's book The Age of Surveillance Capitalism[26] is a detailed examination of the unprecedented power of surveillance capitalism and the quest by powerful corporations to predict and control human behavior.[26] Zuboff identifies four key features in the logic of surveillance capitalism and explicitly follows the four key features identified by Google's chief economist, Hal Varian:[27] The drive toward more and more data extraction and analysis. The development of new contractual forms using computer-monitoring and automation. The desire to personalize and customize the services offered to users of digital platforms. The use of the technological infrastructure to carry out continual experiments on its users and consumers. Zuboff compares demanding privacy from surveillance capitalists or lobbying for an end to commercial surveillance on the Internet to asking Henry Ford to make each Model T by hand and states that such demands are existential threats that violate the basic mechanisms of the entity's survival.[9] Zuboff warns that principles of self-determination might be forfeited due to "ignorance, learned helplessness, inattention, inconvenience, habituation, or drift" and states that "we tend to rely on mental models, vocabularies, and tools distilled from past catastrophes," referring to the twentieth century's totalitarian nightmares or the monopolistic predations of Gilded Age capitalism, with countermeasures that have been developed to fight those earlier threats not being sufficient or even appropriate to meet the novel challenges.[9] She also poses the question: "will we be the masters of information, or will we be its slaves?" and states that "if the digital future is to be our home, then it is we who must make it so".[28] Zuboff discusses the differences between industrial capitalism and surveillance capitalism in her book. Zuboff writes that as industrial capitalism exploits nature, surveillance capitalism exploits human nature.[29] Zuboff, Shoshana (January 2019). "Surveillance Capitalism and the Challenge of Collective Action". New Labor Forum. 28 (1): 10–29. doi:10.1177/1095796018819461. ISSN 1095-7960. S2CID 159380755. ^ Jump up to:a b c d Couldry, Nick (23 September 2016). "The price of connection: 'surveillance capitalism'". The Conversation. Archived from the original on 20 May 2020. Retrieved 9 February 2017. ^ John Wiley & Sons, Inc. (1 June 2018), Data analytics and big data: chapter 5: Data analytics process:there's great work behind the scenes, pp. 77–99, doi:10.1002/9781119528043.ch5, ISBN 978-1-119-52804-3, S2CID 243896249 ^ Jump up to:a b Cadwalladr, Carole (20 June 2019). "The Great Hack". The Guardian. Archived from the original on 4 February 2020. Retrieved 6 February 2020. ^ Zuboff, Shoshana; Möllers, Norma; Murakami Wood, David; Lyon, David (31 March 2019). "Surveillance Capitalism: An Interview with Shoshana Zuboff". Surveillance & Society. 17 (1/2): 257–266. doi:10.24908/ss.v17i1/2.13238. ISSN 1477-7487. ^ Mosco, Vincent (17 November 2015). To the Cloud: Big Data in a Turbulent World. Routledge. ISBN 9781317250388. Archived from the original on 19 October 2021. Retrieved 9 February 2017. ^ Fuchs, Christian (20 February 2017). Social Media: A Critical Introduction. SAGE. ISBN 9781473987494. Archived from the original on 19 October 2021. Retrieved 9 February 2017. ^ Scholz, Trebor (27 December 2016). Uberworked and Underpaid: How Workers Are Disrupting the Digital Economy. John Wiley & Sons. ISBN 9781509508181. Archived from the original on 19 October 2021. Retrieved 9 February 2017. ^ Jump up to:a b c d e Zuboff, Shoshana (5 March 2016). "Google as a Fortune Teller: The Secrets of Surveillance Capitalism". Faz.net. Frankfurter Allgemeine Zeitung. Archived from the original on 11 February 2017. Retrieved 9 February 2017. ^ Galič, Maša; Timan, Tjerk; Koops, Bert-Jaap (13 May 2016). "Bentham, Deleuze and Beyond: An Overview of Surveillance Theories from the Panopticon to Participation". Philosophy & Technology. 30: 9–37. doi:10.1007/s13347-016-0219-1. ^ Zuboff, Shoshana. "Shoshana Zuboff: A Digital Declaration". FAZ.NET (in German). ISSN 0174-4909. Archived from the original on 22 June 2020. Retrieved 18 May 2020. ^ "Shoshana Zuboff On surveillance capitalism". Contagious. Archived from the original on 6 February 2020. Retrieved 18 May 2020. ^ Zuboff, Shoshana (2019). The Age of Surveillance Capitalism: The Fight for a Human Future at the New Frontier of Power. p. 504-505, 519. ^ Sandberg, Roy (May 2020). "Surveillance capitalism in the context of futurology : an inquiry to the implications of surveillance capitalism on the future of humanity". Helsinki University Library. pp. 33, 39, 87. Archived (PDF) from the original on 1 July 2020. Retrieved 29 December 2023. ^ "Comic-Con 2016: Marvel turns focus away from the Avengers, 'Game of Thrones' cosplay proposals, and more". Los Angeles Times. 24 July 2016. Archived from the original on 11 February 2017. Retrieved 9 February 2017. ^ "Oliver Stone Calls Pokémon Go "Totalitarian"". Fortune. 23 July 2016. Archived from the original on 14 February 2020. Retrieved 9 February 2017. ^ Doctorow, Cory (5 May 2017). "Unchecked Surveillance Technology Is Leading Us Towards Totalitarianism | Opinion". International Business Times. Archived from the original on 1 July 2020. Retrieved 19 May 2020. ^ Turow, Joseph (10 January 2012). The Daily You: How the New Advertising Industry Is Defining Your Identity and Your Worth. Yale University Press. p. 256. ISBN 978-0300165012. Archived from the original on 19 October 2021. Retrieved 9 February 2017. ^ Jump up to:a b Roach, Stephen (2022). Accidental Conflict: America, China, and the Clash of False Narratives. Yale University Press. doi:10.2307/j.ctv2z0vv2v. ISBN 978-0-300-26901-7. JSTOR j.ctv2z0vv2v. S2CID 252800309. ^ Zuboff, Shoshana (15 September 2014). "A Digital Declaration: Big Data as Surveillance Capitalism". FAZ.NET (in German). ISSN 0174-4909. Archived from the original on 22 June 2020. Retrieved 28 August 2018. ^ Powles, Julia (2 May 2016). "Google and Microsoft have made a pact to protect surveillance capitalism". The Guardian. Archived from the original on 30 May 2020. Retrieved 9 February 2017. Sterling, Bruce (March 2016). "Shoshanna Zuboff condemning Google "surveillance capitalism"". WIRED. Archived from the original on 14 January 2019. Retrieved 9 February 2017. ^ "The Unlikely Activists Who Took On Silicon Valley — and Won". New York Times. 14 August 2018. Archived from the original on 7 June 2020. Retrieved 28 August 2018. ^ Zuboff, Shoshana (4 April 2015). "Big other: surveillance capitalism and the prospects of an information civilization". Journal of Information Technology. 30 (1): 75–89. doi:10.1057/jit.2015.5. ISSN 0268-3962. S2CID 15329793. SSRN 2594754. ^ Zuboff, Shoshana (5 March 2016). "Google as a Fortune Teller: The Secrets of Surveillance Capitalism". FAZ.NET (in German). ISSN 0174-4909. Retrieved 28 August 2018. ^ Jump up to:a b Zuboff, Shoshana (2019). The Age of Surveillance Capitalism: The Fight for a Human Future at the New Frontier of Power. New York: PublicAffairs. ISBN 9781610395694. OCLC 1049577294. ^ Varian, Hal (May 2010). "Computer Mediated Transactions". American Economic Review: Papers and Proceedings. 100 (2): 1–10. CiteSeerX 10.1.1.216.691. doi:10.1257/aer.100.2.1. For further information about the theory, practice, and implications of Surveillance Capitalism, I recommend reading the following book: https://www.malone.news/p/surveillance-capitalism-and-psywar
    WWW.MALONE.NEWS
    Surveillance Capitalism and PsyWar
    Explanation of the central business model of Google, Facebook, and most social media
    Like
    1
    0 Commenti 1 condivisioni 21034 Views
  • How Big Tech Spawned Surveillance Capitalism
    Robert Malone
    Surveillance capitalism is a novel economic system that has emerged in the digital era. It is characterized by the unilateral claim of private human experience as free raw material for translation into behavioral data. In this version of capitalism, predicting and influencing behavior (political and economic) rather than producing goods and services is the primary product. This economic logic prioritizes extracting, processing, and trading personal data to predict and influence human behavior by exploiting those predictions for various economic (marketing) and political objectives.

    In many cases, surveillance capitalism merges with PsyWar tools and technologies to power the modern surveillance state, giving rise to a new form of Fascism (public-private partnerships) known as techno-totalitarianism. Leading corporations employing the surveillance capitalism business model include Google, Amazon, and Facebook. Surveillance capitalism has now fused with the science and theory of psychology, marketing, and algorithmic manipulation of online information to give rise to propaganda and censorship capabilities that go far beyond those imagined by the 20th-century predictions of Aldous Huxley and George Orwell.

    Key Features of Surveillance Capitalism

    One-way mirror operations: Surveillance capitalists engineer operations to operate in secrecy, hiding their methods and intentions from users, who are unaware of the extent of data collection and analysis.
    Instrumentation power: Surveillance capitalists wield power by designing systems that cultivate “radical indifference,” rendering users oblivious to their observations and manipulations.
    Behavioral futures markets: The extracted data is traded in new markets, enabling companies to bet on users’ future behavior, generating immense wealth for surveillance capitalists.
    Collaboration with the state: Surveillance capitalism often involves partnerships with governments, leveraging favorable laws, policing, and information sharing to further entrench its power.
    Historical Development

    Surveillance capitalism has its roots in the early days of the internet, when companies like Google and Facebook exploited the “ungoverned spaces” of the digital realm. The dot-com bust, the success of Apple’s consumer-centric approach, and the surveillance-friendly environment created by the US National Security Agency (NSA) and CIA’s investments in the “war on terror” all contributed to the rise of surveillance capitalism.

    Consequences

    Loss of autonomy: Surveillance capitalism erodes individual autonomy as users are manipulated and influenced by algorithms designed to predict and shape their behavior.
    Threat to democracy: The concentration of power in the hands of surveillance capitalists undermines democratic processes, as they use their influence to shape public opinion and policy.
    Economic inequality: The wealth generated by surveillance capitalism exacerbates economic inequality, as those who own and control the data and algorithms reap the benefits while users are exploited as free commodities.
    Resistance and Reform

    To counter surveillance capitalism, it is essential to:

    Promote transparency and accountability: Demand greater openness about data collection and processing practices and mechanisms for users to exercise control over their data.
    Regulate surveillance capitalism: Establish robust regulations to limit the power of surveillance capitalists, protect user rights, and promote fair competition.
    Foster alternative economic models: Encourage the development of alternative economic systems that prioritize human well-being, autonomy, and democracy over profit and surveillance.
    Surveillance Capitalism unilaterally claims our private human experience as a free source of raw material for its own production processes. It translates our experience into behavioral data. Those behavioral data are then combined with its advanced computation capabilities, what people today refer to as AI machine intelligence. Out of that black box come predictions about our behavior, what we will do now, soon, and later. Turns out there are a lot of businesses that want to know what we will do in the future, and so these have constituted a new kind of marketplace, a marketplace that trades exclusively in behavioral futures, in our behavioral futures. That’s where surveillance capitalists make their money. That’s where the big pioneers of this economic logic, like Google and Facebook have become so wealthy by selling predictions of our behavior first to online targeted advertisers, and now of course, these business customers range across the entire economy, no longer confined to that original context of online targeted advertising.

    All of this is conducted in secret. All of this is conducted through the social relations of the One-Way mirror. Ergo surveillance, the vast amounts of capital that have been accumulated here are trained to create these systems in a way that keeps us ignorant. Specifically the data scientists write about their methods in a way that brags about the fact that these systems bypass our awareness so that they bypass our rights to say yes or no. I want to participate, or I don’t want to participate. I want to contest, or I don’t want to contest. I want to fight, or I don’t want to fight. All of that is bypassed. We are robbed of the right to combat because we are engineered into ignorance. We saw these same methods being used by Cambridge Analytica with those revelations a year ago with only a tiny difference. All they did was take these same every day routine methods of surveillance capitalism, pivot them just a couple of degrees toward political outcomes rather than commercial outcomes, showing that they could use our data to intervene and influence our behavior, our real world behavior, and our real world thinking and feeling in order to change political outcomes.

    Shoshana Zuboff

    Per Wikipedia

    Surveillance capitalism is a concept in political economics which denotes the widespread collection and commodification of personal data by corporations. This phenomenon is distinct from government surveillance, although the two can be mutually reinforcing. The concept of surveillance capitalism, as described by Shoshana Zuboff, is driven by a profit-making incentive, and arose as advertising companies, led by Google’s AdWords, saw the possibilities of using personal data to target consumers more precisely.[1]

    Increased data collection may have various benefits for individuals and society, such as self-optimization (the quantified self),[2] societal optimizations (e.g., by smart cities), and optimized services (including various web applications). However, as capitalism focuses on expanding the proportion of social life that is open to data collection and data processing,[2] this can have significant implications for vulnerability and control of society, as well as for privacy.

    The economic pressures of capitalism are driving the intensification of online connection and monitoring, with spaces of social life opening up to saturation by corporate actors, directed at making profits and/or regulating behavior. Therefore, personal data points increased in value after the possibilities of targeted advertising were known.[3] As a result, the increasing price of data has limited access to the purchase of personal data points to the richest in society.[4]

    Shoshana Zuboff writes that “analyzing massive data sets began as a way to reduce uncertainty by discovering the probabilities of future patterns in the behavior of people and systems.[5] In 2014, Vincent Mosco referred to marketing information about customers and subscribers to advertisers as surveillance capitalism and made note of the surveillance state alongside it.[6] Christian Fuchs found that the surveillance state fuses with surveillance capitalism.[7]

    Similarly, Zuboff informs that the issue is further complicated by highly invisible collaborative arrangements with state security apparatuses. According to Trebor Scholz, companies recruit people as informants for this type of capitalism.[8] Zuboff contrasts the mass production of industrial capitalism with surveillance capitalism, where the former is interdependent with its populations, who are its consumers and employees, and the latter preys on dependent populations, who are neither its consumers nor its employees and largely ignorant of its procedures.[9]

    Their research shows that the capitalist addition to the analysis of massive amounts of data has taken its original purpose in an unexpected direction.[1] Surveillance has been changing power structures in the information economy, potentially shifting the balance of power further from nation-states and towards large corporations employing the surveillance capitalist logic.[10]

    Zuboff notes that surveillance capitalism extends beyond the conventional institutional terrain of the private firm, accumulating not only surveillance assets and capital but also rights, and operating without meaningful mechanisms of consent.[9] In other words, analyzing massive data sets was at some point executed not only by the state apparatuses but also by companies. Zuboff claims that both Google and Facebook have invented surveillance capitalism and translated it into “a new logic of accumulation.”[1][11][12]

    This mutation resulted in both companies collecting many data points about their users, with the core purpose of making a profit. Selling these data points to external users (particularly advertisers) has become an economic mechanism. The combination of the analysis of massive data sets and the use of these data sets as a market mechanism has shaped the concept of surveillance capitalism. Surveillance capitalism has been heralded as the successor to neoliberalism.[13][14]

    Oliver Stone, creator of the film Snowden, pointed to the location-based game Pokémon Go as the “latest sign of the emerging phenomenon and demonstration of surveillance capitalism.” Stone criticized that the location of its users was used not only for game purposes but also to retrieve more information about its players. By tracking users’ locations, the game collected far more information than just users’ names and locations: “It can access the contents of your USB storage, your accounts, photographs, network connections, and phone activities, and can even activate your phone, when it is in standby mode.” This data can then be analyzed and commodified by companies such as Google (which significantly invested in the game’s development) to improve the effectiveness of the targeted advertisements.[15][16]

    Another aspect of surveillance capitalism is its influence on political campaigning. Personal data retrieved by data miners can enable various companies (most notoriously Cambridge Analytica) to improve the targeting of political advertising, a step beyond the commercial aims of previous surveillance capitalist operations. In this way, it is possible that political parties will be able to produce far more targeted political advertising to maximize its impact on voters. However, Cory Doctorow writes that the misuse of these data sets “will lead us towards totalitarianism.”[17] This may resemble a corporatocracy, and Joseph Turow writes that “the centrality of corporate power is a direct reality at the very heart of the digital age.”[2][18]: 17 

    The terminology “surveillance capitalism” was popularized by Harvard Professor Shoshana Zuboff.[19]: 107  In Zuboff’s theory, surveillance capitalism is a novel market form and a specific logic of capitalist accumulation. In her 2014 essay A Digital Declaration: Big Data as Surveillance Capitalism, she characterized it as a “radically disembedded and extractive variant of information capitalism” based on commodifying “reality” and transforming it into behavioral data for analysis and sales.[20][21][22][23]

    In a subsequent article in 2015, Zuboff analyzed the societal implications of this mutation of capitalism. She distinguished between “surveillance assets,” “surveillance capital,” and “surveillance capitalism” and their dependence on a global architecture of computer mediation that she calls “Big Other,” a distributed and largely uncontested new expression of power that constitutes hidden mechanisms of extraction, commodification, and control that threatens core values such as freedom, democracy, and privacy.[24][2]

    According to Zuboff, surveillance capitalism was pioneered by Google and later Facebook, just as mass-production and managerial capitalism were pioneered by Ford and General Motors a century earlier, and has now become the dominant form of information capitalism.[9] Zuboff emphasizes that behavioral changes enabled by artificial intelligence have become aligned with the financial goals of American internet companies such as Google, Facebook, and Amazon.[19]: 107 

    In her Oxford University lecture published in 2016, Zuboff identified the mechanisms and practices of surveillance capitalism, including producing “prediction products” for sale in new “behavioral futures markets.” She introduced the concept of “dispossession by surveillance,” arguing that it challenges the psychological and political bases of self-determination by concentrating rights in the surveillance regime. This is described as a “coup from above.”[25]

    Zuboff’s book The Age of Surveillance Capitalism[26] is a detailed examination of the unprecedented power of surveillance capitalism and the quest by powerful corporations to predict and control human behavior.[26] Zuboff identifies four key features in the logic of surveillance capitalism and explicitly follows the four key features identified by Google’s chief economist, Hal Varian:[27]

    The drive toward more and more data extraction and analysis.
    The development of new contractual forms using computer-monitoring and automation.
    The desire to personalize and customize the services offered to users of digital platforms.
    The use of the technological infrastructure to carry out continual experiments on its users and consumers.
    Zuboff compares demanding privacy from surveillance capitalists or lobbying for an end to commercial surveillance on the Internet to asking Henry Ford to make each Model T by hand and states that such demands are existential threats that violate the basic mechanisms of the entity’s survival.[9]

    Zuboff warns that principles of self-determination might be forfeited due to “ignorance, learned helplessness, inattention, inconvenience, habituation, or drift” and states that “we tend to rely on mental models, vocabularies, and tools distilled from past catastrophes,” referring to the 20th century’s totalitarian nightmares or the monopolistic predations of Gilded Age capitalism, with countermeasures that have been developed to fight those earlier threats not being sufficient or even appropriate to meet the novel challenges.[9]

    She also poses the question: “Will we be the masters of information, or will we be its slaves?” and states that “if the digital future is to be our home, then it is we who must make it so.”[28]

    Zuboff discusses the differences between industrial capitalism and surveillance capitalism in her book. Zuboff writes that as industrial capitalism exploits nature, surveillance capitalism exploits human nature.[29]

    References

    Zuboff, Shoshana (January 2019). “Surveillance Capitalism and the Challenge of Collective Action.” New Labor Forum. 28 (1): 10–29. doi:10.1177/1095796018819461. ISSN 1095-7960. S2CID 159380755.
    ^ Jump up to:a b c d Couldry, Nick (23 September 2016). “The price of connection: ‘surveillance capitalism.'” The Conversation. Archived from the original on 20 May 2020. Retrieved 9 February 2017.
    ^ John Wiley & Sons, Inc. (1 June 2018), Data analytics and big data: chapter 5: Data analytics process:there’s great work behind the scenes, pp. 77–99, doi:10.1002/9781119528043.ch5, ISBN 978-1-119-52804-3, S2CID 243896249
    ^ Jump up to:a b Cadwalladr, Carole (20 June 2019). “The Great Hack.” The Guardian. Archived from the original on 4 February 2020. Retrieved 6 February 2020.
    ^ Zuboff, Shoshana; Möllers, Norma; Murakami Wood, David; Lyon, David (31 March 2019). “Surveillance Capitalism: An Interview with Shoshana Zuboff.” Surveillance & Society. 17 (1/2): 257–266. doi:10.24908/ss.v17i1/2.13238. ISSN 1477-7487.
    ^ Mosco, Vincent (17 November 2015). To the Cloud: Big Data in a Turbulent World. Routledge. ISBN 9781317250388. Archived from the original on 19 October 2021. Retrieved 9 February 2017.
    ^ Fuchs, Christian (20 February 2017). Social Media: A Critical Introduction. SAGE. ISBN 9781473987494. Archived from the original on 19 October 2021. Retrieved 9 February 2017.
    ^ Scholz, Trebor (27 December 2016). Uberworked and Underpaid: How Workers Are Disrupting the Digital Economy. John Wiley & Sons. ISBN 9781509508181. Archivedfrom the original on 19 October 2021. Retrieved 9 February 2017.
    ^ Jump up to:a b c d e Zuboff, Shoshana (5 March 2016). “Google as a Fortune Teller: The Secrets of Surveillance Capitalism.” Faz.net. Frankfurter Allgemeine Zeitung. Archived from the original on 11 February 2017. Retrieved 9 February 2017.
    ^ Galič, Maša; Timan, Tjerk; Koops, Bert-Jaap (13 May 2016). “Bentham, Deleuze and Beyond: An Overview of Surveillance Theories from the Panopticon to Participation.” Philosophy & Technology. 30: 9–37. doi:10.1007/s13347-016-0219-1.
    ^ Zuboff, Shoshana. “Shoshana Zuboff: A Digital Declaration.” FAZ.NET (in German). ISSN 0174-4909. Archived from the original on 22 June 2020. Retrieved 18 May 2020.
    ^ “Shoshana Zuboff On surveillance capitalism.” Contagious. Archived from the original on 6 February 2020. Retrieved 18 May 2020.
    ^ Zuboff, Shoshana (2019). The Age of Surveillance Capitalism: The Fight for a Human Future at the New Frontier of Power. p. 504-505, 519.
    ^ Sandberg, Roy (May 2020). “Surveillance capitalism in the context of futurology : an inquiry to the implications of surveillance capitalism on the future of humanity.” Helsinki University Library. pp. 33, 39, 87. Archived (PDF) from the original on 1 July 2020. Retrieved 29 December 2023.
    ^ “Comic-Con 2016: Marvel turns focus away from the Avengers, ‘Game of Thrones’ cosplay proposals, and more.” Los Angeles Times. 24 July 2016. Archivedfrom the original on 11 February 2017. Retrieved 9 February 2017.
    ^ “Oliver Stone Calls Pokémon Go “Totalitarian.” Fortune. 23 July 2016. Archived from the original on 14 February 2020. Retrieved 9 February 2017.
    ^ Doctorow, Cory (5 May 2017). “Unchecked Surveillance Technology Is Leading Us Towards Totalitarianism | Opinion.” International Business Times. Archivedfrom the original on 1 July 2020. Retrieved 19 May 2020.
    ^ Turow, Joseph (10 January 2012). The Daily You: How the New Advertising Industry Is Defining Your Identity and Your Worth. Yale University Press. p. 256. ISBN 978-0300165012. Archived from the original on 19 October 2021. Retrieved 9 February 2017.
    ^ Jump up to:a b Roach, Stephen (2022). Accidental Conflict: America, China, and the Clash of False Narratives. Yale University Press. doi:10.2307/j.ctv2z0vv2v. ISBN 978-0-300-26901-7. JSTOR j.ctv2z0vv2v. S2CID 252800309.
    ^ Zuboff, Shoshana (15 September 2014). “A Digital Declaration: Big Data as Surveillance Capitalism.” FAZ.NET (in German). ISSN 0174-4909. Archived from the original on 22 June 2020. Retrieved 28 August 2018.
    ^ Powles, Julia (2 May 2016). “Google and Microsoft have made a pact to protect surveillance capitalism.” The Guardian. Archived from the original on 30 May 2020. Retrieved 9 February 2017.
    Sterling, Bruce (March 2016). “Shoshanna Zuboff condemning Google “surveillance capitalism.” WIRED. Archived from the original on 14 January 2019. Retrieved 9 February 2017.
    ^ “The Unlikely Activists Who Took On Silicon Valley — and Won.” New York Times. 14 August 2018. Archived from the original on 7 June 2020. Retrieved 28 August 2018.
    ^ Zuboff, Shoshana (4 April 2015). “Big other: surveillance capitalism and the prospects of an information civilization.” Journal of Information Technology. 30 (1): 75–89. doi:10.1057/jit.2015.5. ISSN 0268-3962. S2CID 15329793. SSRN 2594754.
    ^ Zuboff, Shoshana (5 March 2016). “Google as a Fortune Teller: The Secrets of Surveillance Capitalism.” FAZ.NET (in German). ISSN 0174-4909. Retrieved 28 August 2018.
    ^ Jump up to:a b Zuboff, Shoshana (2019). The Age of Surveillance Capitalism: The Fight for a Human Future at the New Frontier of Power. New York: PublicAffairs. ISBN 9781610395694. OCLC 1049577294.
    ^ Varian, Hal (May 2010). “Computer Mediated Transactions.” American Economic Review: Papers and Proceedings. 100 (2): 1–10. CiteSeerX 10.1.1.216.691. doi:10.1257/aer.100.2.1.
    Republished from the author’s Substack

    Author

    Robert W. Malone is a physician and biochemist. His work focuses on mRNA technology, pharmaceuticals, and drug repurposing research. You can find him at Substack and Gettr

    View all posts


    https://brownstone.org/articles/how-big-tech-spawned-surveillance-capitalism/
    How Big Tech Spawned Surveillance Capitalism Robert Malone Surveillance capitalism is a novel economic system that has emerged in the digital era. It is characterized by the unilateral claim of private human experience as free raw material for translation into behavioral data. In this version of capitalism, predicting and influencing behavior (political and economic) rather than producing goods and services is the primary product. This economic logic prioritizes extracting, processing, and trading personal data to predict and influence human behavior by exploiting those predictions for various economic (marketing) and political objectives. In many cases, surveillance capitalism merges with PsyWar tools and technologies to power the modern surveillance state, giving rise to a new form of Fascism (public-private partnerships) known as techno-totalitarianism. Leading corporations employing the surveillance capitalism business model include Google, Amazon, and Facebook. Surveillance capitalism has now fused with the science and theory of psychology, marketing, and algorithmic manipulation of online information to give rise to propaganda and censorship capabilities that go far beyond those imagined by the 20th-century predictions of Aldous Huxley and George Orwell. Key Features of Surveillance Capitalism One-way mirror operations: Surveillance capitalists engineer operations to operate in secrecy, hiding their methods and intentions from users, who are unaware of the extent of data collection and analysis. Instrumentation power: Surveillance capitalists wield power by designing systems that cultivate “radical indifference,” rendering users oblivious to their observations and manipulations. Behavioral futures markets: The extracted data is traded in new markets, enabling companies to bet on users’ future behavior, generating immense wealth for surveillance capitalists. Collaboration with the state: Surveillance capitalism often involves partnerships with governments, leveraging favorable laws, policing, and information sharing to further entrench its power. Historical Development Surveillance capitalism has its roots in the early days of the internet, when companies like Google and Facebook exploited the “ungoverned spaces” of the digital realm. The dot-com bust, the success of Apple’s consumer-centric approach, and the surveillance-friendly environment created by the US National Security Agency (NSA) and CIA’s investments in the “war on terror” all contributed to the rise of surveillance capitalism. Consequences Loss of autonomy: Surveillance capitalism erodes individual autonomy as users are manipulated and influenced by algorithms designed to predict and shape their behavior. Threat to democracy: The concentration of power in the hands of surveillance capitalists undermines democratic processes, as they use their influence to shape public opinion and policy. Economic inequality: The wealth generated by surveillance capitalism exacerbates economic inequality, as those who own and control the data and algorithms reap the benefits while users are exploited as free commodities. Resistance and Reform To counter surveillance capitalism, it is essential to: Promote transparency and accountability: Demand greater openness about data collection and processing practices and mechanisms for users to exercise control over their data. Regulate surveillance capitalism: Establish robust regulations to limit the power of surveillance capitalists, protect user rights, and promote fair competition. Foster alternative economic models: Encourage the development of alternative economic systems that prioritize human well-being, autonomy, and democracy over profit and surveillance. Surveillance Capitalism unilaterally claims our private human experience as a free source of raw material for its own production processes. It translates our experience into behavioral data. Those behavioral data are then combined with its advanced computation capabilities, what people today refer to as AI machine intelligence. Out of that black box come predictions about our behavior, what we will do now, soon, and later. Turns out there are a lot of businesses that want to know what we will do in the future, and so these have constituted a new kind of marketplace, a marketplace that trades exclusively in behavioral futures, in our behavioral futures. That’s where surveillance capitalists make their money. That’s where the big pioneers of this economic logic, like Google and Facebook have become so wealthy by selling predictions of our behavior first to online targeted advertisers, and now of course, these business customers range across the entire economy, no longer confined to that original context of online targeted advertising. All of this is conducted in secret. All of this is conducted through the social relations of the One-Way mirror. Ergo surveillance, the vast amounts of capital that have been accumulated here are trained to create these systems in a way that keeps us ignorant. Specifically the data scientists write about their methods in a way that brags about the fact that these systems bypass our awareness so that they bypass our rights to say yes or no. I want to participate, or I don’t want to participate. I want to contest, or I don’t want to contest. I want to fight, or I don’t want to fight. All of that is bypassed. We are robbed of the right to combat because we are engineered into ignorance. We saw these same methods being used by Cambridge Analytica with those revelations a year ago with only a tiny difference. All they did was take these same every day routine methods of surveillance capitalism, pivot them just a couple of degrees toward political outcomes rather than commercial outcomes, showing that they could use our data to intervene and influence our behavior, our real world behavior, and our real world thinking and feeling in order to change political outcomes. Shoshana Zuboff Per Wikipedia Surveillance capitalism is a concept in political economics which denotes the widespread collection and commodification of personal data by corporations. This phenomenon is distinct from government surveillance, although the two can be mutually reinforcing. The concept of surveillance capitalism, as described by Shoshana Zuboff, is driven by a profit-making incentive, and arose as advertising companies, led by Google’s AdWords, saw the possibilities of using personal data to target consumers more precisely.[1] Increased data collection may have various benefits for individuals and society, such as self-optimization (the quantified self),[2] societal optimizations (e.g., by smart cities), and optimized services (including various web applications). However, as capitalism focuses on expanding the proportion of social life that is open to data collection and data processing,[2] this can have significant implications for vulnerability and control of society, as well as for privacy. The economic pressures of capitalism are driving the intensification of online connection and monitoring, with spaces of social life opening up to saturation by corporate actors, directed at making profits and/or regulating behavior. Therefore, personal data points increased in value after the possibilities of targeted advertising were known.[3] As a result, the increasing price of data has limited access to the purchase of personal data points to the richest in society.[4] Shoshana Zuboff writes that “analyzing massive data sets began as a way to reduce uncertainty by discovering the probabilities of future patterns in the behavior of people and systems.[5] In 2014, Vincent Mosco referred to marketing information about customers and subscribers to advertisers as surveillance capitalism and made note of the surveillance state alongside it.[6] Christian Fuchs found that the surveillance state fuses with surveillance capitalism.[7] Similarly, Zuboff informs that the issue is further complicated by highly invisible collaborative arrangements with state security apparatuses. According to Trebor Scholz, companies recruit people as informants for this type of capitalism.[8] Zuboff contrasts the mass production of industrial capitalism with surveillance capitalism, where the former is interdependent with its populations, who are its consumers and employees, and the latter preys on dependent populations, who are neither its consumers nor its employees and largely ignorant of its procedures.[9] Their research shows that the capitalist addition to the analysis of massive amounts of data has taken its original purpose in an unexpected direction.[1] Surveillance has been changing power structures in the information economy, potentially shifting the balance of power further from nation-states and towards large corporations employing the surveillance capitalist logic.[10] Zuboff notes that surveillance capitalism extends beyond the conventional institutional terrain of the private firm, accumulating not only surveillance assets and capital but also rights, and operating without meaningful mechanisms of consent.[9] In other words, analyzing massive data sets was at some point executed not only by the state apparatuses but also by companies. Zuboff claims that both Google and Facebook have invented surveillance capitalism and translated it into “a new logic of accumulation.”[1][11][12] This mutation resulted in both companies collecting many data points about their users, with the core purpose of making a profit. Selling these data points to external users (particularly advertisers) has become an economic mechanism. The combination of the analysis of massive data sets and the use of these data sets as a market mechanism has shaped the concept of surveillance capitalism. Surveillance capitalism has been heralded as the successor to neoliberalism.[13][14] Oliver Stone, creator of the film Snowden, pointed to the location-based game Pokémon Go as the “latest sign of the emerging phenomenon and demonstration of surveillance capitalism.” Stone criticized that the location of its users was used not only for game purposes but also to retrieve more information about its players. By tracking users’ locations, the game collected far more information than just users’ names and locations: “It can access the contents of your USB storage, your accounts, photographs, network connections, and phone activities, and can even activate your phone, when it is in standby mode.” This data can then be analyzed and commodified by companies such as Google (which significantly invested in the game’s development) to improve the effectiveness of the targeted advertisements.[15][16] Another aspect of surveillance capitalism is its influence on political campaigning. Personal data retrieved by data miners can enable various companies (most notoriously Cambridge Analytica) to improve the targeting of political advertising, a step beyond the commercial aims of previous surveillance capitalist operations. In this way, it is possible that political parties will be able to produce far more targeted political advertising to maximize its impact on voters. However, Cory Doctorow writes that the misuse of these data sets “will lead us towards totalitarianism.”[17] This may resemble a corporatocracy, and Joseph Turow writes that “the centrality of corporate power is a direct reality at the very heart of the digital age.”[2][18]: 17  The terminology “surveillance capitalism” was popularized by Harvard Professor Shoshana Zuboff.[19]: 107  In Zuboff’s theory, surveillance capitalism is a novel market form and a specific logic of capitalist accumulation. In her 2014 essay A Digital Declaration: Big Data as Surveillance Capitalism, she characterized it as a “radically disembedded and extractive variant of information capitalism” based on commodifying “reality” and transforming it into behavioral data for analysis and sales.[20][21][22][23] In a subsequent article in 2015, Zuboff analyzed the societal implications of this mutation of capitalism. She distinguished between “surveillance assets,” “surveillance capital,” and “surveillance capitalism” and their dependence on a global architecture of computer mediation that she calls “Big Other,” a distributed and largely uncontested new expression of power that constitutes hidden mechanisms of extraction, commodification, and control that threatens core values such as freedom, democracy, and privacy.[24][2] According to Zuboff, surveillance capitalism was pioneered by Google and later Facebook, just as mass-production and managerial capitalism were pioneered by Ford and General Motors a century earlier, and has now become the dominant form of information capitalism.[9] Zuboff emphasizes that behavioral changes enabled by artificial intelligence have become aligned with the financial goals of American internet companies such as Google, Facebook, and Amazon.[19]: 107  In her Oxford University lecture published in 2016, Zuboff identified the mechanisms and practices of surveillance capitalism, including producing “prediction products” for sale in new “behavioral futures markets.” She introduced the concept of “dispossession by surveillance,” arguing that it challenges the psychological and political bases of self-determination by concentrating rights in the surveillance regime. This is described as a “coup from above.”[25] Zuboff’s book The Age of Surveillance Capitalism[26] is a detailed examination of the unprecedented power of surveillance capitalism and the quest by powerful corporations to predict and control human behavior.[26] Zuboff identifies four key features in the logic of surveillance capitalism and explicitly follows the four key features identified by Google’s chief economist, Hal Varian:[27] The drive toward more and more data extraction and analysis. The development of new contractual forms using computer-monitoring and automation. The desire to personalize and customize the services offered to users of digital platforms. The use of the technological infrastructure to carry out continual experiments on its users and consumers. Zuboff compares demanding privacy from surveillance capitalists or lobbying for an end to commercial surveillance on the Internet to asking Henry Ford to make each Model T by hand and states that such demands are existential threats that violate the basic mechanisms of the entity’s survival.[9] Zuboff warns that principles of self-determination might be forfeited due to “ignorance, learned helplessness, inattention, inconvenience, habituation, or drift” and states that “we tend to rely on mental models, vocabularies, and tools distilled from past catastrophes,” referring to the 20th century’s totalitarian nightmares or the monopolistic predations of Gilded Age capitalism, with countermeasures that have been developed to fight those earlier threats not being sufficient or even appropriate to meet the novel challenges.[9] She also poses the question: “Will we be the masters of information, or will we be its slaves?” and states that “if the digital future is to be our home, then it is we who must make it so.”[28] Zuboff discusses the differences between industrial capitalism and surveillance capitalism in her book. Zuboff writes that as industrial capitalism exploits nature, surveillance capitalism exploits human nature.[29] References Zuboff, Shoshana (January 2019). “Surveillance Capitalism and the Challenge of Collective Action.” New Labor Forum. 28 (1): 10–29. doi:10.1177/1095796018819461. ISSN 1095-7960. S2CID 159380755. ^ Jump up to:a b c d Couldry, Nick (23 September 2016). “The price of connection: ‘surveillance capitalism.'” The Conversation. Archived from the original on 20 May 2020. Retrieved 9 February 2017. ^ John Wiley & Sons, Inc. (1 June 2018), Data analytics and big data: chapter 5: Data analytics process:there’s great work behind the scenes, pp. 77–99, doi:10.1002/9781119528043.ch5, ISBN 978-1-119-52804-3, S2CID 243896249 ^ Jump up to:a b Cadwalladr, Carole (20 June 2019). “The Great Hack.” The Guardian. Archived from the original on 4 February 2020. Retrieved 6 February 2020. ^ Zuboff, Shoshana; Möllers, Norma; Murakami Wood, David; Lyon, David (31 March 2019). “Surveillance Capitalism: An Interview with Shoshana Zuboff.” Surveillance & Society. 17 (1/2): 257–266. doi:10.24908/ss.v17i1/2.13238. ISSN 1477-7487. ^ Mosco, Vincent (17 November 2015). To the Cloud: Big Data in a Turbulent World. Routledge. ISBN 9781317250388. Archived from the original on 19 October 2021. Retrieved 9 February 2017. ^ Fuchs, Christian (20 February 2017). Social Media: A Critical Introduction. SAGE. ISBN 9781473987494. Archived from the original on 19 October 2021. Retrieved 9 February 2017. ^ Scholz, Trebor (27 December 2016). Uberworked and Underpaid: How Workers Are Disrupting the Digital Economy. John Wiley & Sons. ISBN 9781509508181. Archivedfrom the original on 19 October 2021. Retrieved 9 February 2017. ^ Jump up to:a b c d e Zuboff, Shoshana (5 March 2016). “Google as a Fortune Teller: The Secrets of Surveillance Capitalism.” Faz.net. Frankfurter Allgemeine Zeitung. Archived from the original on 11 February 2017. Retrieved 9 February 2017. ^ Galič, Maša; Timan, Tjerk; Koops, Bert-Jaap (13 May 2016). “Bentham, Deleuze and Beyond: An Overview of Surveillance Theories from the Panopticon to Participation.” Philosophy & Technology. 30: 9–37. doi:10.1007/s13347-016-0219-1. ^ Zuboff, Shoshana. “Shoshana Zuboff: A Digital Declaration.” FAZ.NET (in German). ISSN 0174-4909. Archived from the original on 22 June 2020. Retrieved 18 May 2020. ^ “Shoshana Zuboff On surveillance capitalism.” Contagious. Archived from the original on 6 February 2020. Retrieved 18 May 2020. ^ Zuboff, Shoshana (2019). The Age of Surveillance Capitalism: The Fight for a Human Future at the New Frontier of Power. p. 504-505, 519. ^ Sandberg, Roy (May 2020). “Surveillance capitalism in the context of futurology : an inquiry to the implications of surveillance capitalism on the future of humanity.” Helsinki University Library. pp. 33, 39, 87. Archived (PDF) from the original on 1 July 2020. Retrieved 29 December 2023. ^ “Comic-Con 2016: Marvel turns focus away from the Avengers, ‘Game of Thrones’ cosplay proposals, and more.” Los Angeles Times. 24 July 2016. Archivedfrom the original on 11 February 2017. Retrieved 9 February 2017. ^ “Oliver Stone Calls Pokémon Go “Totalitarian.” Fortune. 23 July 2016. Archived from the original on 14 February 2020. Retrieved 9 February 2017. ^ Doctorow, Cory (5 May 2017). “Unchecked Surveillance Technology Is Leading Us Towards Totalitarianism | Opinion.” International Business Times. Archivedfrom the original on 1 July 2020. Retrieved 19 May 2020. ^ Turow, Joseph (10 January 2012). The Daily You: How the New Advertising Industry Is Defining Your Identity and Your Worth. Yale University Press. p. 256. ISBN 978-0300165012. Archived from the original on 19 October 2021. Retrieved 9 February 2017. ^ Jump up to:a b Roach, Stephen (2022). Accidental Conflict: America, China, and the Clash of False Narratives. Yale University Press. doi:10.2307/j.ctv2z0vv2v. ISBN 978-0-300-26901-7. JSTOR j.ctv2z0vv2v. S2CID 252800309. ^ Zuboff, Shoshana (15 September 2014). “A Digital Declaration: Big Data as Surveillance Capitalism.” FAZ.NET (in German). ISSN 0174-4909. Archived from the original on 22 June 2020. Retrieved 28 August 2018. ^ Powles, Julia (2 May 2016). “Google and Microsoft have made a pact to protect surveillance capitalism.” The Guardian. Archived from the original on 30 May 2020. Retrieved 9 February 2017. Sterling, Bruce (March 2016). “Shoshanna Zuboff condemning Google “surveillance capitalism.” WIRED. Archived from the original on 14 January 2019. Retrieved 9 February 2017. ^ “The Unlikely Activists Who Took On Silicon Valley — and Won.” New York Times. 14 August 2018. Archived from the original on 7 June 2020. Retrieved 28 August 2018. ^ Zuboff, Shoshana (4 April 2015). “Big other: surveillance capitalism and the prospects of an information civilization.” Journal of Information Technology. 30 (1): 75–89. doi:10.1057/jit.2015.5. ISSN 0268-3962. S2CID 15329793. SSRN 2594754. ^ Zuboff, Shoshana (5 March 2016). “Google as a Fortune Teller: The Secrets of Surveillance Capitalism.” FAZ.NET (in German). ISSN 0174-4909. Retrieved 28 August 2018. ^ Jump up to:a b Zuboff, Shoshana (2019). The Age of Surveillance Capitalism: The Fight for a Human Future at the New Frontier of Power. New York: PublicAffairs. ISBN 9781610395694. OCLC 1049577294. ^ Varian, Hal (May 2010). “Computer Mediated Transactions.” American Economic Review: Papers and Proceedings. 100 (2): 1–10. CiteSeerX 10.1.1.216.691. doi:10.1257/aer.100.2.1. Republished from the author’s Substack Author Robert W. Malone is a physician and biochemist. His work focuses on mRNA technology, pharmaceuticals, and drug repurposing research. You can find him at Substack and Gettr View all posts https://brownstone.org/articles/how-big-tech-spawned-surveillance-capitalism/
    BROWNSTONE.ORG
    How Big Tech Spawned Surveillance Capitalism ⋆ Brownstone Institute
    Surveillance capitalism has fused with the science of psychology, marketing, and algorithmic manipulation of online information.
    Angry
    1
    0 Commenti 1 condivisioni 20105 Views
  • It Is Time for Freedom of Speech in the Freedom Movement
    We need to be disciplined enough to be present with the discomfort that comes with disagreement as we listen and communicate about all the critical issues of the day with each other~

    Dr. Peter and Ginger Breggin
    There, in my inbox, was another substack essay on nanotechnology….a thoughtful, serious piece discussing why we should not fall for the concept that nanotechnology can actually control human behavior and thought or the way that human beings conduct themselves.

    The discussion made a lot of sense. And so do the microscopists — those scientists, including chemists, pathologists, engineers, and others examining the “COVID vaccines,” the nanotechnology, the quantum dots, the “white clots,” the graphene oxide, and all else being found in human blood and various matter present in human injectables, ingestables, and breathables.

    [continue reading below]

    The dissenting author I read mentioned one of our other colleagues (colleagues being those fighters for freedom, liberty, biological integrity, health, science, and community). The dispute centered around the ability of any science to actually technologically control human thought. I winced as I read this.

    Not because I fully agreed or disagreed with either person, but because I knew human feelings would be stirred up, maybe hurt, maybe angered. Those feelings would swirl around the concepts of the debate, but also generally through the readers of each person and their colleagues. And those feelings can get in the way. Because the discussions, the disagreements, and the differences of view about the details and degrees of dangers are critical conversations.

    We should be having these conversations all the time.


    I am not going to parse that science debate in this essay in detail — that is for another time. I will say that the desire to control the thoughts and actions of others is a hallmark of dark “science” used by the Central Intelligence Agency and Department of Defense divisions as well as some aspects of medicine and psychology. From the early psychiatric ice pick lobotomies in the 1950s to the psychosurgery experiments at some of the highest academic centers in medicine, including Harvard, Brown, Tulane, McGill, University of Mississippi, Wayne State, and many more, there have been attempts to modulate, deter, and control behavior. Dr. Breggin devoted several years of his life to putting a stop to the psychosurgery resurgence that began in the late 1960s into the 1970s.

    The Desire to Control is not the Same as Being Able to Control Human Thoughts

    The desire to control human thoughts and actions is not the same as being able to control human thoughts and actions. At this point, “what science can do is damage the human brain through various means — surgical, electrical, energy wave frequencies, blunt force trauma, and drugs,” according to psychiatrist Peter Breggin MD. He explains that a human being can be stopped, subdued, or deterred, just as the furious bull was stopped in its tracks in the arena by psychosurgeon Delgado, through electrical shocks in 1963. It came to a dead stop, shaking its head. The brain-damaging effect of the shock had paralyzed the beast momentarily without actually changing or averting his desire to charge. The shock was the equivalent of being stunned by a blow to the head. Dr. Breggin has examined this issue further in his new essay “The Elite Strategy to Physically Ruin Our Brains, Minds and Willpower.”

    The Desire to Control May Lead to Attempts to Control

    We know the dark sciences and the deep state want to control people, populations, and “targeted audiences.” Whether or not they are successful, there appears to be little preventing them from attempting to establish control of people by inserting technology into their bodies, especially since there is such a delicious opportunity to experiment with inserting nanotech during the Great World Vaccination Drive of the COVID era.

    Why not drive the technology “forward” by seeing what human bodies can tolerate or survive in the way of foreign objects and substances? Who knows? If the objects and substances are small enough, maybe we can slip them by the body’s defenses? And who is to say no? The ethics division at the National Institute of Health is manned by Dr. Anthony Fauci’s wife. So it behooves us to ask questions, lots of questions.

    However, we must not succumb to the fear and terror propaganda that is certainly being salted into the mix of information we are consuming about possible mind manipulation. Those who wish to control us are using fear, promotion of false abilities, misdirection, and any other lies they can dream up to keep us frightened, intimidated, distracted, confused, and ineffective.

    So, what can we do?

    Team Freedom Needs to Speak Openly and Freely

    We, those of us who are on Team Freedom, need to be able to speak freely. To exchange ideas, data, and perspectives.

    We need to be disciplined enough to be present with the discomfort that comes with disagreement as we listen and communicate about all the critical issues of the day.

    We are on the cutting edge of politics, science, liberty, medicine, public health, sociology, psychology, public relations, and civics. We are all looking around corners, into back rooms, and examining issues, practices, and technologies that are being shepherded into our cultures, our bodies, and our environment over which we have had no say.

    We Have Had No Choice

    We have had no choice about whatever is in the injectable liquids that are contaminating various medicines, including what is coyly called the COVID-19 “vaccines.”

    We have had no choice about the substances put in our foods or our environments through geoengineering pollution or other forms of manipulations. We have had no choice about the use of energy frequencies like the 5G being launched. No choice about the littered landscape of Level 4 biolabs around the world. No choice about the engineered pathogens that definitely escape those labs from time to time, and no choice about whether they should be released upon the world for one reason or another.

    We have no choice about being a member of the United Nations or a member of the World Health Organization, and of sustaining them through our tax dollars.

    We aren’t being given any of these choices. Those topics are off the table, ‘Top Secret,’ ‘proprietary information,’ under “NDA” (non-disclosure agreement) or simply ‘embarrassing’ or a ‘distraction’ or a ‘trade secret.’

    We have certainly had no choice about the manipulations of information that are being disseminated throughout our societies every day via the controlled media except to turn that media on, or off but much of it is impossible to avoid.

    We have had no choice about the Department of Defense (DOD), the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA), the Centers for Disease Control (CDC), the National Institutes of Health (NIH), and other alphabet agencies using psychological manipulation and propaganda to “win the hearts and minds” and if that fails, to control opinion and actions with foreign nations and foreign nationals. In reality, most of what goes on in the arena of experimentation on physical control of the mind is hidden behind the opaque Deep State curtain. Does the Deep State want to control? You betcha. Look back at the last four years. In country after country, especially the USA, all we see is control being exerted upon citizens, against tradition and constitutions.

    We have no say in whether the DOD and the CIA, the CDC, and the alphabets are directing their propaganda machines upon U.S. citizens. Are their propaganda activities in the U.S. ‘biting the hand that feeds them?’ NO? Then what hand is feeding them?

    Tell us, please.

    Are We Free Without Debate and the Free Exchange of Ideas?

    Push back. We must open our minds. Have lots of conversations, and lots of exchange of ideas, through essays, columns, via videos, zoom meetings, documentaries, debates, books, and live gatherings.

    We know personally that there are those among us who have been very engaged in trying to steer and stifle the debate. The thought-terminating concept is ‘do NOT speak about that subject — it will discredit you and ‘the movement,’ and you will look like a fool.’ Another deterrent that stifles debate is ‘don’t disagree — we need unity in the freedom movement.’

    A very big threat that has thrown a terrifying poisonous cloud over all of us is the dread of getting sued for $25 million dollars.

    That is not freedom. That is control.

    You Will Look Like a Fool….

    There is disagreement about whether censorship occurred in Stockholm during the “Pandemic Strategies: Lessons and Consequences” conference held January 21-22, 2023. Dr. Astrid Stuckelberger was the last presenter for this conference, after which there was a closing panel made up of the afternoon group of speakers. That last panel included Astrid Stuckelberger, Geert Vanden Bossche, John Steppling (playwright), Pierre Kory, Richard Urso, Jessica Rose, and Philipp Kruse.

    Dr. Stuckelberger’s talk was titled “From Biology to Population: Evidence-Based Public Health Situations: Analysis, Lessons and Next Steps.” “Censorship occurred at point C when I presented the results of nanotech and oxide graphene in the vials,” she told SGT Report. Her slide asked, “Is the content [of the vials] biological or not?” It is reproduced below.


    Her primary point, as I understand it, is that the materials being found in the ‘COVID vaccines’ are non-biological in nature — they are synthetic biological matter. Therefore physicians examining and testing blood who are trained to view biological matter are going to miss the synthetic materials, both due to the small size and due to the compositions of the materials.

    Dr. Stuckelberger posted a video clip later sent to her by an attendee that shows Dr. Cole up on the stage after Dr. Stuckelberger’s presentation. Though not listed on the final panel, Dr. Cole took the stage, gestured for, and was given a microphone by event organizers and then made “a real quick comment.” This was allowed even though Dr. Stuckelberger’s presentation was cut short by the organizers (they say because they were out of time).

    “From what we’ve looked at, there are no nano chips. There is absolutely no graphene oxide in the hundreds of vials we’ve looked at,” declared Dr. Cole. Turning to Dr. Stuckelberger, he declared, “I respect that you did a beautiful presentation,” which appeared patronizing or at least awkward.

    Dr. Cole said, “At the end of the day, to focus on freedom and focus on the wonderful freedom fight that we all have together is what matters. Other things are red herrings, and it’s not relevant, and it’s a distraction to our cause… Scientifically based on the analysis done, we respectfully disagree, having looked at what we’ve looked at as a group from Austria, as a group from the United States, and if we focus on freedom together, that’s what matters… but the rest of it makes us look a little like we are out there.”

    Dr. Richard Urso added, “The lipid nanoparticle messenger RNA is so dangerous itself – It’s the number one thing right now that we know, the data is there….it’s affecting DNA damage repair, its affecting toll-like receptors and viral immune surveillance, it’s doing the blood clotting, it’s doing a lot of the things we already know, we have the data on it…” (At 3:15 on the video)

    Doctors Cole and Urso both claimed “it’s not useful to our cause to put red herrings out there.”

    The shortened last panel gave each speaker three minutes to summarize their views, and then the organizers said Dr. Stuckelberger and another presenter could not present as they were out of time. She was handed the mic anyway, and she said “they are afraid of what I am going to say.” Then she said that we are living in an apocalyptic time. “Corruption is not new, it has been there for ages, and it is time that we see it. We must all strive to become autonomous again and create autonomous communities. I wish you will build happiness and find ways to heal yourselves with natural remedies, and there are some. Try to build community with others who have the same spirit and heart as you,” she concluded.

    Watch the videos. Look at the body language. Dr. Stuckelberger was body blocked by one of the local organizers, John Steppling, who loomed over her during Dr. Cole’s ‘explanation’ about why she should not present her data on the presence of nanotechnology in the blood. Dr. Kory came on stage and added his on-stage presence to the discussion. Doctors Kory, Cole, and Urso are among the pillars of Dr. Robert Malone’s medical juggernaut.

    The upshot is that Dr. Astrid Stucklberger was interrupted, distracted, or body-checked by at least four men, including Dr. Cole, Dr. Vanden Bossche, John Steppling, and Dr. Kory, who also made his presence known when joining the others on stage.

    The entire event was professionally filmed and posted online by conference organizers, the Swedish organization called The Doctors’ Appeal. The conference organizers also posted a two-page non-attributed paper titled “What happened at the conference.” The organizers assert that there was “no intent to censor Dr. Stuckelberger, nor place her in an awkward position at the end of her talk,” and they apologized “unreservedly for any animosity she may have experienced during the closing moments of the conference…”

    But key moments of the controversy are missing from the official recordings documenting the period directly after Dr. Stuckelberger’s speech was abruptly ended and the final panel was convened. Another video emerged and is available, memorializing some of the missing minutes where Dr. Cole took the stage to dismiss Dr. Stuckelberger’s comments.

    Sage Hana provides a good condensed version of one of the first post-conference interviews done with Astrid Stuckelberger by Dr. Jane Ruby, and offers some interesting observations in his “Dr. Astrid Stuckelberger, Dr. Jane Ruby Highlights #1–Details of her Stockholm presentation subject matter” substack published February 4, 2023. We first learned of the incident from happening upon Dr. Ruby’s interview of Dr. Stuckelberger.

    Dr. Robert Malone and Dr. Daniel Nagase

    Suppression of ideas also occurred during a November 3, 2021, Zoom call between a number of Canadian medical colleagues, including Emergency Room physician Dr. Daniel Nagase. Dr. Robert Malone, from the US, was also invited to participate in that group Zoom meeting.

    Here are [Dr. Nagase] timestamps for interesting segments.

    40:30 Dr. Nagase: Backstory.

    45:30 Dr. Nagase: Cancer and reverse transcriptase.

    47:03 Dr. Malone: drops off call.

    57.53 Dr. Malone: comes back cautioning against speculating about reverse transcriptase.

    58:30 Dr. Malone: “We’re under intense pressure… we have to be super careful about our messaging and what we’re stating…not useful to speculate about things like integration [of DNA from reverse transcribed RNA]

    Dr. Malone was telling Daniel Nagase, MD, in effect, don’t talk about reverse transcription and DNA integration in that 2021 Zoom meeting. Dr. Malone interrupted and said, “We’re under intense pressure… we have to be super careful about our messaging and what we’re stating…[it’s] not useful to speculate about things like integration” [of DNA from reverse transcribed RNA].

    Imagine. If scientists, analysts, and the public had been able to speak, discuss, and argue, about these dangers, questioning which contents might be in the COVID ‘vaccines’ without being interrupted and silenced by others purporting to be on the side of freedom, what might we have accomplished at that time in convincing others to NOT submit to the toxic ‘COVID vaccines?’

    Trash-Talking on Twitter

    Former Vice President of Pfizer, Dr. Mike Yeadon, has been especially eloquent and outspoken about the elite’s global takeover via the World Economic Forum (WEF) and World Health Organization (WHO).

    Wide Awake Media reported:

    Former vice president at Pfizer, Dr. Mike Yeadon: The so-called “pandemic” was planned and coordinated in advance, by unelected globalist bodies like the WHO and WEF, as a pretext to deliberately depopulate the planet via lethal mRNA injections:

    “We’re facing something much worse than an alleged virus. The injuries to people from these so-called vaccines… I wish I could tell you that it was accidental, but it wasn’t accidental. I’m convinced that these injections have been made to injure people, to maim and kill deliberately.”

    Source: TRUTH BE TOLD RALLY | London | March 25 | 1pm CET | 8am EST | Parliament Square | Childrens Health Defense

    In his comment, Dr. Yeadon echoed what many others have been saying and offering evidence about for some time.

    Dr. Malone tweeted back:

    “Show me the receipts or go home. Yeadon can talk like that all day long and get lots of clicks and likes. Preaching to the choir. But all it does is delegitimizes him with the persuadable middle. Do we want to win this, or are we just playing tiddlywinks? Proof or shut up.”


    Dr. Malone’s insults toward Dr. Yeadon should be no surprise, given that he has so often attempted to silence or sully other freedom fighters, including Peter Breggin, MD, Ginger Breggin, Dr. Jane Ruby, Peter McCullough, MD, Harvey Risch, MD, Dr. Paul Alexander, The Wellness Company, Red State Media, America Out Loud, other independent journalists, Dr. Brian Ardis, Dr. Judy Mikovitz, Foster Colson, Clay Clark, Alex Berenson and others.

    Since 2022, Dr. Malone has increased his attacks involving much of The Wellness Company, Dr. Alexander, additional independent journalists, and reformers. Dr. Alexander himself has exposed two key instances where Dr. Malone maligned and discouraged others from having relationships with Dr. Peter Breggin – once when standing in the halls of the U.S. Senate prior to testimony, and once in a Brownstone email list among Brownstone members.

    Epidemiologist Paul Alias Alexander, Ph.D., is a Former Senior Advisor to Trump’s COVID Task Force and Former Advisor to WHO. He has courageously revealed in a recent substack column that during the Senate hearing that brought some of the top COVID critical scientists together, Dr. Malone was denigrating Dr. Peter Breggin, who was not present. Dr. Alexander reported:

    “I personally heard him, Malone, at a Senate meeting in Washington D.C. verbally ridiculing and smearing the Breggins to other scientists present. They were not there to defend themselves as he bragged about his lawsuit of $25 million against Dr. Peter Breggin and what he was doing against them. We run in similar circles. I was surprised he would do that in the Senate building (we were called there by Senator Johnson to discuss COVID and issues), and he was talking about his lawsuit on [the] Breggins as if it were a joke and a game, a sport, with listeners standing around enjoying a laugh. He poisoned the well, so to speak. He was trying to get the listeners to agree with him, yet they had no idea about the minutia. He was bragging, and it repulsed me. A joke on Dr. Breggin, who has done more for America and this movement than Malone could ever do?” [italics added.]

    The Biggest “Don’t Talk About That” Action

    The biggest “Don’t talk about that” action to date has been the $25 million dollar lawsuit against Peter R. Breggin MD, Ginger Ross Breggin, and Dr. Jane Ruby. The threats of a lawsuit and the official demand letter centered around an intellectual sociological/psychological debate of the validity of the so-called ‘Mass Formation’ or Mass Formation Psychosis concept, which we will be revisiting again in a separate column. The lawsuit complaint itself morphed into a litany of false allegations of defamatory statements. Some of the statements Malone attributed to Dr. Breggin were never uttered by Dr. Breggin. And none of the statements were defamatory. See our legal response and our amended response.

    We should all be aware at this time, four years into the takeover of the world, that those of us opposing the takeover are on the ‘outside.’ We are not part of the Good Club — the elite collection of billionaires and other entities who are implementing plans for controlling the world.

    We Can Do Science, Civics, Politics, Community, and Medicine the FREEDOM Way

    Whether you discuss nanotechnology or some other aspect critical of the official narrative, you are on the ‘outside.’ To those who are thinking about toeing the line set by the authorities, if you oppose masks, if you oppose lockdowns, if you mention ivermectin or hydroxychloroquine, you are on the outside. You are on the outside if you are opposing the so-called COVID vaccines.

    So let’s embrace freedom. We can do science, civics, politics, community, medicine the FREEDOM way. Through debate, disagreement, challenging, arguing, and discussing. Be very suspicious of anybody trying to steer the conversation….of anybody trying to shut the discussion down, of anybody trying to grab the microphone when it is not their turn.

    Humanity is at risk. Be bold, be courageous, speak up…and listen to each other.

    We are not free, if we cannot speak freely.

    Find us at Twitter: @GingerBreggin @AmericanMD

    Find us at our website: www.Breggin.com

    Find us at www.AmericaOutLoud.com

    Find us on Substack at: Peter and Ginger Breggin Exposing the Global Predators

    Find our legal defense fund here: GiveSendGo - Dr Peter and Ginger Breggin Legal Defense

    https://substack.com/home/post/p-138198485
    It Is Time for Freedom of Speech in the Freedom Movement We need to be disciplined enough to be present with the discomfort that comes with disagreement as we listen and communicate about all the critical issues of the day with each other~ Dr. Peter and Ginger Breggin There, in my inbox, was another substack essay on nanotechnology….a thoughtful, serious piece discussing why we should not fall for the concept that nanotechnology can actually control human behavior and thought or the way that human beings conduct themselves. The discussion made a lot of sense. And so do the microscopists — those scientists, including chemists, pathologists, engineers, and others examining the “COVID vaccines,” the nanotechnology, the quantum dots, the “white clots,” the graphene oxide, and all else being found in human blood and various matter present in human injectables, ingestables, and breathables. [continue reading below] The dissenting author I read mentioned one of our other colleagues (colleagues being those fighters for freedom, liberty, biological integrity, health, science, and community). The dispute centered around the ability of any science to actually technologically control human thought. I winced as I read this. Not because I fully agreed or disagreed with either person, but because I knew human feelings would be stirred up, maybe hurt, maybe angered. Those feelings would swirl around the concepts of the debate, but also generally through the readers of each person and their colleagues. And those feelings can get in the way. Because the discussions, the disagreements, and the differences of view about the details and degrees of dangers are critical conversations. We should be having these conversations all the time. I am not going to parse that science debate in this essay in detail — that is for another time. I will say that the desire to control the thoughts and actions of others is a hallmark of dark “science” used by the Central Intelligence Agency and Department of Defense divisions as well as some aspects of medicine and psychology. From the early psychiatric ice pick lobotomies in the 1950s to the psychosurgery experiments at some of the highest academic centers in medicine, including Harvard, Brown, Tulane, McGill, University of Mississippi, Wayne State, and many more, there have been attempts to modulate, deter, and control behavior. Dr. Breggin devoted several years of his life to putting a stop to the psychosurgery resurgence that began in the late 1960s into the 1970s. The Desire to Control is not the Same as Being Able to Control Human Thoughts The desire to control human thoughts and actions is not the same as being able to control human thoughts and actions. At this point, “what science can do is damage the human brain through various means — surgical, electrical, energy wave frequencies, blunt force trauma, and drugs,” according to psychiatrist Peter Breggin MD. He explains that a human being can be stopped, subdued, or deterred, just as the furious bull was stopped in its tracks in the arena by psychosurgeon Delgado, through electrical shocks in 1963. It came to a dead stop, shaking its head. The brain-damaging effect of the shock had paralyzed the beast momentarily without actually changing or averting his desire to charge. The shock was the equivalent of being stunned by a blow to the head. Dr. Breggin has examined this issue further in his new essay “The Elite Strategy to Physically Ruin Our Brains, Minds and Willpower.” The Desire to Control May Lead to Attempts to Control We know the dark sciences and the deep state want to control people, populations, and “targeted audiences.” Whether or not they are successful, there appears to be little preventing them from attempting to establish control of people by inserting technology into their bodies, especially since there is such a delicious opportunity to experiment with inserting nanotech during the Great World Vaccination Drive of the COVID era. Why not drive the technology “forward” by seeing what human bodies can tolerate or survive in the way of foreign objects and substances? Who knows? If the objects and substances are small enough, maybe we can slip them by the body’s defenses? And who is to say no? The ethics division at the National Institute of Health is manned by Dr. Anthony Fauci’s wife. So it behooves us to ask questions, lots of questions. However, we must not succumb to the fear and terror propaganda that is certainly being salted into the mix of information we are consuming about possible mind manipulation. Those who wish to control us are using fear, promotion of false abilities, misdirection, and any other lies they can dream up to keep us frightened, intimidated, distracted, confused, and ineffective. So, what can we do? Team Freedom Needs to Speak Openly and Freely We, those of us who are on Team Freedom, need to be able to speak freely. To exchange ideas, data, and perspectives. We need to be disciplined enough to be present with the discomfort that comes with disagreement as we listen and communicate about all the critical issues of the day. We are on the cutting edge of politics, science, liberty, medicine, public health, sociology, psychology, public relations, and civics. We are all looking around corners, into back rooms, and examining issues, practices, and technologies that are being shepherded into our cultures, our bodies, and our environment over which we have had no say. We Have Had No Choice We have had no choice about whatever is in the injectable liquids that are contaminating various medicines, including what is coyly called the COVID-19 “vaccines.” We have had no choice about the substances put in our foods or our environments through geoengineering pollution or other forms of manipulations. We have had no choice about the use of energy frequencies like the 5G being launched. No choice about the littered landscape of Level 4 biolabs around the world. No choice about the engineered pathogens that definitely escape those labs from time to time, and no choice about whether they should be released upon the world for one reason or another. We have no choice about being a member of the United Nations or a member of the World Health Organization, and of sustaining them through our tax dollars. We aren’t being given any of these choices. Those topics are off the table, ‘Top Secret,’ ‘proprietary information,’ under “NDA” (non-disclosure agreement) or simply ‘embarrassing’ or a ‘distraction’ or a ‘trade secret.’ We have certainly had no choice about the manipulations of information that are being disseminated throughout our societies every day via the controlled media except to turn that media on, or off but much of it is impossible to avoid. We have had no choice about the Department of Defense (DOD), the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA), the Centers for Disease Control (CDC), the National Institutes of Health (NIH), and other alphabet agencies using psychological manipulation and propaganda to “win the hearts and minds” and if that fails, to control opinion and actions with foreign nations and foreign nationals. In reality, most of what goes on in the arena of experimentation on physical control of the mind is hidden behind the opaque Deep State curtain. Does the Deep State want to control? You betcha. Look back at the last four years. In country after country, especially the USA, all we see is control being exerted upon citizens, against tradition and constitutions. We have no say in whether the DOD and the CIA, the CDC, and the alphabets are directing their propaganda machines upon U.S. citizens. Are their propaganda activities in the U.S. ‘biting the hand that feeds them?’ NO? Then what hand is feeding them? Tell us, please. Are We Free Without Debate and the Free Exchange of Ideas? Push back. We must open our minds. Have lots of conversations, and lots of exchange of ideas, through essays, columns, via videos, zoom meetings, documentaries, debates, books, and live gatherings. We know personally that there are those among us who have been very engaged in trying to steer and stifle the debate. The thought-terminating concept is ‘do NOT speak about that subject — it will discredit you and ‘the movement,’ and you will look like a fool.’ Another deterrent that stifles debate is ‘don’t disagree — we need unity in the freedom movement.’ A very big threat that has thrown a terrifying poisonous cloud over all of us is the dread of getting sued for $25 million dollars. That is not freedom. That is control. You Will Look Like a Fool…. There is disagreement about whether censorship occurred in Stockholm during the “Pandemic Strategies: Lessons and Consequences” conference held January 21-22, 2023. Dr. Astrid Stuckelberger was the last presenter for this conference, after which there was a closing panel made up of the afternoon group of speakers. That last panel included Astrid Stuckelberger, Geert Vanden Bossche, John Steppling (playwright), Pierre Kory, Richard Urso, Jessica Rose, and Philipp Kruse. Dr. Stuckelberger’s talk was titled “From Biology to Population: Evidence-Based Public Health Situations: Analysis, Lessons and Next Steps.” “Censorship occurred at point C when I presented the results of nanotech and oxide graphene in the vials,” she told SGT Report. Her slide asked, “Is the content [of the vials] biological or not?” It is reproduced below. Her primary point, as I understand it, is that the materials being found in the ‘COVID vaccines’ are non-biological in nature — they are synthetic biological matter. Therefore physicians examining and testing blood who are trained to view biological matter are going to miss the synthetic materials, both due to the small size and due to the compositions of the materials. Dr. Stuckelberger posted a video clip later sent to her by an attendee that shows Dr. Cole up on the stage after Dr. Stuckelberger’s presentation. Though not listed on the final panel, Dr. Cole took the stage, gestured for, and was given a microphone by event organizers and then made “a real quick comment.” This was allowed even though Dr. Stuckelberger’s presentation was cut short by the organizers (they say because they were out of time). “From what we’ve looked at, there are no nano chips. There is absolutely no graphene oxide in the hundreds of vials we’ve looked at,” declared Dr. Cole. Turning to Dr. Stuckelberger, he declared, “I respect that you did a beautiful presentation,” which appeared patronizing or at least awkward. Dr. Cole said, “At the end of the day, to focus on freedom and focus on the wonderful freedom fight that we all have together is what matters. Other things are red herrings, and it’s not relevant, and it’s a distraction to our cause… Scientifically based on the analysis done, we respectfully disagree, having looked at what we’ve looked at as a group from Austria, as a group from the United States, and if we focus on freedom together, that’s what matters… but the rest of it makes us look a little like we are out there.” Dr. Richard Urso added, “The lipid nanoparticle messenger RNA is so dangerous itself – It’s the number one thing right now that we know, the data is there….it’s affecting DNA damage repair, its affecting toll-like receptors and viral immune surveillance, it’s doing the blood clotting, it’s doing a lot of the things we already know, we have the data on it…” (At 3:15 on the video) Doctors Cole and Urso both claimed “it’s not useful to our cause to put red herrings out there.” The shortened last panel gave each speaker three minutes to summarize their views, and then the organizers said Dr. Stuckelberger and another presenter could not present as they were out of time. She was handed the mic anyway, and she said “they are afraid of what I am going to say.” Then she said that we are living in an apocalyptic time. “Corruption is not new, it has been there for ages, and it is time that we see it. We must all strive to become autonomous again and create autonomous communities. I wish you will build happiness and find ways to heal yourselves with natural remedies, and there are some. Try to build community with others who have the same spirit and heart as you,” she concluded. Watch the videos. Look at the body language. Dr. Stuckelberger was body blocked by one of the local organizers, John Steppling, who loomed over her during Dr. Cole’s ‘explanation’ about why she should not present her data on the presence of nanotechnology in the blood. Dr. Kory came on stage and added his on-stage presence to the discussion. Doctors Kory, Cole, and Urso are among the pillars of Dr. Robert Malone’s medical juggernaut. The upshot is that Dr. Astrid Stucklberger was interrupted, distracted, or body-checked by at least four men, including Dr. Cole, Dr. Vanden Bossche, John Steppling, and Dr. Kory, who also made his presence known when joining the others on stage. The entire event was professionally filmed and posted online by conference organizers, the Swedish organization called The Doctors’ Appeal. The conference organizers also posted a two-page non-attributed paper titled “What happened at the conference.” The organizers assert that there was “no intent to censor Dr. Stuckelberger, nor place her in an awkward position at the end of her talk,” and they apologized “unreservedly for any animosity she may have experienced during the closing moments of the conference…” But key moments of the controversy are missing from the official recordings documenting the period directly after Dr. Stuckelberger’s speech was abruptly ended and the final panel was convened. Another video emerged and is available, memorializing some of the missing minutes where Dr. Cole took the stage to dismiss Dr. Stuckelberger’s comments. Sage Hana provides a good condensed version of one of the first post-conference interviews done with Astrid Stuckelberger by Dr. Jane Ruby, and offers some interesting observations in his “Dr. Astrid Stuckelberger, Dr. Jane Ruby Highlights #1–Details of her Stockholm presentation subject matter” substack published February 4, 2023. We first learned of the incident from happening upon Dr. Ruby’s interview of Dr. Stuckelberger. Dr. Robert Malone and Dr. Daniel Nagase Suppression of ideas also occurred during a November 3, 2021, Zoom call between a number of Canadian medical colleagues, including Emergency Room physician Dr. Daniel Nagase. Dr. Robert Malone, from the US, was also invited to participate in that group Zoom meeting. Here are [Dr. Nagase] timestamps for interesting segments. 40:30 Dr. Nagase: Backstory. 45:30 Dr. Nagase: Cancer and reverse transcriptase. 47:03 Dr. Malone: drops off call. 57.53 Dr. Malone: comes back cautioning against speculating about reverse transcriptase. 58:30 Dr. Malone: “We’re under intense pressure… we have to be super careful about our messaging and what we’re stating…not useful to speculate about things like integration [of DNA from reverse transcribed RNA] Dr. Malone was telling Daniel Nagase, MD, in effect, don’t talk about reverse transcription and DNA integration in that 2021 Zoom meeting. Dr. Malone interrupted and said, “We’re under intense pressure… we have to be super careful about our messaging and what we’re stating…[it’s] not useful to speculate about things like integration” [of DNA from reverse transcribed RNA]. Imagine. If scientists, analysts, and the public had been able to speak, discuss, and argue, about these dangers, questioning which contents might be in the COVID ‘vaccines’ without being interrupted and silenced by others purporting to be on the side of freedom, what might we have accomplished at that time in convincing others to NOT submit to the toxic ‘COVID vaccines?’ Trash-Talking on Twitter Former Vice President of Pfizer, Dr. Mike Yeadon, has been especially eloquent and outspoken about the elite’s global takeover via the World Economic Forum (WEF) and World Health Organization (WHO). Wide Awake Media reported: Former vice president at Pfizer, Dr. Mike Yeadon: The so-called “pandemic” was planned and coordinated in advance, by unelected globalist bodies like the WHO and WEF, as a pretext to deliberately depopulate the planet via lethal mRNA injections: “We’re facing something much worse than an alleged virus. The injuries to people from these so-called vaccines… I wish I could tell you that it was accidental, but it wasn’t accidental. I’m convinced that these injections have been made to injure people, to maim and kill deliberately.” Source: TRUTH BE TOLD RALLY | London | March 25 | 1pm CET | 8am EST | Parliament Square | Childrens Health Defense In his comment, Dr. Yeadon echoed what many others have been saying and offering evidence about for some time. Dr. Malone tweeted back: “Show me the receipts or go home. Yeadon can talk like that all day long and get lots of clicks and likes. Preaching to the choir. But all it does is delegitimizes him with the persuadable middle. Do we want to win this, or are we just playing tiddlywinks? Proof or shut up.” Dr. Malone’s insults toward Dr. Yeadon should be no surprise, given that he has so often attempted to silence or sully other freedom fighters, including Peter Breggin, MD, Ginger Breggin, Dr. Jane Ruby, Peter McCullough, MD, Harvey Risch, MD, Dr. Paul Alexander, The Wellness Company, Red State Media, America Out Loud, other independent journalists, Dr. Brian Ardis, Dr. Judy Mikovitz, Foster Colson, Clay Clark, Alex Berenson and others. Since 2022, Dr. Malone has increased his attacks involving much of The Wellness Company, Dr. Alexander, additional independent journalists, and reformers. Dr. Alexander himself has exposed two key instances where Dr. Malone maligned and discouraged others from having relationships with Dr. Peter Breggin – once when standing in the halls of the U.S. Senate prior to testimony, and once in a Brownstone email list among Brownstone members. Epidemiologist Paul Alias Alexander, Ph.D., is a Former Senior Advisor to Trump’s COVID Task Force and Former Advisor to WHO. He has courageously revealed in a recent substack column that during the Senate hearing that brought some of the top COVID critical scientists together, Dr. Malone was denigrating Dr. Peter Breggin, who was not present. Dr. Alexander reported: “I personally heard him, Malone, at a Senate meeting in Washington D.C. verbally ridiculing and smearing the Breggins to other scientists present. They were not there to defend themselves as he bragged about his lawsuit of $25 million against Dr. Peter Breggin and what he was doing against them. We run in similar circles. I was surprised he would do that in the Senate building (we were called there by Senator Johnson to discuss COVID and issues), and he was talking about his lawsuit on [the] Breggins as if it were a joke and a game, a sport, with listeners standing around enjoying a laugh. He poisoned the well, so to speak. He was trying to get the listeners to agree with him, yet they had no idea about the minutia. He was bragging, and it repulsed me. A joke on Dr. Breggin, who has done more for America and this movement than Malone could ever do?” [italics added.] The Biggest “Don’t Talk About That” Action The biggest “Don’t talk about that” action to date has been the $25 million dollar lawsuit against Peter R. Breggin MD, Ginger Ross Breggin, and Dr. Jane Ruby. The threats of a lawsuit and the official demand letter centered around an intellectual sociological/psychological debate of the validity of the so-called ‘Mass Formation’ or Mass Formation Psychosis concept, which we will be revisiting again in a separate column. The lawsuit complaint itself morphed into a litany of false allegations of defamatory statements. Some of the statements Malone attributed to Dr. Breggin were never uttered by Dr. Breggin. And none of the statements were defamatory. See our legal response and our amended response. We should all be aware at this time, four years into the takeover of the world, that those of us opposing the takeover are on the ‘outside.’ We are not part of the Good Club — the elite collection of billionaires and other entities who are implementing plans for controlling the world. We Can Do Science, Civics, Politics, Community, and Medicine the FREEDOM Way Whether you discuss nanotechnology or some other aspect critical of the official narrative, you are on the ‘outside.’ To those who are thinking about toeing the line set by the authorities, if you oppose masks, if you oppose lockdowns, if you mention ivermectin or hydroxychloroquine, you are on the outside. You are on the outside if you are opposing the so-called COVID vaccines. So let’s embrace freedom. We can do science, civics, politics, community, medicine the FREEDOM way. Through debate, disagreement, challenging, arguing, and discussing. Be very suspicious of anybody trying to steer the conversation….of anybody trying to shut the discussion down, of anybody trying to grab the microphone when it is not their turn. Humanity is at risk. Be bold, be courageous, speak up…and listen to each other. We are not free, if we cannot speak freely. Find us at Twitter: @GingerBreggin @AmericanMD Find us at our website: www.Breggin.com Find us at www.AmericaOutLoud.com Find us on Substack at: Peter and Ginger Breggin Exposing the Global Predators Find our legal defense fund here: GiveSendGo - Dr Peter and Ginger Breggin Legal Defense https://substack.com/home/post/p-138198485
    SUBSTACK.COM
    It Is Time for Freedom of Speech in the Freedom Movement
    We need to be disciplined enough to be present with the discomfort that comes with disagreement as we listen and communicate about all the critical issues of the day with each other~
    Like
    1
    0 Commenti 1 condivisioni 26390 Views
  • What is going on in the world? Malcolm Out Loud Interviews Dr. Peter Breggin
    Interview on the Voice of the Nation

    Dr. Peter and Ginger Breggin

    Podcast: Play in new window | Download | Embed

    Subscribe: Apple Podcasts | Email | TuneIn | RSS

    Dr. Breggin segment begins at 5 minutes

    By Malcolm Out Loud

    A wide-ranging conversation with Dr. Peter Breggin using his vast knowledge and experience. Dr. Breggin is known as “The Conscience of Psychiatry” for his many decades of successful reform work in mental health. He has published more than 20 medical and popular books, several coedited or coauthored by Ginger, including the huge bestseller Talking Back to Prozac. He has written more than 70 peer-reviewed publications and testified in court more than 100 times in many cases related to drug companies and medical malfeasance.

    In today’s episode of The Voice of a Nation, we’ll discuss the psychology behind college uprisings and what’s happening nationwide on America’s campuses. We’ll also talk about anti-Semitism and the global predators’ attack against the people.

    ‘Death to Israeli real estate,’ ‘Death to America’ signs found on NYU property, NYPD says

    New York Police Department officers broke up an “illegal encampment” at New York University on Friday, with cleaning crews called in to remove tents and sweep away the belongings of the protesters. “The NYPD proudly protects everyone’s right to free speech and peaceful protest,” Daughtry said in the post before sharing the signage. (Fox)

    Palestinian Flag Raised at Harvard University

    Anti-Israel protesters at Boston’s Harvard University raised Palestinian flags over University Hall in the Ivy League institution’s famed Harvard Yard on Saturday, according to school officials. The flags flew in place of the stars and stripes, sparking national outrage in the U.S. Harvard employees were called to remove the three flags, which flew over a statute of John Harvard, after a student spotted them around 6:30 p.m. (Los Angeles Magazine)

    What Antisemitic Campus Chants Tell Us About This Angry Era

    Even speech that I would find morally repugnant—the “whataboutism” that waves away the atrocities of Hamas and Iran and their terrorist collaborators—is, in a liberal democracy, free to be expressed. Christians, though, ought to be especially attentive to what’s happening to a society that increasingly seems, on the horseshoe extremes of the populist right and the activist left, to be driven toward the pull of the channeled rage of the mob.

    If history has shown us anything, though, it is how dangerous it can be when a collective meant to channel awe becomes instead a channel of a much more uncontrollable emotion—that of anger. In those chants, the individual is lost not in a mass but a mob. The energy that lights up such a gathering is not shared smallness in the face of something or Someone greater but what the Bible calls the “works of the flesh,” the drive to idolize the tribe by delighting in the darkest, most violent aspects of our fallen human nature. (Christianity Today)

    If free speech is to be protected, antisemitic speech must also be protected!

    Our own focus on the antisemitic hatred driving these riots tempts us to ban the hateful rhetoric rather than just the illicit actions of the rioters. Banning rhetoric itself, of promoted ideas no matter how vile, loathsome, or hateful, sets the stage for legitimizing the censorship of any other speech. Religion and political protest that oppose the ideology of the ruling party are thereby imperiled.

    If we are provoked by justified outrage to add laws “against antisemitic rhetoric” in response to these riots, we will have played right into the totalitarian designs of our Marxist enemies. The same rationale used “against antisemitic rhetoric” will then be deployed against speech deemed “transphobic,” “climate denial,” “anti-vax,” and any other political dissent. (America Out Loud)

    ‘This Is 1984’: Faculty Participation in Pro-Hamas Demonstrations a ‘Wake-Up Call’ for Americans, Professor Says

    University faculty have been joining pro-Hamas demonstrators in taking over US campuses over the past week, fueling concerns that higher education institutions have become hatcheries of dangerous, anti-Western political ideologies that foster hatred for Israel and could hasten a new age of antisemitism.

    At Northeastern University in Boston, professors formed a human barrier around a student encampment to stop its dismantling by officers, and at the University of Texas at Austin, members of the group Faculty and Staff for Justice in Palestine have openly called for the resignation of their president, Jay Hartzell, because he requested police assistance in restoring order. (the algemeiner)

    [Note by Ginger Breggin, May 6 2024: since this interview several instances of protecting the American flag on college campuses have taken place, including this event at University of North Carolina Chapel Hill.]

    Dr. Peter Breggin is the co-author, along with Ginger Breggin, of the explosive book Covid-19 and the Global Predators: We Are The Prey. Breggin has uncovered a worldwide web of global predators, including Anthony Fauci, multi-billionaires, America’s most powerful corporations, the government agencies NIH, CDC, FDA, and Communist China. Find out more at wearetheprey.com.

    Peter R. Breggin MD and Ginger Ross Breggin are authors of COVID-19 and the Global Predators: We are the Prey

    Find us at X— formerly known as Twitter: @GingerBreggin @AmericanMD

    Find us at our website: www.Breggin.com

    Find us at www.AmericaOutLoud.com

    Find us on Substack at: Breggin Alerts! Exposing Global Predators


    https://substack.com/home/post/p-144373089
    What is going on in the world? Malcolm Out Loud Interviews Dr. Peter Breggin Interview on the Voice of the Nation Dr. Peter and Ginger Breggin Podcast: Play in new window | Download | Embed Subscribe: Apple Podcasts | Email | TuneIn | RSS Dr. Breggin segment begins at 5 minutes By Malcolm Out Loud A wide-ranging conversation with Dr. Peter Breggin using his vast knowledge and experience. Dr. Breggin is known as “The Conscience of Psychiatry” for his many decades of successful reform work in mental health. He has published more than 20 medical and popular books, several coedited or coauthored by Ginger, including the huge bestseller Talking Back to Prozac. He has written more than 70 peer-reviewed publications and testified in court more than 100 times in many cases related to drug companies and medical malfeasance. In today’s episode of The Voice of a Nation, we’ll discuss the psychology behind college uprisings and what’s happening nationwide on America’s campuses. We’ll also talk about anti-Semitism and the global predators’ attack against the people. ‘Death to Israeli real estate,’ ‘Death to America’ signs found on NYU property, NYPD says New York Police Department officers broke up an “illegal encampment” at New York University on Friday, with cleaning crews called in to remove tents and sweep away the belongings of the protesters. “The NYPD proudly protects everyone’s right to free speech and peaceful protest,” Daughtry said in the post before sharing the signage. (Fox) Palestinian Flag Raised at Harvard University Anti-Israel protesters at Boston’s Harvard University raised Palestinian flags over University Hall in the Ivy League institution’s famed Harvard Yard on Saturday, according to school officials. The flags flew in place of the stars and stripes, sparking national outrage in the U.S. Harvard employees were called to remove the three flags, which flew over a statute of John Harvard, after a student spotted them around 6:30 p.m. (Los Angeles Magazine) What Antisemitic Campus Chants Tell Us About This Angry Era Even speech that I would find morally repugnant—the “whataboutism” that waves away the atrocities of Hamas and Iran and their terrorist collaborators—is, in a liberal democracy, free to be expressed. Christians, though, ought to be especially attentive to what’s happening to a society that increasingly seems, on the horseshoe extremes of the populist right and the activist left, to be driven toward the pull of the channeled rage of the mob. If history has shown us anything, though, it is how dangerous it can be when a collective meant to channel awe becomes instead a channel of a much more uncontrollable emotion—that of anger. In those chants, the individual is lost not in a mass but a mob. The energy that lights up such a gathering is not shared smallness in the face of something or Someone greater but what the Bible calls the “works of the flesh,” the drive to idolize the tribe by delighting in the darkest, most violent aspects of our fallen human nature. (Christianity Today) If free speech is to be protected, antisemitic speech must also be protected! Our own focus on the antisemitic hatred driving these riots tempts us to ban the hateful rhetoric rather than just the illicit actions of the rioters. Banning rhetoric itself, of promoted ideas no matter how vile, loathsome, or hateful, sets the stage for legitimizing the censorship of any other speech. Religion and political protest that oppose the ideology of the ruling party are thereby imperiled. If we are provoked by justified outrage to add laws “against antisemitic rhetoric” in response to these riots, we will have played right into the totalitarian designs of our Marxist enemies. The same rationale used “against antisemitic rhetoric” will then be deployed against speech deemed “transphobic,” “climate denial,” “anti-vax,” and any other political dissent. (America Out Loud) ‘This Is 1984’: Faculty Participation in Pro-Hamas Demonstrations a ‘Wake-Up Call’ for Americans, Professor Says University faculty have been joining pro-Hamas demonstrators in taking over US campuses over the past week, fueling concerns that higher education institutions have become hatcheries of dangerous, anti-Western political ideologies that foster hatred for Israel and could hasten a new age of antisemitism. At Northeastern University in Boston, professors formed a human barrier around a student encampment to stop its dismantling by officers, and at the University of Texas at Austin, members of the group Faculty and Staff for Justice in Palestine have openly called for the resignation of their president, Jay Hartzell, because he requested police assistance in restoring order. (the algemeiner) [Note by Ginger Breggin, May 6 2024: since this interview several instances of protecting the American flag on college campuses have taken place, including this event at University of North Carolina Chapel Hill.] Dr. Peter Breggin is the co-author, along with Ginger Breggin, of the explosive book Covid-19 and the Global Predators: We Are The Prey. Breggin has uncovered a worldwide web of global predators, including Anthony Fauci, multi-billionaires, America’s most powerful corporations, the government agencies NIH, CDC, FDA, and Communist China. Find out more at wearetheprey.com. Peter R. Breggin MD and Ginger Ross Breggin are authors of COVID-19 and the Global Predators: We are the Prey Find us at X— formerly known as Twitter: @GingerBreggin @AmericanMD Find us at our website: www.Breggin.com Find us at www.AmericaOutLoud.com Find us on Substack at: Breggin Alerts! Exposing Global Predators https://substack.com/home/post/p-144373089
    Like
    1
    0 Commenti 1 condivisioni 9937 Views

  • WARNING! Your Detox System Is UNDER ATTACK: The War On Our Heroes of Detox: P-Glycoprotein (Pgp) and CYP3A4
    These Unsung Heroes of Detox Protect Your Body, Unless Someone Tricks You Into Shutting Them Off

    Tim Truth
    The body's ability to detoxify and defend itself against harmful substances is truly amazing. This article details two of the most amazing biological phenomenon related to detoxification I found while researching depopulation via mass poisoning operations. It revealed to me more than just a huge blindspot in the advice of the many quacks who never mention side effects or drug interactions, but also what appears to be a purposeful attack on our bodies’ key detox pathways for the purpose of increasing the toxicity of other poisons. In other words, drugs that shut down detox pathways are being pushed at large, and then other poisons that exploit the inhibited detox abilities are promoted that when combined complete the binary weapon.



    Among the vital molecules and enzymes involved in the amazing human body detox process, two proteins stand out for their key roles: P-glycoprotein (Pgp) and Cytochrome P450 3A4 (CYP3A4). These proteins are indispensable in protecting the human body from harmful toxins and poisons. They are both endogenous which means that they are naturally produced by our bodies (so there’s no money for supplement hawks to be made here)

    Our bodies continuously navigate a flood of incoming substances, many of which are toxins that could potentially disrupt or harm our systems. Pgp and CYP3A4 are crucial in protecting the body from such harmful compounds.

    P-glycoprotein (Pgp): The Cellular Bouncer

    P-glycoprotein, also known as multidrug resistance protein 1 (MDR1), functions like your own personal cellular bouncers - kicking out any troublemakers from your cells. Pgp is found in the cell membranes of various important tissues, including the liver, kidneys, intestines, and brain. Pgp actively pumps a wide range of substances out of cells which is absolutely vital for preventing the accumulation of toxic compounds within cells and our sanctuary organs like the brain.

    One of Pgp's most crucial roles is in the blood-brain barrier, where it prevents potentially harmful chemicals from entering the brain. By doing so, Pgp protects the central nervous system from toxins and drugs that could hamper neural function or cause catastrophic damage. Additionally, Pgp plays a significant role in drug metabolism and excretion, impacting the pharmacokinetics of many drugs and toxins.

    Pgp also protects other sanctuary sites in the body, such as the testes and placenta barriers, ensuring these critical areas remain free from harmful substances. Moreover, Pgp's action in the brain capillaries is a key mechanism for ridding the brain of toxins, keeping the central nervous system safe and functional.


    P-Glycoprotein Substrates and Inhibitors

    Pgp substrates are the substances that Pgp targets and pumps out of cells. Pgp substrates include a variety of drugs and toxins. Some notable examples include: ivermectin, mRNA vaccines (PEG is a substrate of Pgp), morphine, midazolam, remdesivir, HCQ … and there are many others. Pgp substrates are the drugs and toxins that accumulate in cells when Pgp is inhibited or genetically deficient.

    Pgp inhibitors, on the other hand, are substances that block the action of Pgp. When Pgp is inhibited, its ability to pump toxins and drugs out of cells and tissues is reduced, leading to increased levels of these substances within cells, potentially leading to terrible toxicity. Some notable examples of Pgp inhibitors include quercetin, CBD, THC, curcumin, green tea, milk thistle (silymarin), mistletoe, natto K2, ivermectin, curcumin (in turmeric), resveratrol (in grapes, wine, peanuts, blueberries and cranberries), grapefruit juice, caffeine, piperine (in black pepper), capsaicin (hot peppers), remdesivir, tannic acid, gingerol (in ginger), kratom, berberine, methylene blue, glyphosate… and there are many others.

    Anybody who has even remotely been paying attention the last few years should see that combinations of Pgp substrates and Pgp inhibitors have been pushed on the masses and next to nobody has warned people of the basic biology that is being exploited (I believe purposefully exploited)

    CYP3A4: The Poison Disassembler

    Cytochrome P450 3A4 (CYP3A4) is one of the most important enzymes in the Cytochrome P450 family, responsible for the metabolism (breaking down) of a vast array of toxins and drugs. Found predominantly in the liver and intestines, CYP3A4 metabolizes approximately 50% of all pharma drugs currently in use.


    CYP3A4 transforms lipophilic compounds into more water-soluble forms, facilitating their excretion from the body. This process is crucial for the elimination of various drugs, toxins, and endogenous substrates such as hormones. CYP3A4's broad substrate specificity allows it to handle a diverse range of chemical structures, making it a key player in the detoxification process.

    CYP3A4 activity can be limited by various factors, including genetic variables and interactions with other drugs called CYP3A4 inhibitors. These limitations can lead to differences in drug metabolism rates among individuals, affecting drug uptake levels and the risk of adverse effects. For instance, certain drugs, supplements and even foods can inhibit CYP3A4 activity, leading to increased plasma levels of co-administered drugs. Understanding these interactions is critical for optimizing drug therapy and avoiding potentially harmful drug-drug interactions.

    CYP3A4 Substrates and Inhibitors

    CYP3A4 substrates are compounds that the CYP3A4 enzyme metabolizes. A huge amount of commonly used medications and poisons are CYP3A4 substrates. By breaking down these substances, CYP3A4 works to minimize their accumulation to harmful levels in the body. CYP3A4 activity can be influenced by various factors, including genetic polymorphisms and interactions with other drugs. These variations can lead to differences in drug metabolism rates among individuals, affecting the risk of adverse effects. CYP3A4 inhibitors are substances that reduce the enzyme's activity, slowing the metabolism of its substrates. This can cause more drug uptake and for drugs to remain in the body longer, leading to increased toxicity.

    Examples of CYP3A4 inhibitors include grapefruit juice, certain antibiotics, methylene blue, caffeine, gingerol (in ginger), berberine, quercetin, milk thistle, elderberry, piperine (in black pepper), capsaicin (hot peppers), kratom, Ginkgo biloba, goldenseal, grape seed & CBD… and there are many others. Understanding these interactions is critical for avoiding potentially harmful drug-drug interactions.

    CYP3A4 substrates are drugs or toxins that are metabolized by CYP3A4 toxins are part of the detox process. Notable CYP3A4 substrates that are heavily pushed include: ivermectin, morphine, midazolam, remdesivir, HCQ, … and many others. Something like 50% of pharma drugs are CYP3A4 substrates.

    Implications For Pharmaceuticals & Supplements

    There are many potent over the counter Pgp inhibitors being pushed recklessly (I believe with bad intent). Likewise there are many toxic Pgp substrates that are being promoted in tandem. The combination of these can result in disaster.

    Similarly, numerous potent over-the-counter CYP3A4 inhibitors are being marketed irresponsibly. In addition, many hazardous CYP3A4 substrates are being promoted alongside them. This combination can lead to disastrous consequences.

    Nobody is being warned about the pharmacokinetics and the possibilities of severe drug interactions due to the inhibition of Pgp and CYP3A4.

    Always check the effects of what you are taking. I’ve seen so much foul play at this point that I don’t trust anything these poison pushers say anymore. I started actually researching all these weird supplements they are pushing and it screams that people are being deceived- tricked into consuming what amounts to terrible poison. They never show their work and they make the most vague ridiculous claims that upon closer inspection are clearly just invocations of dark psychology.

    My heart goes out to anyone who has fallen pray to the cacophony of awful medical advice on the internet and traditional media.

    I will debate anybody on the importance of Pgp and CYP3A4 and the harms of ivermectin - let’s set something up


    In future articles I will share more studies showing the increased accumulation of the substrates of Pgp and CYP3A4 when these detox pathways are inhibited, but to keep this article short and digestible, I will just refer you to prior articles I’ve written about Pgp and CYP3A4 with a focus on ivermectin which I have identified as a key tool for depopulation around the world:

    P-glycoprotein Deficiency (Genetic Or Drug Induced) & Increased Ivermectin Toxicity

    Pig Study Raises MAJOR Questions Of Dangers Of Combining Quercetin & Ivermectin

    Studies Find Quercetin & Natto K2 INHIBIT P-Glycoprotein; Will This Increase Ivermectin Toxicity Susceptibility?!

    Grapefruit's Irreversible Inactivation of Key Defense Against Toxic Effects Of Many Drugs (Ivermectin Binary Weapon)

    2 Concerning Studies: CBD & THC Enact Potent P-Glycoprotein Inhibiting Effects, Raising Very Concerning Questions About Heightened Ivermectin Toxicity For Marijuana Users

    https://timtruth.substack.com/p/warning-your-detox-system-is-under-attack?utm_medium=web&triedRedirect=true
    WARNING! Your Detox System Is UNDER ATTACK: The War On Our Heroes of Detox: P-Glycoprotein (Pgp) and CYP3A4 These Unsung Heroes of Detox Protect Your Body, Unless Someone Tricks You Into Shutting Them Off Tim Truth The body's ability to detoxify and defend itself against harmful substances is truly amazing. This article details two of the most amazing biological phenomenon related to detoxification I found while researching depopulation via mass poisoning operations. It revealed to me more than just a huge blindspot in the advice of the many quacks who never mention side effects or drug interactions, but also what appears to be a purposeful attack on our bodies’ key detox pathways for the purpose of increasing the toxicity of other poisons. In other words, drugs that shut down detox pathways are being pushed at large, and then other poisons that exploit the inhibited detox abilities are promoted that when combined complete the binary weapon. Among the vital molecules and enzymes involved in the amazing human body detox process, two proteins stand out for their key roles: P-glycoprotein (Pgp) and Cytochrome P450 3A4 (CYP3A4). These proteins are indispensable in protecting the human body from harmful toxins and poisons. They are both endogenous which means that they are naturally produced by our bodies (so there’s no money for supplement hawks to be made here) Our bodies continuously navigate a flood of incoming substances, many of which are toxins that could potentially disrupt or harm our systems. Pgp and CYP3A4 are crucial in protecting the body from such harmful compounds. P-glycoprotein (Pgp): The Cellular Bouncer P-glycoprotein, also known as multidrug resistance protein 1 (MDR1), functions like your own personal cellular bouncers - kicking out any troublemakers from your cells. Pgp is found in the cell membranes of various important tissues, including the liver, kidneys, intestines, and brain. Pgp actively pumps a wide range of substances out of cells which is absolutely vital for preventing the accumulation of toxic compounds within cells and our sanctuary organs like the brain. One of Pgp's most crucial roles is in the blood-brain barrier, where it prevents potentially harmful chemicals from entering the brain. By doing so, Pgp protects the central nervous system from toxins and drugs that could hamper neural function or cause catastrophic damage. Additionally, Pgp plays a significant role in drug metabolism and excretion, impacting the pharmacokinetics of many drugs and toxins. Pgp also protects other sanctuary sites in the body, such as the testes and placenta barriers, ensuring these critical areas remain free from harmful substances. Moreover, Pgp's action in the brain capillaries is a key mechanism for ridding the brain of toxins, keeping the central nervous system safe and functional. P-Glycoprotein Substrates and Inhibitors Pgp substrates are the substances that Pgp targets and pumps out of cells. Pgp substrates include a variety of drugs and toxins. Some notable examples include: ivermectin, mRNA vaccines (PEG is a substrate of Pgp), morphine, midazolam, remdesivir, HCQ … and there are many others. Pgp substrates are the drugs and toxins that accumulate in cells when Pgp is inhibited or genetically deficient. Pgp inhibitors, on the other hand, are substances that block the action of Pgp. When Pgp is inhibited, its ability to pump toxins and drugs out of cells and tissues is reduced, leading to increased levels of these substances within cells, potentially leading to terrible toxicity. Some notable examples of Pgp inhibitors include quercetin, CBD, THC, curcumin, green tea, milk thistle (silymarin), mistletoe, natto K2, ivermectin, curcumin (in turmeric), resveratrol (in grapes, wine, peanuts, blueberries and cranberries), grapefruit juice, caffeine, piperine (in black pepper), capsaicin (hot peppers), remdesivir, tannic acid, gingerol (in ginger), kratom, berberine, methylene blue, glyphosate… and there are many others. Anybody who has even remotely been paying attention the last few years should see that combinations of Pgp substrates and Pgp inhibitors have been pushed on the masses and next to nobody has warned people of the basic biology that is being exploited (I believe purposefully exploited) CYP3A4: The Poison Disassembler Cytochrome P450 3A4 (CYP3A4) is one of the most important enzymes in the Cytochrome P450 family, responsible for the metabolism (breaking down) of a vast array of toxins and drugs. Found predominantly in the liver and intestines, CYP3A4 metabolizes approximately 50% of all pharma drugs currently in use. CYP3A4 transforms lipophilic compounds into more water-soluble forms, facilitating their excretion from the body. This process is crucial for the elimination of various drugs, toxins, and endogenous substrates such as hormones. CYP3A4's broad substrate specificity allows it to handle a diverse range of chemical structures, making it a key player in the detoxification process. CYP3A4 activity can be limited by various factors, including genetic variables and interactions with other drugs called CYP3A4 inhibitors. These limitations can lead to differences in drug metabolism rates among individuals, affecting drug uptake levels and the risk of adverse effects. For instance, certain drugs, supplements and even foods can inhibit CYP3A4 activity, leading to increased plasma levels of co-administered drugs. Understanding these interactions is critical for optimizing drug therapy and avoiding potentially harmful drug-drug interactions. CYP3A4 Substrates and Inhibitors CYP3A4 substrates are compounds that the CYP3A4 enzyme metabolizes. A huge amount of commonly used medications and poisons are CYP3A4 substrates. By breaking down these substances, CYP3A4 works to minimize their accumulation to harmful levels in the body. CYP3A4 activity can be influenced by various factors, including genetic polymorphisms and interactions with other drugs. These variations can lead to differences in drug metabolism rates among individuals, affecting the risk of adverse effects. CYP3A4 inhibitors are substances that reduce the enzyme's activity, slowing the metabolism of its substrates. This can cause more drug uptake and for drugs to remain in the body longer, leading to increased toxicity. Examples of CYP3A4 inhibitors include grapefruit juice, certain antibiotics, methylene blue, caffeine, gingerol (in ginger), berberine, quercetin, milk thistle, elderberry, piperine (in black pepper), capsaicin (hot peppers), kratom, Ginkgo biloba, goldenseal, grape seed & CBD… and there are many others. Understanding these interactions is critical for avoiding potentially harmful drug-drug interactions. CYP3A4 substrates are drugs or toxins that are metabolized by CYP3A4 toxins are part of the detox process. Notable CYP3A4 substrates that are heavily pushed include: ivermectin, morphine, midazolam, remdesivir, HCQ, … and many others. Something like 50% of pharma drugs are CYP3A4 substrates. Implications For Pharmaceuticals & Supplements There are many potent over the counter Pgp inhibitors being pushed recklessly (I believe with bad intent). Likewise there are many toxic Pgp substrates that are being promoted in tandem. The combination of these can result in disaster. Similarly, numerous potent over-the-counter CYP3A4 inhibitors are being marketed irresponsibly. In addition, many hazardous CYP3A4 substrates are being promoted alongside them. This combination can lead to disastrous consequences. Nobody is being warned about the pharmacokinetics and the possibilities of severe drug interactions due to the inhibition of Pgp and CYP3A4. Always check the effects of what you are taking. I’ve seen so much foul play at this point that I don’t trust anything these poison pushers say anymore. I started actually researching all these weird supplements they are pushing and it screams that people are being deceived- tricked into consuming what amounts to terrible poison. They never show their work and they make the most vague ridiculous claims that upon closer inspection are clearly just invocations of dark psychology. My heart goes out to anyone who has fallen pray to the cacophony of awful medical advice on the internet and traditional media. I will debate anybody on the importance of Pgp and CYP3A4 and the harms of ivermectin - let’s set something up In future articles I will share more studies showing the increased accumulation of the substrates of Pgp and CYP3A4 when these detox pathways are inhibited, but to keep this article short and digestible, I will just refer you to prior articles I’ve written about Pgp and CYP3A4 with a focus on ivermectin which I have identified as a key tool for depopulation around the world: P-glycoprotein Deficiency (Genetic Or Drug Induced) & Increased Ivermectin Toxicity Pig Study Raises MAJOR Questions Of Dangers Of Combining Quercetin & Ivermectin Studies Find Quercetin & Natto K2 INHIBIT P-Glycoprotein; Will This Increase Ivermectin Toxicity Susceptibility?! Grapefruit's Irreversible Inactivation of Key Defense Against Toxic Effects Of Many Drugs (Ivermectin Binary Weapon) 2 Concerning Studies: CBD & THC Enact Potent P-Glycoprotein Inhibiting Effects, Raising Very Concerning Questions About Heightened Ivermectin Toxicity For Marijuana Users https://timtruth.substack.com/p/warning-your-detox-system-is-under-attack?utm_medium=web&triedRedirect=true
    TIMTRUTH.SUBSTACK.COM
    WARNING! Your Detox System Is UNDER ATTACK: The War On Our Heroes of Detox: P-Glycoprotein (Pgp) and CYP3A4
    These Unsung Heroes of Detox Protect Your Body, Unless Someone Tricks You Into Shutting Them Off
    Like
    1
    0 Commenti 1 condivisioni 8944 Views
  • Intermittent Fasting Myths Expertly Debunked in New Video
    Anthony Colpo

    As regular readers will know, I recently released a book on intermittent fasting (IF) and time restricted eating (TRE) called Not So Fast.

    The bulk of the book deals with the misleading fat loss/weight loss claims made for IF and TRE. Instead of relying on anecdote or forum bro-science, I carefully review each of the published, peer-reviewed studies that compared IF diets with more conventional calorie-restricted diets.

    I do the same for TRE, but in that case I also include studies with non-calorie-restricted regular diets, because many of the TRE groups in those studies were instructed to eat ad libitum (without restriction) in their assigned eating windows.

    Those studies show the lavish weight loss claims made for IF and TRE are pure bunkum.

    In many of the studies, there is no difference in fat or weight loss between groups. When differences were noted in favour of IF or TRE, it was entirely explained by differences in caloric intake.

    Many of you may be familiar with Dave Asprey, a self-proclaimed "biohacker" who I consider the epitome of pseudoscience (you can read my dissection of his "Bulletproof Coffee" bollockery here).

    Asprey has convinced a lot of people he holds the keys to anti-aging, and charges thousands to share those 'secrets' at “Biohacking” conferences. In a January 2021 story, he claimed to have spent $2 million on his quest to “biohack” his way to eternal youth, but by December 2022 had revised that figure down to $300,000. He’s a former Silicon Valley tech entrepreneur, which probably explains the dodgey figures.


    A grey-haired Asprey, now 50, who claims to have spent … well, lots … on “biohacking”.
    In his book Fast This Way, Asprey writes, in a section titled "PAY NO MIND TO THE CALORIE COPS" (pages 60-61):

    "Nothing makes you feel more like a failure than enduring suffering to lose 25 pounds, only to gain them back in a few weeks, plus a dozen more."

    And nothing makes you realize you're dealing with a world-class BSer than the fantasmagorical claim you can gain 37 pounds in only a few weeks, when even deliberate overfeeding studies fail to replicate such an astonishing rate of weight gain.

    Even the Guinness Book of World Records lists the greatest ever alleged weight gain at 325 lb (147 kg) over 12 months. That averages out at 27 lbs per month, which casts serious doubt on the veracity of Asprey's 37 lb-in-a-month claim.

    Not to be deterred, Asprey continues with more utter bollocks:

    "... the 'calories in, calories out' model, commonly abbreviated as CICO, should be relegated to the dustbin of failed science. This approach treats your body as though it's a meat robot when in reality it's a dynamic system that responds to calories differently based on their source, the time they're consumed, and the unique physiological makeup of the person consuming them. Yet the myth lives on, leaving obesity, shame, and suffering in its wake."

    Oh boy. It's hard to know where to start with such complete and utter hogwash.

    CICO will never be relegated to the dustbin of science, because it has been verified time and time again by real scientists, as opposed to reality-denying diet gurus and 'biohackers'.

    Time and again, I've challenged the anti-CICO reality-deniers to book themselves into a metabolic ward, and prove their claim that you can gain or lose different amounts of weight (from fat, not dehydration, diarrhea or glycogen losses) on their pet diet when compared to an isocaloric high-carb/mixed diet, and in every instance my challenge has been met with deafening silence.

    There's a good reason: It's an impossible challenge to meet, because it defies physiological reality.

    Asprey's claim that CICO can be rendered invalid by "the unique physiological makeup of the person consuming [calories]" is a real crack-up.

    Again, I've been asking for proof of the existence of these metabolic freaks-of-nature to whom the laws of nature have been magically suspended, but again, my requests keep drawing a blank.

    Scientists haven't been able to find them either, as decades of metabolic ward studies have confirmed. Even a ward study commissioned and funded by NuSI, a low-carb propaganda outfit masquerading as a non-profit, failed to produce the magical "metabolic advantage" that flabby diet gurus incessantly wank on about.

    All someone like Asprey needs to do is give a small portion of his millions to researchers, who can then put out the call for these freaks of nature to live in a metabolic ward for a set period of time. When these subjects lose more weight on a IF/TRE/low-carb/keto diet than on an isocaloric mixed diet, or they lose weight despite eating more than their verified energy maintenance needs - as some especially shameless/deluded diet gurus would have you believe is possible - then we can start questioning CICO.

    Until then, the only thing that should be questioned is the ethics and motives of people who make nonsensical statements about diet and calories they know full well have no scientific backing.

    When people follow IF and TRE diets and proceed to lose weight, it's for one reason and one reason only: They created a calorie deficit.

    Just because you're not actively counting calories, it does not change one iota the fact you still consumed a calorie deficit. I've been driving manual cars for so long that I don't even think about changing gears. If you were to ask me immediately after a drive how many times I just changed gears, I'd have absolutely no idea because I wasn't counting. That doesn't mean I go around telling everyone my car's an automatic.

    That would be delusional. Just like the anti-CICO crowd.

    As I explain in Not So Fast, the science shows these diets do not "boost" metabolism, they do not boost growth hormone, nor do they flip some magical "metabolic switch". That's pure marketing flimflam.

    In fact, TRE studies in active males found reductions in testosterone and the key thyroid hormone triiodothyronine (T3). That's the kind of "metabolic switch" I'll happily leave off.

    Another demonstration of Asprey's anti-scientific tendencies comes when he then bangs on about Ancel Keys. The late Keys is an easy target, because he's roundly hated by anyone who knows what an outright fraud the whole anti-cholesterol/anti-saturate hysteria campaign is. But what Asprey doesn't mention is the then-groundbreaking study Keys conducted before he became an anti-cholesterol quack. This was the famous Minnesota Study, that showed when men were fed a very low-calorie mixed diet in conjunction with daily physical labor, they lost weight. Lots of it. Sometimes they lost too much weight and became emaciated. That tends to happen when you work like a lumberjack but eat like a small secretary.

    When Keys and his colleagues then greatly increased the men’s caloric intakes, they gained weight. Just as CICO dictates they would. But Asprey doesn't mention the Minnesota Experiment because, like most diet hucksters, he tells a one-sided story designed to sell whatever he's peddling at the time, be it "Bulletproof" coffee or the nouveau-trendy phenomenon of skipping breakfast.

    A Reality Check from New Zealand

    Like Australia, there hasn't been much good to say about New Zealand over the past few years. Earlier this year however, Dr Brad Stanfield, a Primary Care Physician in Auckland, posted a very insightful video titled "Why Many People Are Abandoning Intermittent Fasting." You can watch it at the end of this post.

    The video briefly discusses the fallacy of the weight loss claims, so if you want a detailed breakdown of that research, then Chapters 2 and 3 of Not So Fast are where you need to be.

    But Dr Brad touches upon some additional research when he addresses some of the untenable "autophagy", hormone, glycemic and general health claims made for these diets. It's a must-watch for anyone considering these diets.

    The comments below the video are also a must-read for anyone fascinated by the psychology endemic in the diet and health arena.

    Many of the commenters swear IF or TRE is the best thing they ever did. That it changed their life, even. Just like low-carbers and vegans used to insist whenever I wrote anything remotely critical of their pet diet theories. Funnily enough, I don't hear from them anymore.

    Look, I don't doubt many of these people did experience improvements. That happens with many diets, at least initially. And one of the major reasons is that when people embrace a new diet, they often do so as part of a sweeping "get my sh!t together" campaign that includes increasing physical activity, improving their food choices, cutting back on the booze, keeping better sleep hours, and so on.

    Here are some cases in point:


    Despite Dr Brad saying absolutely nothing offensive and relying on actual science in the video, some of the comments ooze butt-hurtedness.

    So much so, that if I was a billionaire philanthropist, I'd offer some of the negative commenters a lifetime supply of Preparation H. Like this person:

    Wow.

    I don't know why people get so ridiculously defensive about diet. Dr Brad presents the facts, and I note that a grand total of nobody in the comments section refutes even a single of the studies he cites.

    He even posts links to each of the studies below the video but, hey, why let a little thing like science get in the way of knee-jerk emotional reactions?

    Rest assured, however much folks like mfcypher claim to love IF and TRE, I love cannoli more. But when I meet someone who says they don't like cannoli (it's happened), as utterly shocked, astounded and flabbergasted as I might be, I don't scowl and get all Joe Pesci.

    Instead, I just quietly think to myself, "wow, someone who doesn't like cannoli! The world really is full of surprises!"

    Look, if someone ever posts a video earnestly claiming the best way to fight ageing and lose weight is to molest the village goat once a week, then please, get angry and indignant. At least for the goat's sake.

    But when someone posts a video critiquing your pet diet, and you can't factually refute any of the abundant science he presents, and so you instead get all ad hominem and carry on like he just asked you to molest the village goat, then the problem lies not with the poster of the video.

    The problem lies with you.

    As I stated in Not So Fast, I'm an information provider, not a dictator. Dr Brad hardly comes across as a domineering "my way or the highway" type either.

    We present the side of the story that all the hyperbolic hucksters won't tell you, because it's the side of the story that desperately needs to be told. If IF or TRE seem to work for you, more power to you! But the reality is that they do not work for everybody, as a number of the YouTube comments would attest.

    Some people do experience negative effects from IF and TRE, and this is hardly surprising given scientific research has already detected negative hormonal effects.

    Don’t expect the anti-CICO crowd to tell you about these negative effects. If they can’t accept the reality of calories in, calories out, what on Earth would they know about the potential pitfalls of, say, routinely raising counterregulatory hormones?

    Do they even know what counterregulatory hormones are?

    Even if there was only a single person on this entire planet who could be harmed by IF and TRE, then that person has every right to know these diets may not be the best for him or her.

    The reality is there are a lot more folks in the world who won't do well on these diets. Information about the potential pitfalls of IF and TRE shouldn't be withheld from these people because a bunch of IF and TRE fanboys and girls will have their remarkably fragile feelings hurt.

    Anyways, here's Dr Brad's video, enjoy.



    Ciao,

    Anthony.


    Anthony's new book, Not So Fast: The Truth About Intermittent Fasting & Time-Restricted Eating is now available at at Amazon and Lulu.

    Share

    https://substack.com/home/post/p-139452240
    Intermittent Fasting Myths Expertly Debunked in New Video Anthony Colpo As regular readers will know, I recently released a book on intermittent fasting (IF) and time restricted eating (TRE) called Not So Fast. The bulk of the book deals with the misleading fat loss/weight loss claims made for IF and TRE. Instead of relying on anecdote or forum bro-science, I carefully review each of the published, peer-reviewed studies that compared IF diets with more conventional calorie-restricted diets. I do the same for TRE, but in that case I also include studies with non-calorie-restricted regular diets, because many of the TRE groups in those studies were instructed to eat ad libitum (without restriction) in their assigned eating windows. Those studies show the lavish weight loss claims made for IF and TRE are pure bunkum. In many of the studies, there is no difference in fat or weight loss between groups. When differences were noted in favour of IF or TRE, it was entirely explained by differences in caloric intake. Many of you may be familiar with Dave Asprey, a self-proclaimed "biohacker" who I consider the epitome of pseudoscience (you can read my dissection of his "Bulletproof Coffee" bollockery here). Asprey has convinced a lot of people he holds the keys to anti-aging, and charges thousands to share those 'secrets' at “Biohacking” conferences. In a January 2021 story, he claimed to have spent $2 million on his quest to “biohack” his way to eternal youth, but by December 2022 had revised that figure down to $300,000. He’s a former Silicon Valley tech entrepreneur, which probably explains the dodgey figures. A grey-haired Asprey, now 50, who claims to have spent … well, lots … on “biohacking”. In his book Fast This Way, Asprey writes, in a section titled "PAY NO MIND TO THE CALORIE COPS" (pages 60-61): "Nothing makes you feel more like a failure than enduring suffering to lose 25 pounds, only to gain them back in a few weeks, plus a dozen more." And nothing makes you realize you're dealing with a world-class BSer than the fantasmagorical claim you can gain 37 pounds in only a few weeks, when even deliberate overfeeding studies fail to replicate such an astonishing rate of weight gain. Even the Guinness Book of World Records lists the greatest ever alleged weight gain at 325 lb (147 kg) over 12 months. That averages out at 27 lbs per month, which casts serious doubt on the veracity of Asprey's 37 lb-in-a-month claim. Not to be deterred, Asprey continues with more utter bollocks: "... the 'calories in, calories out' model, commonly abbreviated as CICO, should be relegated to the dustbin of failed science. This approach treats your body as though it's a meat robot when in reality it's a dynamic system that responds to calories differently based on their source, the time they're consumed, and the unique physiological makeup of the person consuming them. Yet the myth lives on, leaving obesity, shame, and suffering in its wake." Oh boy. It's hard to know where to start with such complete and utter hogwash. CICO will never be relegated to the dustbin of science, because it has been verified time and time again by real scientists, as opposed to reality-denying diet gurus and 'biohackers'. Time and again, I've challenged the anti-CICO reality-deniers to book themselves into a metabolic ward, and prove their claim that you can gain or lose different amounts of weight (from fat, not dehydration, diarrhea or glycogen losses) on their pet diet when compared to an isocaloric high-carb/mixed diet, and in every instance my challenge has been met with deafening silence. There's a good reason: It's an impossible challenge to meet, because it defies physiological reality. Asprey's claim that CICO can be rendered invalid by "the unique physiological makeup of the person consuming [calories]" is a real crack-up. Again, I've been asking for proof of the existence of these metabolic freaks-of-nature to whom the laws of nature have been magically suspended, but again, my requests keep drawing a blank. Scientists haven't been able to find them either, as decades of metabolic ward studies have confirmed. Even a ward study commissioned and funded by NuSI, a low-carb propaganda outfit masquerading as a non-profit, failed to produce the magical "metabolic advantage" that flabby diet gurus incessantly wank on about. All someone like Asprey needs to do is give a small portion of his millions to researchers, who can then put out the call for these freaks of nature to live in a metabolic ward for a set period of time. When these subjects lose more weight on a IF/TRE/low-carb/keto diet than on an isocaloric mixed diet, or they lose weight despite eating more than their verified energy maintenance needs - as some especially shameless/deluded diet gurus would have you believe is possible - then we can start questioning CICO. Until then, the only thing that should be questioned is the ethics and motives of people who make nonsensical statements about diet and calories they know full well have no scientific backing. When people follow IF and TRE diets and proceed to lose weight, it's for one reason and one reason only: They created a calorie deficit. Just because you're not actively counting calories, it does not change one iota the fact you still consumed a calorie deficit. I've been driving manual cars for so long that I don't even think about changing gears. If you were to ask me immediately after a drive how many times I just changed gears, I'd have absolutely no idea because I wasn't counting. That doesn't mean I go around telling everyone my car's an automatic. That would be delusional. Just like the anti-CICO crowd. As I explain in Not So Fast, the science shows these diets do not "boost" metabolism, they do not boost growth hormone, nor do they flip some magical "metabolic switch". That's pure marketing flimflam. In fact, TRE studies in active males found reductions in testosterone and the key thyroid hormone triiodothyronine (T3). That's the kind of "metabolic switch" I'll happily leave off. Another demonstration of Asprey's anti-scientific tendencies comes when he then bangs on about Ancel Keys. The late Keys is an easy target, because he's roundly hated by anyone who knows what an outright fraud the whole anti-cholesterol/anti-saturate hysteria campaign is. But what Asprey doesn't mention is the then-groundbreaking study Keys conducted before he became an anti-cholesterol quack. This was the famous Minnesota Study, that showed when men were fed a very low-calorie mixed diet in conjunction with daily physical labor, they lost weight. Lots of it. Sometimes they lost too much weight and became emaciated. That tends to happen when you work like a lumberjack but eat like a small secretary. When Keys and his colleagues then greatly increased the men’s caloric intakes, they gained weight. Just as CICO dictates they would. But Asprey doesn't mention the Minnesota Experiment because, like most diet hucksters, he tells a one-sided story designed to sell whatever he's peddling at the time, be it "Bulletproof" coffee or the nouveau-trendy phenomenon of skipping breakfast. A Reality Check from New Zealand Like Australia, there hasn't been much good to say about New Zealand over the past few years. Earlier this year however, Dr Brad Stanfield, a Primary Care Physician in Auckland, posted a very insightful video titled "Why Many People Are Abandoning Intermittent Fasting." You can watch it at the end of this post. The video briefly discusses the fallacy of the weight loss claims, so if you want a detailed breakdown of that research, then Chapters 2 and 3 of Not So Fast are where you need to be. But Dr Brad touches upon some additional research when he addresses some of the untenable "autophagy", hormone, glycemic and general health claims made for these diets. It's a must-watch for anyone considering these diets. The comments below the video are also a must-read for anyone fascinated by the psychology endemic in the diet and health arena. Many of the commenters swear IF or TRE is the best thing they ever did. That it changed their life, even. Just like low-carbers and vegans used to insist whenever I wrote anything remotely critical of their pet diet theories. Funnily enough, I don't hear from them anymore. Look, I don't doubt many of these people did experience improvements. That happens with many diets, at least initially. And one of the major reasons is that when people embrace a new diet, they often do so as part of a sweeping "get my sh!t together" campaign that includes increasing physical activity, improving their food choices, cutting back on the booze, keeping better sleep hours, and so on. Here are some cases in point: Despite Dr Brad saying absolutely nothing offensive and relying on actual science in the video, some of the comments ooze butt-hurtedness. So much so, that if I was a billionaire philanthropist, I'd offer some of the negative commenters a lifetime supply of Preparation H. Like this person: Wow. I don't know why people get so ridiculously defensive about diet. Dr Brad presents the facts, and I note that a grand total of nobody in the comments section refutes even a single of the studies he cites. He even posts links to each of the studies below the video but, hey, why let a little thing like science get in the way of knee-jerk emotional reactions? Rest assured, however much folks like mfcypher claim to love IF and TRE, I love cannoli more. But when I meet someone who says they don't like cannoli (it's happened), as utterly shocked, astounded and flabbergasted as I might be, I don't scowl and get all Joe Pesci. Instead, I just quietly think to myself, "wow, someone who doesn't like cannoli! The world really is full of surprises!" Look, if someone ever posts a video earnestly claiming the best way to fight ageing and lose weight is to molest the village goat once a week, then please, get angry and indignant. At least for the goat's sake. But when someone posts a video critiquing your pet diet, and you can't factually refute any of the abundant science he presents, and so you instead get all ad hominem and carry on like he just asked you to molest the village goat, then the problem lies not with the poster of the video. The problem lies with you. As I stated in Not So Fast, I'm an information provider, not a dictator. Dr Brad hardly comes across as a domineering "my way or the highway" type either. We present the side of the story that all the hyperbolic hucksters won't tell you, because it's the side of the story that desperately needs to be told. If IF or TRE seem to work for you, more power to you! But the reality is that they do not work for everybody, as a number of the YouTube comments would attest. Some people do experience negative effects from IF and TRE, and this is hardly surprising given scientific research has already detected negative hormonal effects. Don’t expect the anti-CICO crowd to tell you about these negative effects. If they can’t accept the reality of calories in, calories out, what on Earth would they know about the potential pitfalls of, say, routinely raising counterregulatory hormones? Do they even know what counterregulatory hormones are? Even if there was only a single person on this entire planet who could be harmed by IF and TRE, then that person has every right to know these diets may not be the best for him or her. The reality is there are a lot more folks in the world who won't do well on these diets. Information about the potential pitfalls of IF and TRE shouldn't be withheld from these people because a bunch of IF and TRE fanboys and girls will have their remarkably fragile feelings hurt. Anyways, here's Dr Brad's video, enjoy. Ciao, Anthony. Anthony's new book, Not So Fast: The Truth About Intermittent Fasting & Time-Restricted Eating is now available at at Amazon and Lulu. Share https://substack.com/home/post/p-139452240
    SUBSTACK.COM
    Intermittent Fasting Myths Expertly Debunked in New Video
    As regular readers will know, I recently released a book on intermittent fasting (IF) and time restricted eating (TRE) called Not So Fast. The bulk of the book deals with the misleading fat loss/weight loss claims made for IF and TRE. Instead of relying on anecdote or forum bro-science, I carefully review each of the published, peer-reviewed studies that compared IF diets with more conventional calorie-restricted diets.
    0 Commenti 0 condivisioni 16363 Views
  • Cristina Ortiz - Orangutan treats his wound with a medicinal plant:

    https://earthsky.org/earth/orangutan-treats-a-wound-with-medicinal-plant/

    #MedicinalPlant #AkarKuning #FibraureaTinctoria #Liana #WoundTreatment #WoundDressing #Wound #Healing #Antipyretic #Analgesic #SumatranOrangutan #Orangutan #Rakus #Intelligence #CognitiveScience #Psychology #Medicine #AnimalBiology #Biology
    Cristina Ortiz - Orangutan treats his wound with a medicinal plant: https://earthsky.org/earth/orangutan-treats-a-wound-with-medicinal-plant/ #MedicinalPlant #AkarKuning #FibraureaTinctoria #Liana #WoundTreatment #WoundDressing #Wound #Healing #Antipyretic #Analgesic #SumatranOrangutan #Orangutan #Rakus #Intelligence #CognitiveScience #Psychology #Medicine #AnimalBiology #Biology
    0 Commenti 0 condivisioni 8601 Views
  • WEDNESDAY: Big Pharma, the Psychiatric Mafia & Why Patients Dont Get Well

    6 March at 8 pm UTC / GMT:
    Register here
    worldcouncilforhealth.org/mindhealth

    According to psychotherapist Jerry Marzinski, not all our thoughts are our own, and the ‘psychiatric mafia’ have been underhandedly brainwashing us for decades. In a world of social engineering, Jerry says it’s important to know who is sponsoring your thoughts.

    In this enlightening conversation, Jerry will share what he refers to as the ‘demonology of psychology’ and the true history of mental illness. You'll learn the truth about medication and the so-called ‘voices in your head’, including the 23 voice patterns.

    Be prepared to have your understanding of modern psychology turned on its head.

    Time zone guide:
    12 pm PST
    3 pm EST
    8 pm UTC / GMT
    10 pm CAT
    5 am JST (7 March)
    9 am NZDT (7 March)

    Hope to see you there!

    We'll also be live on Rumble, Twitter, Facebook & Gettr.

    Follow: @WCH_org
    NEWSLETTER | LINKTREE
    WorldCouncilforHealth.org
    WEDNESDAY: Big Pharma, the Psychiatric Mafia & Why Patients Dont Get Well 6 March at 8 pm UTC / GMT: Register here ⬇️ worldcouncilforhealth.org/mindhealth According to psychotherapist Jerry Marzinski, not all our thoughts are our own, and the ‘psychiatric mafia’ have been underhandedly brainwashing us for decades. In a world of social engineering, Jerry says it’s important to know who is sponsoring your thoughts. In this enlightening conversation, Jerry will share what he refers to as the ‘demonology of psychology’ and the true history of mental illness. You'll learn the truth about medication and the so-called ‘voices in your head’, including the 23 voice patterns. Be prepared to have your understanding of modern psychology turned on its head. Time zone guide: 12 pm PST 3 pm EST 8 pm UTC / GMT 10 pm CAT 5 am JST (7 March) 9 am NZDT (7 March) Hope to see you there! 🙂 We'll also be live on Rumble, Twitter, Facebook & Gettr. Follow: ➡️@WCH_org 📧 NEWSLETTER | 🌳 LINKTREE 🌐 WorldCouncilforHealth.org
    Like
    1
    0 Commenti 1 condivisioni 5026 Views
Pagine in Evidenza